ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Ihre E-Mail wurde erfolgreich gesendet. Bitte prüfen Sie Ihren Maileingang.

Leider ist ein Fehler beim E-Mail-Versand aufgetreten. Bitte versuchen Sie es erneut.

Vorgang fortführen?

Exportieren
Filter
  • Bücher  (247)
  • Bücher (GFZ-OPAC)  (247)
  • Englisch  (180)
  • Deutsch  (75)
  • Polnisch
  • Schwedisch
  • 2025-2025  (3)
  • 2020-2024  (12)
  • 2015-2019  (26)
  • 2010-2014  (44)
  • 2005-2009  (58)
  • 1985-1989  (117)
  • 1955-1959
  • 2021  (12)
  • 2018  (26)
  • 2014  (13)
  • 2011  (18)
  • 2010  (18)
  • 2008  (58)
  • 1988  (63)
  • 1987  (56)
  • AWI Bibliothek  (247)
Sammlung
  • Bücher  (247)
Datenquelle
Sprache
Erscheinungszeitraum
Jahr
Zweigbibliothek
  • 1
    Signatur: AWI A3-20-93434-2
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 2
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 218 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Serie: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,2
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 2
    Signatur: AWI A3-20-93434
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 1
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Serie: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,1
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 3
    Signatur: AWI G6-19-92375
    In: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften, Nr. 9
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 278 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0175-9302
    Serie: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften 9
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Zugleich: Dissertation, Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, 1999 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS 1. Einleitung 1.1 Kenntnisstand und offene Fragen 1.2 Fragestellung und Ziele dieser Arbeit 2. Umweltbedingungen in den Arbeitsgebieten 2.1 Hydrographie, Eisverhältnisse und NAO 2.2 Zur Variation von Wassertiefe und Breite der Dänemarkstraße und zur Vereisung Islands während des letzten Glazials 3. Methoden 3.1 Auswahl der Kernstationen 3.2 Probennahme und Analysen (Übersicht) 3.3 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Oberflächenwasser Zur Aussage stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse in planktischen Foraminiferen Zur Messung stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse Zur Massenspektrometrie Zur Rekonstruktion von Oberflächentemperaturen Alkane und Alkohole als Maß für Staubeintrag Eistranspmtiertes Material und vulkanische Aschen 3.4 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Zwischen-/ Tiefenwasser Häufigkeit von Cibicides- und anderen benthischen Arten (inkl. Taxonomie) Stabile Isotopenverhältnisse in benthischen Foraminiferen 3.5 AMS 14C-Datierungen Probenreinigung 3. 6 Hauptelementanalysen von vulkanischen Asche-Leithorizonten 3. 7 Geomagnetische Meßgrößen und magnetische Suszeptibiltät 3.8 Techniken zur Spektralanalyse 4. Methodische Ergebnisse 4.1 Zum Einfluß der Probenreinigung auf δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte 4.2 Probleme bei der langfristigen Reproduzierbarkeit von δ18O-Zeitreihen 4.3 Einfluß der Korngröße und Artendefinition planktischer Foraminiferen auf SST-Rekonstruktionen in hohen Breiten 4.4 Vergleich der stabilen Isotopenwerte von Cibicides lobatulus und Cibicidoides wuellerstorfi 5. Stratigraphische Grundlagen und Tiefenprofile der Klimasignale 5.1 Stratigraphische Korrelation zwischen parallel-gekernten GKG- und SL-/KL-Profilen 5.2 Flanktische δ18O-/ δ13C-Kurven, 14C-Alter und biostratigraphische Fixpunkte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Kern 23351 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.3 Benthische δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte in Kern PS2644 5.4 Siliziklastische Sedimentkomponenten: Eistransportiertes Material Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.5 Vulkanische Glasscherben in Kern PS2644: Wind- und Eiseintrag 5.6 Geochemie und Alter einzelner Tephralagen als Leithorizonte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.7 Magnetische Suszeptibilität in den Kernen PS2644, PS2646 und PS2647 Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 5.8 Geomagnetische Feldintensität und Richtungsänderungen in Kern PS2644 5.9 Variation von Planktonfauna und -flora Westliches Islandbecken: Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 Vøring-Plateau: Kern 23071 und 23074 5.10 Benthische Foraminiferen in Kern PS2644 6. Entwicklung von Temperatur und Salzgehalt nördlich der Dänemark-Straße 6.1 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Planktonforaminiferen 6.2 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Uk37 6.3 Variation der Oberflächensalinität 7. Die Feinstratigraphie von Kern PS2644 als Basis für eine Eichung der 14C-Altersskala 22 - 55 ka 7.1 Korrelation zwischen den Klimasignalen in Kern PS2644 und der GISP2-Klimakurve zum Kalibrieren der 14C-Alter und Erstellen eines Altersmodells Tephrachronologische Marker Korrelationsparameter und -regeln Sonderfälle/ Probleme bei der Korrelation 7.2 Alters-stratigraphische Korrelation der Klimakurven von Kern 23071 und 23074 7.3 Variation der Altersanomalien zwischen 20 und 55 14C-ka 7.4 Variabilität des planktischen 14C-Reservoiralters in Schmelzwasserbeeinflußten Seegebieten Variation der planktischen 14C-Alter unmittelbar an der Basis von Heinrich-Ereignis 4 Unterschiede zwischen planktischen und benthischen 14C-Altern in der westlichen Islandsee. Zur Erklärung der inversen Altersdifferenzen 7.5 Differenz zwischen 14C- und Kalenderalter: Zeitliche Variation unter Einfluß des Erdmagnetfeldes - Modell und Befund 7.6 Sedimentationsraten der Kerne 23071, 23074 und PS2644 nach dem GISP2-Altersmodell Vøring-Plateau: Kerne 23071 und 23074 Südwest-Islandsee: Kern PS2644 8. Klimaoszillationen im Europäischen Nordmeer in der Zeit und Frequenzdomäne 8.1 "Der Einzelzyklus" in den Klimakurven von Kern PS2644 8.2 Zur Veränderlichkeit der Warm- und Kaltextreme sowie Zyklenlänge Besonderheiten in der Zyklenlänge Variation der Kalt-(Stadiale) Variation der Interstadiale 8.3 Periodizitäten der Klimasignale im Frequenzband der D.-Oe.-Zyklen. Der D.-Oe.-Zyklus von 1470 J., seine Multiplen und harmonischen Schwingungen Weitere Frequenzen: 1000-1150 Jahre- und 490- 510 Jahre-Zyklizitäten Höhere Frequenzen im Bereich von Jahrhunderten und Dekaden 8.4 Phasenbeziehungen und (örtliche) Steuemngsmechanismen der Dansgaard-Oeschger-Zyklen 9. Schlußfolgerungen Danksagung Literaturverzeichnis Anhang
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 4
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Cham : Springer Nature
    Signatur: AWI G3-21-94155
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date assessment of the key terrestrial components of the Arctic system, i.e., its hydrology, permafrost, and ecology, drawing on the latest research results from across the circumpolar regions. The Arctic is an integrated system, the elements of which are closely linked by the atmosphere, ocean, and land. Using an integrated system approach, the book’s 30 chapters, written by a diverse team of leading scholars, carefully examine Arctic climate variability/change, large river hydrology, lakes and wetlands, snow cover and ice processes, permafrost characteristics, vegetation/landscape changes, and the future trajectory of Arctic system evolution. The discussions cover the fundamental features of and processes in the Arctic system, with a special focus on critical knowledge gaps, i.e., the interactions and feedbacks between water, permafrost, and ecosystem, such as snow pack and permafrost changes and their impacts on basin hydrology and ecology, river flow, geochemistry, and energy fluxes to the Arctic Ocean, and the structure and function of the Arctic ecosystem in response to past/future changes in climate, hydrology, and permafrost conditions. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for researchers, graduate students, environmentalists, managers, and administrators who are concerned with the northern environment and resources.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XV, 914, C1 Seiten , Illustrationen, Fotogafien (farbig), Karten (farbig), Diagramme (farbig)
    Ausgabe: corrected publication 2021
    ISBN: 9783030509309
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Part I Arctic Climate and Greenland 1 Arctic Climate Change, Variability, and Extremes / John E. Walsh 2 Precipitation Characteristics and Changes / Hengchun Ye, Daqing Yang, Ali Behrangi, Svetlana L. Stuefer, Xicai Pan, Eva Mekis, Yonas Dibike, and John E. Walsh 3 Snow Cover - Observations, Processes, Changes, and Impacts on Northern Hydrology / Ross Brown, Philip Marsh, Stephen Déry, and Daqing Yang 4 Evaporation Processes and Changes Over the Northern Regions / Yinsheng Zhang, Ning Ma, Hotaek Park, John E. Walsh, and Ke Zhang 5 Greenland Ice Sheet and Arctic Mountain Glaciers / Sebastian H. Mernild, Glen E. Liston, and Daqing Yang Part II Hydrology and Biogeochemistry 6 Regional and Basin Streamflow Regimes and Changes: Climate Impact and Human Effect / Michael Rawlins, Daqing Yang, and Shaoqing Ge 7 Hydrologic Extremes in Arctic Rivers and Regions: Historical Variability and Future Perspectives / Rajesh R. Shrestha, Katrina E. Bennett, Daniel L. Peters, and Daqing Yang 8 Overview of Environmental Flows in Permafrost Regions / Daniel L, Peters, Donald J. Baird, Joseph Culp, Jennifer Lento, Wendy A. Monk, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 9 Yukon River Discharge Response to Seasonal Snow Cover Change / Daqing Yang, Yuanyuan Zhao, Richard Armstrong, Mary J. Brodzik, and David Robinson 10 Arctic River Water Temperatures and Thermal Regimes / Daqing Yang, Hoteak Park, Amber Peterson, and Baozhong Liu 11 Changing Biogeochemical Cycles of Organic Carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Trace Elements in Arctic Rivers / Jonathan O'Donnell, Thomas Douglas, Amanda Barker, and Laodong Guo 12 Arctic Wetlands and Lakes-Dynamics and Linkages / Kathy L. Young, Laura Brown, and Yonas Dibike 13 River Ice Processes and Changes Across the Northern Regions / Daqing Yang, Hotaek Park, Terry Prowse, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Ellie McLeod Part III Permafrost and Frozen Ground 14 Permafrost Features and Talik Geometry in Hydrologic System / Kenji Yoshikawa and Douglas L. Kane 15 Ground Temperature and Active Layer Regimes and Changes / Lin Zhao, Cangwei Xie, Daqing Yang, and Tingjun Zhang 16 Permafrost Hydrology: Linkages and Feedbacks / Tetsuya Hiyama, Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane 17 Permafrost Hydrogeology / Barret L. Kurylyk and Michelle A. Walvoord Part IV Ecosystem Change and Impact 18 Greenhouse Gases and Energy Fluxes at Permafrost Zone / Masahito Ueyama, Hiroki Iwata, Hideki Kobayashi, Eugénie Euskirchen, Lutz Merbold, Takeshi Ohta, Takashi Machimura, Donatella Zona, Walter C. Oechel, and Edward A. G. Schuur 19 Spring Phenology of the Boreal Ecosystems / Nicolas Delbart 20 Diagnosing Environmental Controls on Vegetation Greening and Browning Trends Over Alaska and Northwest Canada Using Complementary Satellite Observations / Youngwook Kim, John S. Kimball, Nicholas Parazoo, and Peter Kirchner 21 Boreal Forest and Forest Fires / Yongwon Kim, Hideki Kobayashi, Shin Nagai, Masahito Ueyama, Bang-Yong Lee, and Rikie Suzuki 22 Northern Ecohydrology of Interior Alaska Subarctic / Jessica M. Young-Robertson, W. Robert Bolton, and Ryan Toohey 23 Yukon River Discharge-NDVI Relationship / Weixin Xu and Daqing Yang Part V Cross-System Linkage and Integration 24 River Freshwater Flux to the Arctic Ocean / Alexander Shiklomanov, Stephen Déry, Mikhail Tretiakov, Daqing Yang, Dmitry Magritsky, Alex Georgiadi, and Wenqing Tang 25 River Heat Flux into the Arctic Ocean / Daqing Yang, Shaoqing Ge, Hotaek Park, and Richard L. Lammers 26 Cold Region Hydrologic Models and Applications / Hotaek Park, Yonas Dibike, Fengge Su, and John Xiaogang Shi 27 Regional Climate Modeling in the Northern Regions / Zhenhua Li, Yanping Li, Daqing Yang, and Rajesh R. Shrestha 28 High-Resolution Weather Research Forecasting (WRF) Modeling and Projection Over Western Canada, Including Mackenzie Watershed / Yanping Li and Zhenhua Li 29 Responses of Boreal Forest Ecosystems and Permafrost to Climate Change and Disturbances: A Modeling Perspective / Shuhua Yi and Fengming Yuan 30 Future Trajectory of Arctic System Evolution / Kazuyuki Saito, John E. Walsh, Arvid Bring, Ross Brown, Alexander Shiklomanov, and Daqing Yang Correction to: Arctic Hydrology, Permafrost and Ecosystems / Daqing Yang, and Douglas L. Kane
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 5
    Signatur: AWI G2-21-94671
    In: World ocean review, 7
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 336 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783866486973
    Serie: World ocean review 7
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhalt Vorwort Kapitel 1 Unsere Ozeane – Quelle des Lebens Kapitel Von der Bedeutung und der Endlichkeit der Meere Conclusio: Abschied von der Unendlichkeitsillusion Kapitel 2 Der Ozean im Klimawandel Die fatalen Folgen der Wärme Ein Angriff auf die Artenvielfalt Conclusio: Gradmesser Ozean Kapitel 3 Nahrung aus dem Meer Problemzone Fischerei Wachstumssektor Aquakultur Conclusio: Ein Nahrungslieferant am Limit Kapitel 4 Transporte über das Meer Die Schifffahrt am Scheideweg Conclusio: Eine Schlüsselbranche unter Druck Kapitel 5 Energie und Rohstoffe aus dem Meer Tiefseebergbau: Die Pläne nehmen Gestalt an Energiequelle Meer: Potenzial und Erwartungen Conclusio: Unsere Ozeane: voller Energie Kapitel 6 Die Verschmutzung der Meere Ein Problem gigantischen Ausmaßes Conclusio: Meere voller Müll und Schadstoffe Kapitel 7 Der Wettstreit um die genetische Vielfalt der Meere Wirkstoffe aus dem Meer Conclusio: Der Beginn einer goldenen Ära Kapitel 8 Anspruch und Wirklichkeit des Meeresmanagements Die Rechtsordnung der Ozeane Neue Ansätze des Meeresmanagement Der Ozean: Krisenschauplatz und Teil der Lösung Conclusio: Nachhaltiges Meeresmanagement – eine Herkulesaufgabe Gesamt-Conclusio Glossar Abkürzungen Quellenverzeichnis Mitwirkende Index Partner und Danksagung Abbildungsverzeichnis Impressum
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 6
    Signatur: AWI Bio-22-94767
    Materialart: Dissertationen
    Seiten: XVIII, 165 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Table of Contents Acknowledgements Abstract Zusammenfassung List of figure List of tables List of abbreviation Chapter 1 1. Introduction 1.1 Research background 1.1.1 Response of mountain plant diversity to climate change 1.1.2 Response of Arctic vegetation composition and diversity to climate change 1.1.3 Understanding the critical mechanisms of community assembly are essential for sustaining ecosystem services 1.1.4 Pollen analysis as a traditional tool for representing palaeovegetation 1.1.5. Sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) is a useful tool for Quaternary ecology tracking 1.2 Study area 1.3 Aims and objectives 1.4 Structure of the thesis 1.4.1 Overview of the chapter 1.4.2 Author's contributions 1.4.3 Methods Chapter 2 2 Manuscript 1: Sedimentary ancient DNA reveals warming-induced alpine habitat loss threat to Tibetan Plateau plant diversity 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Results and discussion 2.4 Methods 2.5 Acknowledgements · Chapter 3 3 Manuscript 2: Holocene vegetation and plant diversity changes in the north-eastern Siberian treeline region from pollen and sedimentary ancient DNA 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Materials and methods 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Lake sediment cores and subsampling 3.3.3 Dating 3.3.4 Pollen analysis 3.3.5 DNA extraction and amplification 3.3.6 Sequencing filtering and taxonomic assignment 3.3.7 Statistical analyses 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Chronology 3.4.2 SedaDNA and pollen assemblages 3.4.3 Gradient analysis and correlation analysis 3.5 Discussion 3 .5.1 Contributions of pollen and sedaDNA to vegetation reconstruction and taxon richness 3.5.2 Variation in Holocene vegetation composition in the Omoloy area, north-eastern Siberia 3.5.3 SedaDNA-based plant diversity changes within lake catchments of the Omoloy region 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Acknowledgements Chapter 4 4 Manuscript 3: Vegetation reconstruction from Siberia and Tibetan Plateau using modern analogue technique - comparing sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) and pollen data 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Materials and methods 4.3.1 Sites ofthe modern analogues 4.3.2 Sedimentary (ancient) DNA collection 4.3.3 Metabarcoding data processing and filtering 4.3.4 Pollen data collection 4.3.5 Numerical analysis 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Modern training-set, ROC curve analyses and AT results 4.4.2 Modern analogues for Lake Naleng and Omoloy lake II 4.4.3 Vegetation type reconstruction based on MAT 4.4.4 Projecting fossil samples in ordination space of modern assemblages 4.4.5 Comparing past and present intertaxa relationships 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Assessment of analogue quality using modem training-sets 4·5·2 Comparison of sed(a)DNA-based and pollen-based vegetation reconstruction for the Lake Naleng, Tibetan Plateau 4.5.3 Comparison of sedDNA based and pollen-based vegetation reconstruction for the Lake Omoloy, northern Siberia 4.6 Conclusions 4.7 Acknowledgements Chapter 5 5 Manuscript 4: Terrestrial-aquatic ecosystem links on the Tibetan Plateau inferred from sedaDNA shotgun sequencin 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Results 5.4 Discussions 5.5 Methods 5.6 Acknowledgments Chapter 6 6 Synthesis 6.1 The ability of metabarcoding and metagenomic shotgun sequencing to reveal ecological community pattern 6.2 Driver of plant diversity change in high altitude and high latitudes 6.3 High-altitude and high-latitude vegetation type change 6.4 Past terrestrial and aquatic ecological change at ecosystem-scale 6.5 Conclusions and outlook Appendix 1 Appendix-1 Materials for Manuscript #1 1.1 Appendix discussion: Contamination in NTC6 2. Appendix-2 Materials for Manuscript #2 3. Appendix-3 Materials for Manuscript #3 4. Appendix-4 Materials for Manuscript #4 References Eidesstattliche Erklarung
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 7
    Signatur: AWI Bio-22-94766
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The arctic-boreal treeline is a transition zone from taiga to tundra covering a vast area in Siberia. It often features large environmental gradients and reacts sensitively to changes in the environment. For example, the expansion of shrubs and a northward movement of the treeline are observable in Siberia as a response to the warming climate. The changes in vegetation across the treeline are known to influence the water chemistry in the lakes. This causes further alteration to the composition and diversity of sensitive aquatic organisms such as diatoms and macrophytes. Despite the rising awareness of the complex climate-feedback mechanisms of terrestrial plants, the understanding of their assembly rules and about responses of aquatic biomes in the surrounding treeline lakes is still limited. The goal of this thesis is to examine the previous and present biodiversity of terrestrial and freshwater biomes from the Siberian treeline ecotone, as well as their reactions to environmental changes. In particular, this thesis attempts to ...
    Materialart: Dissertationen
    Seiten: 132 Blätter , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Contents List of abbreviations Acknowledgements Summary Zusammenfassung 1 Scientific background 1.1 Motivation 1.2 The arctic-boreal ecotone in time and space 1.2.1 Terrestrial plants composition and biodiversity 1.2.2. Lake macrophytes and diatoms 1.3 Sedimentary DNA metabarcoding as an ecologicalproxy 1.4 Study area 1.5 Objectives of the thesis 1.6 Methods 1.7 Thesis organizations 1.7.1 Manuscripts and chapters 1.7.2 Non-finalized research 1.7.2 Author contributions 2 Manuscript I: Genetic and morphological diatom composition in surface sediments from glacial and thermokarst lakes in the Siberian Arctic 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and methods 2.3.1 Sampling and collection of environmental data 2.3.2 Diatom genetic assessment 2.3.3 Raw sequence processing and taxonomic assignment 2.3.4 Morphological diatom identification 2.3.5 Statistical analyses 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Genetic-based diatom composition, diversityand diatom-environment relationship 2.4.2 Morphological-based diatom composition, diversity and diatom-environment relationship 2.4.3 Comparison of spatial diatom patterns obtained from the genetic and morphological approaches 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Genetic and morphological diatom composition and diversity 2.5.2 Diatom composition is affected by lake type and lake water parameters 2.6 Conclusions 2.7 Acknowledgments 3 Manuscript II: Plant sedimentary ancient DNA from Far East Russia covering the last 28 ka reveals different assembly rules in cold and warm climates 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Study area 3.3.2 Sampling and dating 3.3.3 Genetic laboratory works 3.3.4 Processing the sequence data 3.3.5 Statistical analyses 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Overview of the sequencing data and taxonomic composition 3.4.2 Taxonomic alpha and beta diversity 3.4.3 Phylogenetic alpha and beta diversity 3.4.4 Relationship between taxonomic composition and phylogenetic diversity 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Vegetation history revealed by sedaDNA 3.5.2 Patterns oftaxonomic alpha diversity and their relationship to community composition 3.5.3 Relationship between richness and phylogenetic alpha and beta diversity 4 Manuscript III: Sedimentary DNA identifies modem and past macrophyte diversity and its environmental drivers in high latitude and altitude lakes in Siberia and China 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Materialsand Methods 4.3.1 Field sampling of surface and core samples 4.3.2 Environmental data 4.3.3 Molecular genetic laboratory work 4.3.4 Bioinformatic analyses 4.3.5 Statistical analyses 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Macrophyte diversity in surface sediments inferred from sedDNA 4.4.2 Relationship of modem macrophyte richness and environmental variables 4.4.3 The relationship between modem macrophyte community and environmental variables 4.4.4 Past macrophyte richness and composition inferred from sedaDNA 4.4.5 Past macrophyte compositional changes and its environmental drivers 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Retrieval of aquatic plant diversity using the tmL P6 loop plant DNA metabarcode 4.5.2 Modem macrophyte diversity and its relation to environmental factors 4.5.3 Temporal macrophyte diversity as an indicator for past environmental change 4.6 Conclusion 5 Synopsis 5.1 Potential and limitations of sedimentary DNA in the applied study 5.1.1 Sedimentary DNA is a powerful proxy 5.1.2 Limitations in sedimentary DNA 5.2 Spatial patterns of vegetation, macrophytes and diatoms 5.2.1 Composition and diversity of vegetation 5.2.2 Composition and diversity of macrophytes 5.2.3 Composition and diversity of diatoms 5.3 Temporal patterns of vegetation, macrophytes and diatoms 5.3.1 Composition and diversity of vegetation 5.3.2 Composition and diversity of macrophytes 5.3.3 Composition and diversity of diatoms 5.4 Outlooks and conclusions Appendices Appendix 1 for Manuscript I Appendix 2 for Manuscript II Appendix 3 for Manuscript III References
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 8
    Signatur: AWI G3-22-94687
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Permafrost is warming globally, which leads to widespread permafrost thaw and impacts the surrounding landscapes, ecosystems and infrastructure. Especially ice-rich permafrost is vulnerable to rapid and abrupt thaw, resulting from the melting of excess ground ice. Local remote sensing studies have detected increasing rates of abrupt permafrost disturbances, such as thermokarst lake change and drainage, coastal erosion and RTS in the last two decades. All of which indicate an acceleration of permafrost degradation. In particular retrogressive thaw slumps (RTS) are abrupt disturbances that expand by up to several meters each year and impact local and regional topographic gradients, hydrological pathways, sediment and nutrient mobilisation into aquatic systems, and increased permafrost carbon mobilisation. The feedback between abrupt permafrost thaw and the carbon cycle is a crucial component of the Earth system and a relevant driver in global climate models. However, an assessment of RTS at high temporal resolution to determine the ...
    Materialart: Dissertationen
    Seiten: xxiv, 134 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung List of Figures List of Tables Abbreviations 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific background and motivation 1.1.1 Permafrost and climate change 1.1.2 Permafrost thaw and disturbances 1.1.3 Abrupt permafrost disturbances 1.1.4 Remote sensing 1.1.5 Remote sensing of permafrost disturbances 1.2 Aims and objectives 1.3 Study area 1.4 General data and methods 1.4.1 Landsat and Sentinel-2 1.4.2 Google Earth Engine 1.5 Thesis structure 1.6 Overview of publications and authors’ contribution 1.6.1 Chapter 2 - Comparing Spectral Characteristics of Landsat-8 and Sentinel-2 Same-Day Data for Arctic-Boreal Regions 1.6.2 Chapter 3 - Mosaicking Landsat and Sentinel-2 Data to Enhance LandTrendr Time Series Analysis in Northern High Latitude Permafrost Regions 1.6.3 Chapter 4 - Remote Sensing Annual Dynamics of Rapid Permafrost Thaw Disturbances with LandTrendr 2 Comparing Spectral Characteristics of Landsat-8 and Sentinel-2 Same-Day Data for Arctic-Boreal Regions 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Study Sites 2.3.2 Data 2.3.3 Data Processing 2.3.3.1 Filtering Image Collections 2.3.3.2 Creating L8, S2, and Site Masks 2.3.3.3 Preparing Sentinel-2 Surface Reflectance Images in SNAP 2.3.3.4 Applying Site Masks 2.3.4 Spectral Band Comparison and Adjustment 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Spectral Band Comparison 2.4.2 Spectral Band Adjustment 2.4.3 ES and HLS Spectral Band Adjustment 2.5 Discussion 2.6 Conclusions 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Appendix Chapter 2 3 Mosaicking Landsat and Sentinel-2 Data to Enhance LandTrendr Time Series Analysis in Northern High Latitude Permafrost Regions 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Materials and Methods 3.3.1 Study Sites 3.3.2 Data 3.3.3 Data Processing and Mosaicking Workflow 3.3.4 Data Availability Assessment 3.3.5 Mosaic Coverage and Quality Assessment 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Data Availability Assessment 3.4.2 Mosaic Coverage and Quality Assessment 3.5 Discussion 3.6 Conclusions 4 Remote Sensing Annual Dynamics of Rapid Permafrost Thaw Disturbances with LandTrendr 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study Area and Methods 4.3.1 Study area 4.3.2 General workflow and ground truth data 4.3.3 Data and LandTrendr 4.3.4 Index selection 4.3.5 Temporal Segmentation 4.3.6 Spectral Filtering 4.3.7 Spatial masking and filtering 4.3.8 Machine-learning object filter 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Focus sites 4.4.2 North Siberia 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Mapping of RTS 4.5.2 Spatio-temporal variability of RTS dynamics 4.5.3 LT-LS2 capabilities and limitations 4.6 Conclusion 4.7 Appendix 5 Synthesis and Discussion 5.1 Google Earth Engine 5.2 Landsat and Sentinel-2 5.3 Image mosaics and disturbance detection algorithm 5.4 Mapping RTS and their annual temporal dynamics 5.5 Limitations and technical considerations 5.6 Key findings 5.7 Outlook References Acknowledgements
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 9
    Signatur: AWI G1-21-94427
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Nur wenn sich unser Umgang mit Land grundlegend ändert, können die Klimaschutzziele erreicht, der dramatische Verlust der biologischen Vielfalt abgewendet und das globale Ernährungssystem nachhaltig gestaltet werden. Der WBGU schlägt in diesem Gutachten fünf exemplarische Mehrgewinnstrategien vor, um Konkurrenzen zwischen Nutzungsansprüchen zu überwinden. Diese sollten durch fünf Governance-Strategien vorangetrieben werden, darunter insbesondere die Setzung geeigneter Rahmenbedingungen, eine Neuorientierung der EU-Politik und die Errichtung von Gemeinschaften gleichgesinnter Staaten. „Der jüngste Bericht des WBGU mit dem Titel ‚Landwende im Anthropozän: Von der Konkurrenz zur Integration‘ macht deutlich, dass wir einen grundlegenden Wandel im Umgang mit Land benötigen, um den Klimawandel zu begrenzen, den Verlust der biologischen Vielfalt umzukehren und nachhaltige Ernährungssysteme zu schaffen. Gesundes Land ist endlich, aber Veränderungen im Verhalten von Konsumenten und Unternehmen, kombiniert mit besserer Landnutzungsplanung und Landmanagement, können dazu beitragen, die Nachfrage nach lebenswichtigen Gütern und Dienstleistungen zu befriedigen, ohne die Landressourcen zu gefährden. Dieser Bericht zeigt, wie durch besseres Landmanagement Klimaschutz gefördert, Ökosysteme geschützt und Ernährungssysteme nachhaltig werden können.“
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XXI, 389 Seiten , 82 Illustrationen , 27.5 cm x 19.5 cm, 942 g
    Ausgabe: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783946830054 , 3946830056
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhaltsverzeichnis Mitarbeiter*innen des Beirats Danksagung Kästen Tabellen Abbildungen Akronyme Zusammenfassung 1 Einleitung 2 Land als Schlüssel zur Nachhaltigkeit – ein systemischer Blick 2.1 Landressourcen unter Druck: Nutzungskonkurrenzen, Übernutzung, Degradation 2.1.1 Ausmaß und Trends der Degradation terrestrischer Ökosysteme 2.1.2 Treiber von Landdegradation und Folgen 2.1.3 Land Degradation Neutrality als Ziel internationaler Nachhaltigkeitspolitik 2.2 Das Trilemma der Landnutzung 2.2.1 Die Klimakrise 2.2.2 Die Krise des Ernährungssystems 2.2.3 Die Biodiversitätskrise 2.3 Zukunftsvision für einen nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land 2.3.1 Ein nachhaltiger Umgang mit Land: systemisch, synergistisch, solidarisch 2.3.2 Die Transformation zu einem nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land gestalten 3 Mehrgewinnstrategien für einen nachhaltigen Umgang mit Land 3.1 Renaturierung: Landbasierte CO2-Entfernung synergistisch gestalten 3.1.1 CO2-Senken: Ausgangssituation 3.1.1.1 CO2-Entfernung aus der Atmosphäre: Konzept und Definition 3.1.1.2 Landbasierte Ansätze zur CO2-Entfernung: Technologien, Potenziale und Begleitwirkungen 3.1.1.3 Die Rolle von Methoden der CO2-Entfernung in Klimaschutzszenarien 3.1.2 Grundsätze zur nachhaltigen CO2-Entfernung: Unsicherheiten beleuchten, Risiken begrenzen, Mehrgewinne beflügeln 3.1.3 Mehrgewinnstrategie „Renaturierung degradierter terrestrischer Ökosysteme" 3.1.3.1 Renaturierung als Strategie zur Revitalisierung von Ökosystemfunktionen 3.1.3.2 Wiederaufforstung 3.1.3.3 Renaturierung von Graslandökosystemen 3.1.3.4 Renaturierung von Mooren 3.1.3.5 Renaturierung im Fokus internationaler Nachhaltigkeitspolitik 3.1.3.6 Umsetzung von Renaturierungsmaßnahmen 3.1.3.7 Folgerungen zu Renaturierung 3.1.4 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.1.4.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für Maßnahmen zur Entfernung von CO2 3.1.4.2 Handlungsempfehlungen zur Renaturierung degradierter Ökosysteme 3.1.5 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.1.5.1 Forschungsempfehlungen: CO2-Entfernung 3.1.5.2 Forschungsempfehlungen: Renaturierung 3.2 Schutzgebietssysteme ausweiten und aufwerten 3.2.1 Ökosystemschutz: Probleme und Mehrgewinne 3.2.2 Internationale Ziele für den Ökosystemschutz 3.2.3 Die Ausweitung und Aufwertung von Schutzgebietssystemen als Mehrgewinnstrategie 3.2.3.1 Schutzgebietssysteme als Instrumente des Ökosystem- und Biodiversitätsschutzes 3.2.3.2 Mehrgewinne in Schutzgebietssystemen 3.2.3.3 Zielerreichung und künftige Ziele 3.2.3.4 Schutzgebietssysteme unter Druck: Treiber, Handlungsbedarfe, Barrieren und Akteure 3.2.3.5 Fokus indigene Völker und lokale Gemeinschaften: Hüter*innen der Ökosysteme 3.2.3.6 Fokus Landschaft: vernetzte Schutzgebietssysteme in einem integrierten Landschaftsansatz 3.2.3.7 Fokus Finanzierung von Schutzgebietssystemen 3.2.4 Folgerungen 3.2.5 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.2.6 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.3 Landwirtschaftssysteme diversifizieren 3.3.1 Heutige Landwirtschaftssysteme stoßen an die Grenzen 3.3.1.1 Industrielle Landwirtschaft: Beispiel EU 3.3.1.2 Ertragsarme Subsistenzlandwirtschaft und persistierende Ernährungsunsicherheit: Beispiel Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.1.3 Wirkung des internationalen Agrarhandels auf Resilienz gegenüber Krisen und nachhaltige Entwicklung: Die Beispiele EU und Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.2 Mehrgewinnstrategien zur Diversifizierung von Landwirtschaftssystemen 3.3.2.1 Zielbild und Grundsätze 3.3.2.2 Ökologisierung der industriellen Landwirtschaft in der EU 3.3.2.3 Landwirtschaftliche Produktivität in Subsahara-Afrika nachhaltig steigern, Klimaanpassung und Ernährungssicherung erreichen 3.3.2.4 Ausrichtung des Agrarhandels auf Resilienz und Nachhaltigkeit 3.3.2.5 Ökologisierung versus Intensivierung und die Messung der Treibhausgase: Eine Einordnung 3.3.2.6 Komponenten der Mehrgewinnstrategien 3.3.3 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.3.3.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für die Ökologisierung der industriellen Landwirtschaft der EU und die GAP nach 2020 3.3.3.2 Handlungsempfehlungen für Subsahara-Afrika und für die Entwicklungszusammenarbeit 3.3.3.3 Handlungsempfehlungen zum Handel 3.3.4 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.3.4.1 Forschungsempfehlungen zur EU 3.3.4.2 Forschungsempfehlungen zur Landnutzung in Subsahara-Afrika 3.3.4.3 Forschungsempfehlungen zum Handel. 3.4 Die Transformation der tierproduktlastigen Ernährungsstile in den Industrieländern vorantreiben 3.4.1 Problemstellung: Das globale Ernährungssystem 3.4.1.1 Definition und Entwicklung des Ernährungssystems 3.4.1.2 Auswirkungen des Ernährungssystems 3.4.1.3 Ernährungsstile 3.4.1.4 Treiber für die Missstände im Ernährungssystem 3.4.2 Transformation des Ernährungssystems durch Transformation von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.2.1 Potenziale auf Seiten der Nachfrage 3.4.2.2 Zielbild: Mehrgewinn durch die Transformation tierproduktlastiger Ernährungsstile in den Industrieländern 3.4.3 Eine Frage des Bewusstseins? Von den vielfältigen Bedingungen der Entwicklung und Veränderung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.1 Ernährungsstile und Konzerninteressen global betrachtet 3.4.3.2 Einflüsse auf die Entwicklung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.3 Nahrungsaufnahme als soziale Situation 3.4.3.4 Brüche in der Ernährungsbiografie und Wertewandel im Ernährungsstil 3.4.3.5 Kontext und Ressourcen als mögliche Ansatzpunkte für Veränderung von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.3.6 Fazit: normative nachhaltige Orientierung in der Gemeinschaftsverpflegung als besonderer Transformationsauslöser 3.4.4 Ansatzpunkte zur Stärkung der Transformation von Ernährungsstilen 3.4.4.1 Steuerung mit Spielräumen zur Achtung von Eigenart 3.4.4.2 Transformation durch wahre Preise und nachhaltiges Angebot 3.4.4.3 Vielfältige Nuclei der Transformation 3.4.4.4 Transformationspotenzial durch Stärkung von Wissensressourcen (Siegel und Leitlinien) 3.4.4.5 Transformationsansätze in der Gemeinschaftsverpflegung: Hebung mehrfachen Transformationspotenzials 3.4.5 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.4.5.1 Nachhaltige Ernährung durch mit der Planetary Health Diet konforme Leitlinien konsequent zur Norm erheben 3.4.5.2 Den Trend zu tierproduktarmer Ernährung unterstützen und Ernährungsbiografien nachhaltig prägen 3.4.5.3 Konsument*innen darin unterstützen, nachhaltige Ernährungsstile zu praktizieren 3.4.5.4 „Gesunden Handel“ national und international fördern 3.4.6 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.4.6.1 Transformative Forschung zur Stärkung nachhaltiger Ernährungsstile 3.4.6.2 Bestehende Forschungsprogramme im Ernährungsbereich um nachhaltige Aspekte erweitern 3.5 Bioökonomie verantwortungsvoll gestalten und dabei Holzbau fördern 3.5.1 Probleme und Potenziale der verstärkten Nutzung biologischer Ressourcen 3.5.2 Zielbild und wichtige Handlungsfelder für eine nachhaltige Bioökonomie 3.5.2.1 Zielbild einer nachhaltigen Bioökonomie 3.5.2.2 Wichtige Handlungsfelder für eine nachhaltige Bioökonomie 3.5.3 Mehrgewinnstrategie Holzbau 3.5.3.1 Potenziale des Holzbaus als Ergänzung und Alternative zu konventionellen Bauweisen 3.5.3.2 Bestehende Instrumente zur Förderung des Holzbaus 3.5.4 Handlungsempfehlungen 3.5.4.1 Handlungsempfehlungen für Holzbau 3.5.4.2 Handlungsempfehlungen für Bioökonomie insgesamt 3.5.5 Forschungsempfehlungen 3.5.5.1 Forschungsempfehlungen zum Holzbau 3.5.5.2 Forschungsempfehlungen für Bioökonomie insgesamt 3.6 Zusammenspiel und Umsetzung von Mehrgewinnstrategien 3.6.1 Zusammenspiel zwischen Mehrgewinnstrategien: Beispiele 3.6.2 Umsetzung von Mehrgewinnstrategien im Kontext des integrierten Landschaftsansatzes 4 Transformative Governance für einen solidarischen Umgang mit Land 4.1 Pionier*innen des Wandels: Akteure zur Verantwortungsübernahme ermächtigen 4.1.1 Möglichkeiten und Grenzen eines nachhaltigen solidarischen Konsums 4.1.2 Pionier*innen des Wandels in wirkmächtigen Rollen 4.1.3 Empfehlungen zur Förderung von solidarischem Konsum und von Nischenakteuren in der Landwende 4.2 Gestaltender Staat: Rahmenbedingungen für den solidarischen Umgang mit Land schaffen 4.2.1 Nachhaltiges Verhalten belohnen, Umweltschäden bepreisen: Anreiz- und Preisinstrumente 4.2.2 Nachhaltigkeit einfordern: freiwillige und
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 10
    Signatur: AWI A11-22-94735
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Over the last decades, the rate of near-surface warming in the Arctic is at least double than elsewhere on our planet (Arctic amplification). However, the relative contribution of different feedback processes to Arctic amplification is a topic of ongoing research, including the role of aerosol and clouds. Lidar systems are well-suited for the investigation of aerosol and optically-thin clouds as they provide vertically-resolved information on fine temporal scales. Global aerosol models fail to converge on the sign of the Arctic aerosol radiative effect (ARE). In the first part of this work, the optical and microphysical properties of Arctic aerosol were characterized at case study level in order to assess the short-wave (SW) ARE. A long-range transport episode was first investigated. Geometrically similar aerosol layers were captured over three locations. Although the aerosol size distribution was different between Fram Strait(bi-modal) and Ny-Ålesund (fine mono-modal), the atmospheric column ARE was similar. The latter was related to the domination of accumulation mode aerosol. Over both locations top of the atmosphere (TOA) warming was accompanied by surface cooling. Subsequently, the sensitivity of ARE was investigated with respect to different aerosol and spring-time ambient conditions. A 10% change in the single-scattering albedo (SSA) induced higher ARE perturbations compared to a 30% change in the aerosol extinction coefficient. With respect to ambient conditions, the ARETOA was more sensitive to solar elevation changes compared to AREsur f ace. Over dark surfaces the ARE profile was exclusively negative, while over bright surfaces a negative to positive shift occurred above the aerosol layers. Consequently, the sign of ARE can be highly sensitive in spring since this season is characterized by transitional surface albedo conditions. As the inversion of the aerosol microphysics is an ill-posed problem, the inferred aerosol size distribution of a low-tropospheric event was compared to the in-situ measured distribution. Both techniques revealed a bi-modal distribution, with good agreement in the total volume concentration. However, in terms of SSA a disagreement was found, with the lidar inversion indicating highly scattering particles and the in-situ measurements pointing to absorbing particles. The discrepancies could stem from assumptions in the inversion (e.g. wavelength-independent refractive index) and errors in the conversion of the in-situ measured light attenuation into absorption. Another source of discrepancy might be related to an incomplete capture of fine particles in the in-situ sensors. The disagreement in the most critical parameter for the Arctic ARE necessitates further exploration in the frame of aerosol closure experiments. Care must be taken in ARE modelling studies, which may use either the in-situ or lidar-derived SSA as input. Reliable characterization of cirrus geometrical and optical properties is necessary for improving their radiative estimates. In this respect, the detection of sub-visible cirrus is of special importance. The total cloud radiative effect (CRE) can be negatively biased, should only the optically-thin and opaque cirrus contributions are considered. To this end, a cirrus retrieval scheme was developed aiming at increased sensitivity to thin clouds. The cirrus detection was based on the wavelet covariance transform (WCT) method, extended by dynamic thresholds. The dynamic WCT exhibited high sensitivity to faint and thin cirrus layers (less than 200 m) that were partly or completely undetected by the existing static method. The optical characterization scheme extended the Klett–Fernald retrieval by an iterative lidar ratio (LR) determination (constrained Klett). The iterative process was constrained by a reference value, which indicated the aerosol concentration beneath the cirrus cloud. Contrary to existing approaches, the aerosol-free assumption was not adopted, but the aerosol conditions were approximated by an initial guess. The inherent uncertainties of the constrained Klett were higher for optically-thinner cirrus, but an overall good agreement was found with two established retrievals. Additionally, existing approaches, which rely on aerosol-free assumptions, presented increased accuracy when the proposed reference value was adopted. The constrained Klett retrieved reliably the optical properties in all cirrus regimes, including upper sub-visible cirrus with COD down to 0.02. Cirrus is the only cloud type capable of inducing TOA cooling or heating at daytime. Over the Arctic, however, the properties and CRE of cirrus are under-explored. In the final part of this work, long-term cirrus geometrical and optical properties were investigated for the first time over an Arctic site (Ny-Ålesund). To this end, the newly developed retrieval scheme was employed. Cirrus layers over Ny-Ålesund seemed to be more absorbing in the visible spectral region compared to lower latitudes and comprise relatively more spherical ice particles. Such meridional differences could be related to discrepancies in absolute humidity and ice nucleation mechanisms. The COD tended to decline for less spherical and smaller ice particles probably due to reduced water vapor deposition on the particle surface. The cirrus optical properties presented weak dependence on ambient temperature and wind conditions. Over the 10 years of the analysis, no clear temporal trend was found and the seasonal cycle was not pronounced. However, winter cirrus appeared under colder conditions and stronger winds. Moreover, they were optically-thicker, less absorbing and consisted of relatively more spherical ice particles. A positive CREnet was primarily revealed for a broad range of representative cloud properties and ambient conditions. Only for high COD (above 10) and over tundra a negative CREnet was estimated, which did not hold true over snow/ice surfaces. Consequently, the COD in combination with the surface albedo seem to play the most critical role in determining the CRE sign over the high European Arctic.
    Materialart: Dissertationen
    Seiten: x, 136 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Motivation: Aerosol and cloud relevance to Arctic amplification 1.2 Theoretical background 1.2.1 Atmospheric aerosol 1.2.2 Aerosol in the Arctic 1.2.3 Cirrus clouds 1.3 Research questions 2 METHODS 2.1 lidar remote sensing techniqu 2.1.1 Elastic and Raman lidar equations 2.1.2 lidar signal corrections 2.1.3 Derivation of particle optical properties and related uncertainties 2.2 Lidar systems 2.2.1 Ground-based system KARL 2.2.2 Air-borne system AMALi 2.2.3 Space-borne system CALIOP 2.3 Ancillary instrumentation 2.3.1 Radiosondes 2.3.2 Sun-photometers 2.3.3 Radiation sensors 2.4 Modeling tools 2.4.1 Air mass backward trajectories 2.4.2 Aerosol microphysics retrieval algorithm 2.4.3 Radiative transfer model SCIATRAN 2.4.4 Multiple-scattering correction model 2.4.5 Simplified cloud radiative effect model 3 ARCTIC AEROSOL PROPERTIES AND RADIATIVE EFFECT (CASE STUDIES) 3.1 Aerosol in the upper troposphere (Spring) 3.1.1 Overview of aerosol observations and air mass origin 3.1.2 Modification of aerosol optical and microphysical properties 3.1.3 Aerosol radiative effect (ARE) 3.2 Sensitivities of the spring-time Arctic ARE 3.2.1 Sensitivity on aerosol related parameters 3.2.2 Sensitivity on ambient conditions 3.3 Aerosol in the lower troposphere (Winter) 3.3.1 Overview of remote sensing and in-situ measurements 3.3.2 Aerosol properties from the remote sensing perspective: KARL and CALIOP 3.3.3 Aerosol microphysical properties from in-situ and remote sensing perspectives 3.4 Discussion and Conclusions 4 DEVELOPMENT OF A CIRRUS CLOUD RETRIEVAL SCHEME 4.1 Fine-scale cirrus cloud detection 4.1.1 Selection of cirrus clouds 4.1.2 Wavelet Covariance Transform method 4.1.3 Revised detection method: Dynamic Wavelet Covariance Transform 4.2 Comparison of dynamic and static cirrus detection 4.3 Cirrus cloud optical retrievals 4.3.1 Existing cirrus optical retrievals: double-ended Klett and Raman 4.3.2 Temporal averaging within stationary periods 4.3.3 Revised optical retrieval: constrained Klett method 4.4 Comparison to established optical retrievals 4.5 How uncertainties in cirrus detection affect the optical retrievals? 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Limitations of cirrus retrieval schemes 4.6.2 Strengths of the revised retrieval scheme 4.7 Conclusions 5 LONG-TERM ANALYSIS OF ARCTIC CIRRUS CLOUD PROPERTIES 5.1 Overview of cirrus occurrence and meteorological conditions over Ny-Ålesund 5.2 Quality assurance of optical properties 5.2.1 Specular reflection effect 5.2.2 Investigation of extreme cirrus lidar ratio values 5.2.3 Multiple-scattering correction 5.3 Overview of cirrus optical properties over Ny-Ålesund 5.4 Inter-relations of cirrus properties 5.5 Dependence on meteorological conditions 5.5.1 Cirrus clouds in the tropopause 5.6 CRE estimation at TOA: sensitivity analysis 5.7 Conclusions 6 CONCLUSIONS AND OUTLOOK A CIRRUS DETECTION SENSITIVITIES a.1 Wavelet Covariance Transform - dilation sensitivity a.2 Wavelet Covariance Transform - wavelength dependency B CIRRUS OPTICAL CHARACTERIZATION SENSITIVITIES b.1 Reference value accuracy and limitations b.2 Inherent uncertainties of constrained Klett C MULTIPLE-SCATTERING CORRECTION FOR CIRRUS CLOUDS D SEASONAL CIRRUS PROPERTIES: DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS BIBLIOGRAPHY
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 11
    Signatur: AWI G5-22-94780
    Materialart: Dissertationen
    Seiten: xxi, 201 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2021 , Contents List of Figures List of Tables I Preamble 1 Introduction 1.1.1 The Journey from Weather to Climate 1.1.2 The Climate Background 1.1.3 Pollen as Quantitative Indicators of Past Changes 1.2 Overview and Aims of Manuscripts 1.2.1 List of Manuscripts 1.2.2 Short Summaries of the Manuscripts 1.3 Author Contributions to the Manuscripts II Manuscripts 2 Comparing estimation of techniques for temporal Scaling 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Data and Methods 2.2.1 Scaling estimation methods 2.2.2 Evaluation of the estimators 2.2.3 Data 2.3 Results 2.3.1 Effect of Regular and Irregular Sampling 2.3.2 Effect of Time series length 2.3.3 Application to database 2.4 Discussion 2.5 Conclusions 3 Land temperature variability driven by oceans at millennial timescales 4 Variability of surface climate in simulations of past and future 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Data and Method 4.2.1 Model simulations 4.2.2 The Last Glacial Maximum experiment 4.2.3 The mid Holocene experiment (midHolocene) 4.2.4 The warming experiments 1pctCO2 and abrupt4xCO2 4.2.5 Preprocessing of model simulations 4.2.6 Comparisons across the ensemble 4.2.7 Diagnosing variability changes 4.2.8 Changes in precipitation extremes 4.2.9 Timescale-dependence of the variability changes 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Hydrological sensitivity across the ensemble 4.3.2 Changes in local interannual variability 4.3.3 Changes in modes of variability 4.3.4 Circulation patterns underlying extratropical precipitation extremes 4.3.5 Changes in. the spectrum of variability 4.4 Discussion 4.4.1 Changes in climate variability with global mean temperature 4.4.2 Temperature vs. precipitation scaling 4.4.3 Comparison to climate reconstructions and observations 4.4.4 Limitations 4.5 Conclusions 5 Holocene vegetation variability in the Northern Hemisphere 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Data and Methods 5.2.1 Pollen Database 5.2.2 Principal Component Analysis 5.2.3 Timescale-dependent Estimates of Variability 5.2.4 Biome Classification 5.3 Results 5.3.1 General Vegetation Variability Analysis 5.3.2 Comparison of Forested and Open Land Vegetations 5.3.3 Comparison of Broadleaf and Needleleaf Fore ts 5.3.4 Comparison of Temperate and Boreal Coniferous Forests 5.3.5 Comparison of Evergreen and Deciduous Boreal Forests 5.4 Discussion 5.5 Conclusion III Postamble 6 General discussion and conclusion 6.1 Overview 6.2 Timescale-Dependent Estimates of Variability 6.3 Climate and Vegetation Variabilities in the Holocene 6.4 Implications for the 21th Century 6.5 Outlook IV Appendix A Supplementary figures from "Comparing estimation techniques for temporal scaling in paleo-climate timeseries" A.1 Block Average Results A.2 First-Order Correction for the Effect of Interpolation A.3 Change in Bias and Standard Deviation B Methods and supplementary information from "Land temperature variability driven by oceans at millennial timescales" B.1 Methods B.1.1 Reconstructions B.1.2 Significance Testing B.1.3 Testing for Anthropogenic Impacts B.1.4 Instrumental Data B.1.5 Model Data B.1.6 Spectral Estimates B.1.7 Variance Ratios B.1.8 Sub-Decadal Variability Binning B.1.9 Correlation B.1.10 Moran's I B.2 Supplementary Information B.2.1 Tree Ring Data Analysis B.2.2 Energy-Balance Equations B.3 Extended Data Figures C Supplementary figures from "Variability of surface climate in simulations of past and future" D Supplementary figures from "Characterization of holocene vegetation variability in the Northern Hemisphere" Bibliography
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 12
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Signatur: 9783030701550 (e-book)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book provides an original review of Ocean Literacy as a component of public policy in Europe and beyond. The impact of the ocean on human activities is one of the most significant environmental issues facing humanity. By offering valuable insights into the interrelationships between geography, environment, marine science and education, the book explores key issues relating to the future of our planet and the way people respond to them. This volume discusses concepts concerning citizenship education and co-creation and the role of public policy and different international initiatives in raising awareness and mitigating the effects of over-use and misuse of valuable resources. A range of innovative projects are presented and evaluated from the local to national and global levels.This book advances knowledge and provides a picture of these advances, presents the issues and challenges, including the important role that geography education and geographical awareness could play in advancing the case for Ocean Literacy. This crossdisciplinary book appeals to students and scientists as well as professionals and practitioners in geography, environmental and marine sciences, international policy and many related fields.
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 294 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-3-030-70155-0 , 9783030701550 , 2522-8420 , 2522-8439
    Serie: Key challenges in geography
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents General on Ocean Literacy Ocean Literacy: Background, Future Drivers, and Opportunities / Jan H. Stel Ocean Literacy: From a Ripple to a Wave / Diana L. Payne and Meghan E. Marrero A Framework for the Assessment of the Effectiveness of Ocean Literacy Initiatives / Owen Molloy, Matthew Ashley, and Conor McCrossan Exploring and Exploiting Deep Ocean Space / Jan H. Stel Ocean Literacy—In the Context of Naming of Seas: Case Study: The Sea Between Korea and Japan / Rainer Dormels Education Design-Based Implementation Research for Exploring the Ocean: A Geographical Perspective / Alfonso García de la Vega Innovative Education Strategies to Advance Ocean Literacy / Veronica McCauley, Kevin Davison, Patricia McHugh, Christine Domegan, and Anthony Grehan Sail Training Has Set Sail on a Course Towards Ocean Literacy / Laura Ellen Lyth Applications The Importance of Ocean Literacy in the Mediterranean Region—Steps Towards Blue Sustainability / Melita Mokos, Maria Cheimonopoulou, Panayota Koulouri, Monica Previati, Giulia Realdon, Francesca Santoro, Athanasios Mogias, Theodora Boubonari, Alessio Satta, and Christos Ioakeimidis Fostering Ocean-Literate Generations: The Portuguese Blue School / Raquel L. Costa, Bernardo Mata, Fernanda Silva, Patrícia Conceição, and Laura Guimarães Two Ocean Aquarium Academy: An Introduction to Ocean Literacy Programmes and a Marine Sciences Curriculum / Russell A. Stevens Index
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 13
    Signatur: AWI G6-18-91326
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 279 Seiten , Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783110402421
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Preface. - Acknowledgements. - 1 Introduction. - 1.1 Origin and characters of silicon and its isotopes. - 1.2 A brief description of silicon geochemistry. - 1.3 The history of silicon isotope studies. - 2 Analytical methods of silicon isotope composition. - 2.1 Gas source isotope ratio mass spectrometric analysis of silicon isotopes. - 2.2 Multi-collector inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometric (MC-ICPMS) analysis of silicon isotopes. - 2.3 Secondary ion mass spectrometry analyses. - 2.4 Standards and reference materials for silicon isotope measurement. - 2.5 Comparison of different methods on silicon isotope analyses. - 3 Mechanisms of silicon isotope fractionation. - 3.1 The thermodynamic silicon isotope exchange fractionation. - 3.2 Kinetic fractionation of silicon isotopes. - 4 Distribution of silicon isotopes in nature. - 4.1 Silicon isotope compositions of extraterrestrial materials. - 4.2 Silicon isotope distribution in lithosphere. - 4.3 Silicon isotope compositions of soils. - 4.4 Hydrosphere. - 4.5 Biosphere. - 5 Several aspects of silicon isotope applications. - 5.1 Studies on global silicon cycle. - 5.2 Silicon isotope studies on environmental variation of ocean. - 5.3 Studies on mechanisms of absorption, transportation and precipitation of silicon in plant growth processes. - 5.4 Studies on silicon source and genesis of ore deposits. - References. - Index.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 14
    Dissertationen
    Dissertationen
    Potsdam : [Verlag nicht ermittelbar]
    Signatur: AWI G3-19-92383
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: In ice-rich permafrost regions, changes in the permafrost thermal regime cause surface disturbances. These changes are amplified by the increase in air temperatures recorded in the Arctic in the past decades. Thermokarst is a process that leads to surface subsidence and formation of characteristic landforms following thawing of ice-rich permafrost or melting of massive ice. Thermokarst is widespread on hillslopes and the number of associated landforms is increasing in the Arctic. Through this process large amounts of material are eroded and transported to the sea or accumulate along hillslopes. While hillslope thermokarst modifies terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, there is limited understanding of its environmental impact at a regional scale. In this thesis we quantify the environmental impacts of hillslope thermokarst on the valley and nearshore ecosystems along the Yukon Coast, Canada. Using supervised machine learning, we identified geomorphic factors that favour the development of coastal retrogressive thaw slump (RTS), one of the most dynamic hillslope thermokarst landform. Coastal geomorphology and ground ice type and content play a major role in RTS occurrence. Using aerial photographs and satellite imagery, we traced the evolution of RTSs between 1952 and 2011. During this time, the number and areal coverage of RTSs increased by 73%. RTSs eroded and partly released to the nearshore zone organic carbon contained in millions of cubic meters of material. Our results show that 56% of the RTSs identified along the coast in 2011 have eroded 16.6 × 10^6 m3 of material; a large part (45%) was transported alongshore due to coastal processes. Moreover, we show that RTSs are a major contributor to the carbon budget in the nearshore ecosystem: 17% of the coastal RTSs identified in 2011 contributed annually up to 0.6% of the organic carbon released by coastal retreat along the Yukon Coast. To assess the impact of hillslope thermokarst on the terrestrial ecosystem, we measured the spatial distribution of soil organic carbon (SOC) and total nitrogen (TN) along hillslopes in three Arctic valleys. We highlight the high spatial variability in the distribution of SOC and TN in the valleys. This distribution is caused by complex soil processes occurring along the hillslopes. Hillslope thermokarst impacts the degradation of organic matter and affects the storage of SOC and TN.
    Materialart: Dissertationen
    Seiten: xvii, 103 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2018 , Contents Acknowledgements Abstract (English/Deutsch/Français) List of figures List of tables 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientic background 1.1.1 The Arctic coast, permafrost and climate change 1.1.2 Organic carbon in permafrost soils 1.1.3 Hillslope thermokarst processes 1.2 Aims 1.3 Study region 1.4 Methods 1.4.1 Mapping 1.4.2 Spline interpolation and volumes estimations 1.4.3 Fieldwork 1.4.4 Geochemical analyses 1.4.5 Statistical analyses 1.5 Thesis outline 1.6 Authors’ contributions 2 Synthesis 2.1 Retrogressive thaw slumps are widely spread in ice-rich permafrost areas 2.2 Retrogressive thaw slumps contribute signicantly to the nearshore or-ganic carbon 2.3 Thermokarst impacts the distribution of soil organic carbon along hill-slopes 2.4 Outlook . 3 Terrain Controls on the Occurrence of Coastal RTSs 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Study area 3.4 Methods 3.4.1 Mapping of retrogressive thaw slumps and landform classication 3.4.2 Environmental variables 3.4.3 Univariate regression trees 3.5 Results 3.5.1 Characteristics of retrogressive thaw slumps 3.5.2 Density and areal coverage of retrogressive thaw slumps 3.6 Discussion 3.6.1 Characteristics and distribution of retrogressive thaw slumps 3.6.2 Terrain factors explaining retrogressive thaw slump occurrence 3.6.3 Coastal Processes 3.7 Conclusion 4 RTSs release sediments and organic carbon into the Arctic Ocean 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study Area 4.4 Methods 4.4.1 Evolution of retrogressive thaw slumps 4.4.2 Volume Estimations 4.4.3 Estimates of soil and dissolved organic carbon values 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Evolution of retrogressive thaw slumps between 1952 and 2011 4.5.2 Eroded material and estimated amount of mobilized SOC and DOC 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Increase in slump activity 4.6.2 Eroded material from retrogressive thaw slumps and organic car-bon uxes 4.6.3 Impact of retrogressive thaw slumps on the coastal ecosystem 4.7 Conclusion 5 Snapshot of carbon and nitrogen distribution in Arctic valleys 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study Area 5.4 Methods 5.4.1 Spatial analyses 5.4.2 Sampling Scheme 5.4.3 Geochemical analyses 5.4.4 Environmental variables and statistical analyses 5.5 Results 5.5.1 Geomorphology of the valleys 5.5.2 Spatial distribution of carbon and nitrogen 5.5.3 Correlations between soil characteristics and geochemical variables 5.6 Discussion 5.6.1 Variability in soil and geochemical properties in Arctic valleys 5.6.2 Hillslope Processes 5.7 Conclusion 6 Eidessttatliche Erklärung A Appendix A.1 Chapter 3 A.2 Chapter 4 A.3 Chapter 5 Bibliography
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 15
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Helmholtz-Zentrum für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Signatur: AWI A4-19-92164
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 86 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Ausgabe: Redaktioneller Stand Januar 2018
    Serie: Im Fokus / Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Helmholtz-Zentrum für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: INHALT: EDITORIAL. - Auf den Spuren des Wandels: Forschung an den Brennpunkten unseres Planeten. - SCHWERPUNKTTHEMA. - Hotspot Arktis – wenn das Eis verschwindet. - OZEANOGRAPHIE. - E-Mails vom Filchner-Schelfeis. - MEEREISVORHERSAGE. - Wenn zwei sich „streiten“. - KLIMAMODELLIERUNG. - Stets die richtige Maschenweite. - HYDROAKUSTIK. - Der Sound des Ozeans. - OZEANOGRAPHIE. - Der Wärme-Pulsschlag des Nordatlantiks. - OZEANOGRAPHIE. - Wohin wandert der Rieseneisberg vom Larsen C-Schelfeis?. - ATMOSPHÄRENFORSCHUNG. - Per Anhalter in die Arktis. - KLIMAMODELLIERUNG. - Die Stärken des Rechnens. - FERNERKUNDUNG. - Die Lücken im Blick. - ATMOSPHÄRENFORSCHUNG. - Die Ozon-Story. - MEEREISPHYSIK. - Messungen aus der Vogelperspektive. - FORSCHUNGSVERBUND. - Den Klimawandel vor der Haustür verstehen. - INFOGRAFIK. - Einblicke in das Klima der Vergangenheit. - MEERESSPIEGELANSTIEG. - Eis weg - Land unter!. - IMPRESSUM.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 16
    Signatur: AWI Bio-19-92601
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Taxonomy plays a central role in biological sciences. It provides a communication system for scientists as it aims to enable correct identification of the studied organisms. As a consequence, species descriptions should seek to include as much available information as possible at species level to follow an integrative concept of ‘taxonomics’. Here, we describe the cryptic species Epimeria frankei sp. nov. from the North Sea, and also redescribe its sister species, Epimeria cornigera. The morphological information obtained is substantiated by DNA barcodes and complete nuclear 18S rRNA gene sequences. In addition, we provide, for the first time, full mitochondrial genome data as part of a metazoan species description for a holotype, as well as the neotype. This study represents the first successful implementation of the recently proposed concept of taxonomics, using data from high-throughput technologies for integrative taxonomic studies, allowing the highest level of confidence for both biodiversity and ecological research.
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 26 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 2045-2322
    Serie: Scientific Reports / Springer Nature 8, 6893
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 17
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Offenbach/M. : Deutscher Wetterdienst
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZSP-652-102
    In: Promet, Heft 102
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: In diesem Heft sind Beiträge zusammengestellt, die wichtige Prozesse im arktischen Klimasystem beschreiben und die sich auf Prozesse in der Atmosphäre konzentrieren. Die Vorgänge und Veränderungen in der Arktis sind gekoppelt mit dem globalen Klimasystem. Dabei gehen die Wirkungen in beide Richtungen. Großräumige atmosphärische Fernwirkungen, wie Arktische Oszillation (AO), Nordatlantische Oszillation (NAO) oder Pazifik-Nordamerika-Oszillation (PNA), sind Beispiele dieser Kopplungen. Diese beeinflussen die Arktis und die mittleren Breiten und werden andererseits in ihrer Ausprägung von Vorgängen in beiden Regionen beeinflusst. Große ozeanische Strömungssysteme („Conveyor Belt“) verbinden alle Weltmeere. Ein Zweig führt über den Golfstrom und den Nordatlantischen Strom bis in den Arktischen Ozean, wo die Wassermassen durch Abkühlung und Eisbildung modifiziert werden und zum großen Teil als Tiefenwasser in den Nordatlantik zurückkehren und somit zum Antrieb der thermohalinen Zirkulation (THC) beitragen. Aus der Arktis mit der transpolaren Drift durch die Framstraße treibendes Meereis beeinflusst über die Arktis hinaus den Salzgehalt und die Dichteschichtung im Nordatlantik. Abschmelzende Gletscher erhöhen den Meeresspiegel weltweit. Die Arktis ist also kein isoliertes System. Das Wechselspiel aller Komponenten des arktischen Klimasystems miteinander und mit dem globalen Klimasystem ist zu komplex und umfangreich, als dass es in einem Prometheft umfassend abgehandelt werden kann. Wir beschränken uns hier daher auf die Diskussion wichtiger Prozesse in der Atmosphäre und der Wechselwirkung zwischen der Atmosphäre und dem Meereis.
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 92 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISSN: 0340-4552
    Serie: Promet Heft 102
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhalt Vorwort „Zu diesem Heft“ / B. BRÜMMER 1. Athmosphärische Bedingungen und Energiehaushalt der Arktis im Jahresgang / B. BRÜMMER 2. Regionale und globale Wechselwirkung zwischen arktischem Meereis und der atmosphärischen Zirkulation / K. DETHLOFF, A. RINKE, D. HANDORF, R. JAISER, W. DORN, A. SOMMERFELD 3. Arktische Verstärkung und Wolken / M. WENDISCH, A. EHRLICH 4. Arktische Zyklonen: Häufigkeit und Wirkung auf das Meereis / B. BRÜMMER 5. Polare Kaltluftausbrüche / M. GRYSCHKA 6. Arktische Polynjen / S. WILLMES, G. HEINEMANN, A. PREUSSER 7. Turbulente Energie- und Impulsflüsse in der atmosphärischen Grenzschicht über dem polaren Ozean / C. LÜPKES, A. SCHMITT, V. GRYANIK 8 Der katabatische Wind über Grönland / G. HEINEMANN Buchbesprechung Examina im Jahr 2017
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 18
    Signatur: AWI G3-20-93487
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book provides a general survey of Geocryology, which is the study of frozen ground called permafrost. Frozen ground is the product of cold climates as well as a variety of environmental factors. Its major characteristic is the accumulation of large quantities of ice which may exceed 90% by volume. Soil water changing to ice results in ground heaving, while thawing of this ice produces ground subsidence often accompanied by soil flowage. Permafrost is very susceptible to changes in weather and climate as well as to changes in the microenvironment. Cold weather produces contraction of the ground, resulting in cracking of the soil as well as breakup of concrete, rock, etc. Thus permafrost regions have unique landforms and processes not found in warmer lands. The book is divided into three parts. Part 1 provides an introduction to the characteristics of permafrost. Four chapters deal with its definition and characteristics, the unique processes operating there, the factors affecting it, and its general distribution. Part 2 consists of seven chapters describing the characteristic landforms unique to these areas and the processes involved in their formation. Part 3 discusses the special problems encountered by engineers in construction projects including settlements, roads and railways, the oil and gas industry, mining, and the agricultural and forest industries. The three authors represent three countries and three language groups, and together have over 120 years of experience of working in permafrost areas throughout the world. The book contains over 300 illustrations and photographs, and includes an extensive bibliography in order to introduce the interested reader to the large current literature.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: xliii, 765 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    Ausgabe: First edition
    ISBN: 9781138054165 , 9781315166988 (electronic)
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Table of contents Preface About the authors Acknowledgements Dedication List of figures List of tables List of symbols Part I Introduction and characteristics of permafrost I Definition and description 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Additional terms originating in Russia 1.3 History of permafrost research 1.4 Measurement of ground temperature 1.5 Conduction, convection and advection 1.6 Therm al regimes in regions based on heat conduction 1.7 Continentality index 1.8 Moisture movement in the active layer during freezing and thawing 1.9 Moisture conditions in permafrost ground 1.10 Results of freezing moisture 1.11 Strength of ice 1.12 Cryosols, gelisols, and leptosols 1.13 Fragipans 1.14 Salinity in permafrost regions 1.15 Organic matter 1.16 Micro-organisms in permafrost 1.16.1 Antarctic permafrost 1.16.2 High-latitude permafrost 1.16.3 High altitude permafrost in China 1.16.4 Phenotypic traits 1.16.5 Relation to climate change on the Tibetan plateau 1.17 Gas and gas hydrates 1.18 Thermokarst areas 1.19 Offshore permafrost 2 Cryogenic processes where temperatures dip below 0°C 2.1 Introduction 2.2 The nature of ice and water 2.3 Effects of oil pollution on freezing 2.4 Freezing and thawing of the active layer in permafrost in equilibrium with a stable climate 2.5 Relation of clay mineralogy to the average position of the permafrost table 2.6 Ground temperature envelopes in profiles affected by changes in mean annual ground surface temperature (MASGT) 2.7 Needle ice 2.8 Frost heaving 2.9 Densification and thaw settlement 2.10 Cryostratigraphy, cryostructures, cryotextures and cryofacies 2.11 Ground cracking 2.12 Dilation cracking 2.13 Frost susceptibility 2.14 Cryoturbation, gravity processes and injection structures 2.14.1 Cryoturbation 2.14.2 Upward injection of sediments from below 2.14.3 Load-casting 2.15 Upheaving of objects 2.16 Upturning of objects 2.17 Sorting 2.18 Weathering and frost comminution 2.19 Karst in areas with permafrost 2.20 Seawater density and salinity 3 Factors affecting permafrost distribution 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Climatic factors 3.2.1 Heat balance on the surface of the Earth and its effect on the climate 3.2.2 Relationship between air and ground temperatures 3.2.3 Thermal offset 3.2.4 Relation to air masses 3.2.5 Precipitation 3.2.6 Latitude and longitude 3.2.7 Topography and altitude 3.2.8 Cold air drainage 3.2.9 Buffering of temperatures against change in mountain ranges 3.3 Terrain factors 3.3.1 Vegetation 3.3.2 Hydrology 3.3.3 Lakes and water bodies 3.3.4 Nature of the soil and rock 3.3.5 Fire 3.3.6 Glaciers 3.3.7 The effects of Man 4 Permafrost distribution 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Zonation of permafrost 4.3 Permafrost mapping 4.4 Examples of mapping units used 4.5 Modeling permafrost distribution 4.6 Advances in geophysical methods 4.7 Causes of variability reducing the reliability of small-scale maps 4.8 Maps of permafrost-related properties based on field observations 4.8.1 Permafrost thickness 4.8.2 Maps of ice content 4.8.3 Water resources locked up in perennially frozen ground 4.8.4 Total carbon content 4.9 Use of remote sensing and airborne platforms in monitoring environmental conditions and disturbances 4.10 Sensitivity to climate change: Hazard zonation 4.11 Classification of permafrost stability based on mean annual ground temperature Part II Permafrost landforms II. 1 Introduction 5 Frost cracking, ice-wedges, sand, loess and rock tessellons 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Primary and secondary wedges 5.2.1 Primary wedges 5.2.1.1 Ice-wedges 5.2.1.2 Sand tessellons 5.2.1.3 Loess tessellons 5.2.1.4 Rock tessellons 5.2.2 Secondary wedges 5.2.2.1 Ice-wedge casts 5.2.2.2 Soil wedges 6 Massive ground ice in lowlands 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Distribution of massive icy beds in surface sediments 6.3 Sources of the sediments 6.4 Deglaciation of the Laurentide ice sheet 6.5 Methods used to determine the origin of the massive icy beds 6.6 Massive icy beds interpreted as being formed by cryosuction 6.7 Massive icy beds that may represent stagnant glacial ice 6.8 Other origins of massive icy beds 6.9 Ice complexes including yedoma deposits 6.10 Conditions for growth of thick ice-wedges 6.11 The mechanical condition of the growth of ice-wedges and its connection to the properties of the surrounding sediments 6.12 Buoyancy of ice-wedges 6.13 Summary of the ideas explaining yedoma evolution 6.14 Aufeis 6.15 Perennial ice caves 6.16 Types of ice found in perennial ice caves 6.17 Processes involved in the formation of perennial ice caves 6.18 Cycles of perennial cave evolution 6.18.1 Perennial ice caves in deep hollows 6.18.2 Sloping caves with two entrances 6.18.3 Perennial ice caves with only one main entrance but air entering through cracks and joints in the bedrock walls 6.18.4 Perennial ice caves with only one main entrance and no other sources of cooling 6.19 Ice caves in subtropical climates 6.20 Massive blocks of ice in bedrock or soil 7 Permafrost mounds 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Mounds over 2.5 m diameter 7.2.1 Mounds formed predominantly of injection ice 7.2.1.1 Pingo mounds 7.2.1.2 Hydrostatic or closed system pingos 7.2.1.3 Hydraulic or open system pingos 7.2.1.4 Pingo plateaus 7.2.1.5 Seasonal frost mounds 7.2.1.6 Icing blisters 7.2.1.7 Perennial mounds of uncertain origin 7.2.1.8 Similar mounds that can be confused with injection phenomena 7.2.2 Mounds formed dominantly by cryosuction 7.2.2.1 Paisas 7.2.2.1.1 Paisas in maritime climates 7.2.2.1.2 Paisas in cold, continental climates 7.2.2.1.3 Lithalsas 7.2.2.1.4 Palsa/Lithalsa look-alikes 7.2.3 Mounds formed by the accumulation of ice in the thawing fringe: Peat plateaus 7.3 Cryogenic mounds less than 2.5 m in diameter 7.3.1 Oscillating hummocks 7.3.2 Thufurs 7.3.3 Silt-cycling hummocks 7.3.4 Niveo-aeolian hummocks 7.3.5 Similar-looking mounds of uncertain origin 7.3.6 String bogs 7.3.7 Pounus 8 Mass wasting of fine-grained materials in cold climates 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Classification of mass wasting 8.3 Slow flows 8.3.1 Cryogenic creep 8.3.1.1 Needle ice creep 8.3.1.2 Frost heave and frost creep 8.3.1.3 Gelifluction 8.3.1.4 Other creep-type contributions to downslope movement of soil 8.3.2 Landforms produced by cryogenic slow flows in humid areas 8.3.3 Landforms developed by cryogenic flows in more arid regions 8.4 Cryogenic fast flows 8.4.1 Cryogenic debris flows 8.4.2 Cryogenic slides and slumps 8.4.3 Cryogenic composite slope failures 8.4.3.1 Active-layer detachment slides 8.4.3.2 Retrogressive thaw failures 8.4.3.3 Snow avalanches and slushflows 8.4.3.3.1 Snow avalanches 8.4.3.3.2 Slush avalanches 8.5 Relative effect in moving debris downslope in the mountains 9 Landforms consisting of blocky materials in cold climates 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Source of the blocks 9.3 Influence of rock type 9.4 Weathering products 9.5 Biogenic weathering 9.6 Fate of the soluble salts produced by chemical and biogenic weathering 9.7 Rate of cliff retreat 9.8 Landforms resulting from the accumulation of predominantly blocky materials in cryogenic climates 9.8.1 Cryogenic block fields 9.8.1.1 Measurement of rates of release of blocks on slopes 9.8.2 Cryogenic block slopes and fans 9.8.3 Classification of cryogenic talus slopes 9.8.3.1 Coarse blocky talus slopes 9.8.4 Protection of infrastructure from falling rock 9.9 Talus containing significant amounts of finer material 9.9.1 Rock glaciers 9.9.1.1 Sedimentary composition and structure of active rock glaciers 9.9.1.2 Origin of the ice in active rock glaciers 9.9.1.3 Relationship to vegetation 9.9.2 Movement of active rock glaciers 9.9.2.1 Horizontal movement 9.9.2.2 Movement of the front 9.9.3 Distribution of active rock glaciers 9.9.4 Inactive and fossil rock glaciers 9.9.5 Streams flowing from under rock glaciers 9.10 Cryogenic block streams 9.10.1 Characteristics 9.10.2 Classification 9.10.2.1
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 19
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    [Bremerhaven] : Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz Centre for Polar and Marine Research
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZSP-290-2013/2016
    In: Forschungs- und Entwicklungsprogramm / Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung, 2013-2016
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: In 2 Bänden , Illustrationen
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 20
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    [Bremerhaven] : Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz Centre for Polar and Marine Research
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZSP-290-2013/2016-2
    In: Status report 2013-2016 / Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Vol. 2
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 86 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents I. Selected scientific and coordinating staff Research Unit 1a: The polar atmosphere and cryosphere in a changing climate Boike, Julia Diekmann, Bernhard Eisen, Olaf Grosse, Guido Hellmer, Hartmut H. Herzschuh, Ulrike Humbert, Angelika Lantuit, Hugues Mollenhauer, Gesine Rex, Markus Wilhelms, Frank Research Unit lb: Climate interactions with polar seas, marine ecosystems Bridging research and society: products, tools and climate services and biogeochernical processes Boetius, Antje Bracher, Astrid Brey, Thomas Haas, Christian Kanzow, Torsten Klaas, Christine Meyer, Bettina Pörtner, Hans-Otto Richter, Claudio Rost, Björn Soltwedel, Thomas Strass, Volker H. Waite, Anya M. Research Unit 2: Fragile coasts and she!f seas Abele, Doris Boersma, Maarten Buschbaum, Christian Gerdts, Gunnar John, Uwe Kasten, Sabine Koch, Boris Wegner, K. Mathias Wiltshire, Karen Helen Research Unit 3: The Earth system from a polar perspective: data, modeling and synthesis Bijma, Jelle Jokat, Wilfried Jung, Thomas Knorr, Gregor Köhler, Peter Laepple, Thomas Lamy, Frank Lohmann, Gerrit Schlindwein, Vera Stein, Rüdiger Tiedemann, Ralf Wolf-Gladrow, Dieter Research Unit 4: Bridging research and society: products, tools and climate services Bergmann, Melanie Buck, Bela H. Frickenhaus, Stephan Grosfeld, Klaus Gutow, Lars Krause, Gesche Research Unit 5: Research infrastructure - performance categories LK I and LK II Nixdorf, Uwe II. Indicators and resources 1. Indicators and resources by Research Units 2. Indicators and resources by user facilities 3. Indicators and resources by program Program PACES II "Marine, Coastal and Polar Systems" 4. Indicators for the center Ill. Definition of indicators IV. List of abbreviations Imprint
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 21
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    [Bremerhaven] : Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz Centre for Polar and Marine Research
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZSP-290-2013/2016-1
    In: Status report 2013-2016 / Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Vol. 1
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 182 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents List of most commonly used abbreviations I. Helmholtz Association - Mission and Strategy II. Helmholtz Research Field Earth and Environment II.1 Overview II. 2 Programs Ill. Alfred Wegener Institute Helmholtz Centre III.1 Organization Ill. 2 Strategic partnerships and cooperation Ill. 3 Research infrastructure Ill. 4 Career development, talent management and equal opportunity Ill. 5 Knowledge and technology transfer Ill. 6 Scientific awards and appointments Ill. 7 Membership of international Boards and Committees 2013-2016 (selection) IV. Research Units IV. 1a Research Unit 1a The polar atmosphere and cryosphere in a changing climate IV. 1a.1 Mission statement IV. 1a.2 Introduction IV. 1a.3 Scientific questions IV. 1a.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 1a.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 1a.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 1a.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 1a.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 1a.9 Overview of Contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 1a.10 Outlook IV. 1a.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 1a.12 References IV. 1b Research Unit 1b Climate interactions with polar seas, marine ecosystems and biogeochemical processes IV. 1b.1 Mission statement IV. 1b.2 Introduction IV. 1b.3 Scientific questions IV. 1b.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 1b.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 1b.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 1b.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 1b.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 1b.9 Overview of contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 1b.10 Outlook IV. 1b.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 1b.12 References IV.2 Research Unit 2 Fragile coasts and shelf seas IV. 2.1 Mission statement IV. 2.2 Introduction IV. 2.3 Scientific questions IV. 2.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 2.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 2.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 2.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 2.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 2.9 Overview of contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 2.10 Outlook IV. 2.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 2.12 References IV. 3 Research Unit 3 The Earth system from a polar perspective: data, modeling and synthesis IV. 3.1 Mission statement IV. 3.2 Introduction IV. 3.3 Scientific questions IV. 3.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 3.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 3.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 3.7 Leadership and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 3.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 3.9 Overview of contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 3.10 Outlook IV. 3.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 3.12 References IV. 4 Research Unit 4 Bridging research and society: products, tools and climate services IV. 4.1 Mission statement IV. 4.2 Introduction IV. 4.3 Scientific tasks and services IV. 4.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 4.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 4.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 4.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 4.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 4.9 Outlook IV. 4.10 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 4.11 References IV.5 Research Unit 5 Research infrastructure - performance categories LK I and LK II IV. 5.1 Mission statement IV. 5.2 Overview IV. 5.3 Research Unit SA IV. 5.4 Research Unit 58 (LK II Infrastructure) V. Recommendations of the Helmholtz Senate V.1 Recommendations of the Helmholtz Senate V.2 Detailed recommendations of the Helmholtz Senate for each Research Unit (not covered above) Imprint
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 22
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Akureyri : International Arctic Science Committee
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: AWI P5-18-91643
    In: IASC ... bulletin, 2018
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 84 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen, Karten
    ISBN: 978-9935-24-372-0
    ISSN: 1654-7594
    Serie: IASC Bulletin 2018
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: CONTENTS: PREFACE. - 1 IASC Internal Development. - IASC Organization. - IASC Council. - IASC Executive Committee. - IASC Secretariat. - ISIRA. - IASC Medal 2018. - 2 IASC Working Groups. - Cross-Cutting Activities. - Atmosphere Working Group (AWG). - Cryosphere Working Group (CWG). - Marine Working Group (MWG). - Social and Human Working Group (SHWG). - Terrestrial Working Group (TWG). - 3 Arctic Science Summit Week 2017. - Upcoming ASSWs. - 4 Data and Observations. - Arctic Data Committee (ADC). - Sustaining Arctic Observing Networks (SAON). - 5 Partnerships. - Arctic Council. - Asian Forum for Polar Sciences (AFoPS). - Association of Polar Early Career Scientists (APECS). - Circumpolar Health Research Network (CirchNet). - European Polar Board (EPB). - Forum of Arctic Research Operators (FARO). - International Arctic Social Sciences Association (IASSA). - International Association of Cryospheric Sciences (IACS). - International Council for the Exploration of the Sea (ICES). - The International Permafrost Association (IPA). - The Pacific Arctic Group (PAG). - The Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR). - University of the Arctic (UArctic). - WCRP Climate and Cryosphere (CliC). - 6 Capacity Building. - IASC Fellowship Program. - CAFF-IASC Fellowship. - Fellows’ Voices. - Overview of Supported Early Career Scientists.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 23
    Signatur: AWI G3-18-91864(ger) ; AWI G3-18-91864(eng) ; AWI G3-18-91864(rus)
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 3 Bände in einem Schuber (204 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-3-88808-716-5 (ger) , 978-3-88808-714-1 (eng) , 978-3-88808-715-8 (rus)
    Sprache: Deutsch , Englisch , Russisch
    Anmerkung: Inhalt: Einführung und Hintergrund der terrestrischen Expeditionen in Sibirien / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Volker Rachold, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - 1. Auf dem Weg zu den Lena-Expeditionen 1993-1997. - Seesedimente auf Taimyr und Sewernaja Semlja als Klima-Archiv / Pier Paul Overduin, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Martin Melles. - Erste Studien zu Energie-, Wasser- und Spurengasflüssen in Tundraböden: Labas-See und Lewinson-Lessing-See, Taimyr-Halbinsel / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Julia Boike, Mikhail P. Zhurbenko, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Untersuchungen von Permafrost-Sequenzen in der Taimyr-Tiefebene (1994-1996) / Christine Siegert, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin. - Kohlenstoff in den arktischen Wüstenböden von Sewernaja Semlja / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Mikhail P. Zhurbenko, Dimitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Hydrologie, Geochemie und Sedimenttransport in den Flüssen Sibiriens - Das SYSTEM LAPTEV SEA Projekt 1994-1997 / Volker Rachold. - 2. Der Beginn der Lena-Expeditionen 1998-2002. - lnitiierung des Forschungsprojekts Lenadelta: Wissenschaftliche Strategie, Kooperation und Logistik / Volker Rachold, Martin Antonow, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Die ersten Jahre der boden- und klimabezogenen Permafrostforschung auf Samoilow und Umgebung (Untersuchungen 1998-2001) / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Julia Boike, Günter Stoof, Lars Kutzbach, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, lrina A. Yakshina, Anno N. Kurchatova, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Bykowski-Halbinsel: Die erste Landexpedition mit Fokus auf das Paläoklima / Lutz Schirrmeister, Guido Grosse, Viktor V. Kunitsky, Christine Siegert, Hanno Meyer. - Schiffsexpeditionen von 1998 bis 2002 zur Untersuchung von Erosion und Geomorphologie der Küste mit Dunai, Neptun, Sofron Danilov und Pavel Bashmakov / Volker Rachold, Waldemar Schneider, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Hans-Wolfgong Hubberten, Felix E. Are, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Untersuchung von Seen auf Arga: Geschichte und Entstehung des Lenadeltas / Georg Schwamborn, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Volker Rachold, Vladimir E. Tumskoy, Lutz Schirrmeister, Guido Grosse. - Mikrobieller Kohlenstoffumsatz in der Auftauschicht und im Permafrost / Susanne Liebner, Christian Knoblauch, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Svetlana Yu. Evgrafova, Dirk Wagner. - Feldarbeit für die Rekonstruktion der Paläoumwelt / Lutz Schirrmeister, Tatyana V. Kuznetsova, Andrei A. Andreev, Frank Kienast, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - 3. Prozessstudien zur Permafrostdynamik 2002-2005. - Submarine Permafrostbohrungen während der COAST 2005 Expedition / Volker Rachold, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Waldemar Schneider. - Die frühe Forschungsstation Insel Samoilow und ihre Erweiterung 2005 / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Julia Boike, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Günter Stoof, Alexander Yu. Gukav. - Installation des Samoilow Observatoriums - wissenschaftliches Monitoring von Klimadaten, Permafrostböden und Treibhausgasen (Untersuchungen 2002-2006) / Lars Kutzbach, Christian Wille, Torsten Sachs, David Holl, Günter Stoof Julia Boike, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Mikrobieller Stickstoffumsatz in der Auftauschicht und den tieferen Permafrostsedimenten des Lenadeltas / Claudia Fiencke, Tina Sanders, Fabian Beermann, Elena E. Lebedeva, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Geokryologische und paläoökologische Studien an den Küsten der Laptewsee / Lutz Schirrmeister, Christine Siegert, Guido Grosse, Hanno Meyer, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Viktor V. Kunitsky. - Langzeitbeobachtungen der pelagischen Fauna in Seen und Tümpeln des Lenadeltas / Ekaterina N. Abramova, lrina I. Vishnyakova, Grigory A. Soloviev, Anna A. Abramova. - 4. Umsetzung neuer Forschungsthemen 2007-2012. - Die Dynamik der arktischen Küsten / Frank Günther, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, P. Paul Overduin, Hugues Lantuit, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten. - Feldarbeit und Erstellung numerischer Modelle von submarinem Permafrost und Gashydraten / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Pier Paul Overduin, Sebastian Wetterich, Mikhail N. Grigoriev. - Permafrostdegradation, Thermokarst und Thermoerosion - Feldforschung auf der Insel Kurungnach / Anne Morgenstern, lrina V Fedorova, Antonina A. Chetverova, Frank Günther, Mathias Ulrich, Fabian Beermann, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Sofia A. Antonova, Samuel Stettner, Julia Boike. - Mit Kettensäge zum Klimamodell - Eiskeile als Winterklima-Archive / Hanno Meyer, Thomas Opel, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin. - Veränderungen nordsibirischer Seen und Baumgrenzen in der Vergangenheit und Gegenwart als Reaktion auf Erwärmung / Ulrike Herzschuh, Luidmila A. Pestryakova, Laura S. Epp, Larisa A. Frolova, Ruslan M. Gorodnichev, Birgit Heim, Florion Jeltsch, Juliane Klemm, Stefan Kruse, Larisa B. Nazarova, Bastian Niemeyer, Anatolii N. Nikolaev, Kathleen R. Stoof-Leichsenring, Ralph Tiedemann, Mareike Wieczoreck, Evgenij S. Zakharov, Heike H. Zimmermann. - Kohlenstoff in Permafrost - Quantifizierung der Menge an organischem Material in Sibirien / Jens Strauss, Lutz Schirrmeister, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Alexander L. Kholodov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Viktor V. Kunitsky, Matthias Fuchs, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Guido Grosse. - Expeditionen mit Gummibooten und kleinen Flussbooten - Hydrologie und Geomorphologie des Lenadeltas / Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, lrina V Fedorova, Julia Boike. - Mobilisierung und Ablagerung von Kohlenstoff im Lena-Flusssystem / Gesine Mollenhauer, Maria Winterfeld, Boris P. Koch, lrina V. Fedorova. - Holozäne Seen rund um das Lenadelta / Bernhard Diekmann, Boris Biskaborn, Luidmila A. Pestryakova, Dmitry A. Subetto, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Ulrike Herzschuh, Georg Schwamborn, Volker Rachold. - Logistisch komplexe Einsätze - Beobachtungen von Energie und Treibhausgasflüssen aus der Luft mittels Helipod / Torsten Sachs, Eric Larmanau, Katrin Kohnert, Andrei Serafimavich. - Lena Expeditionen: Einbindung neuer deutscher Forschungsgruppen / Birgit Heim, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Pier Paul Overduin, lrina V. Fedorova. - Ein Jahrzehnt der Küstenforschung im Lenadelta / lngeborg Bussmann, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, lrina V Fedorova, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Alexander Yu. Gukov, Gerhard Kattner, Alexandra Kraberg, Denis V. Moiseev, Pier Paul Overduin, Lasse Sander, Karen H. Wiltshire. - 5. Neue Horizonte für Lena-Expeditionen - Die neue Forschungsstation Insel Samoilow. - Ministerpräsident W. W. Putin besucht die Insel Samoilow (P-Day) / Hanno Meyer, Thomas Opel, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin, Svetlana Yu. Evgrafava, Waldemar Schneider, Alexander S. Makarov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev. - Die neue Forschungsstation Insel Samoilow: Bau, Eröffnungsfeier, Anlage und Betrieb / Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Igor N. Yeltsov, Anne Morgenstern. - Samoilow in internationalen Programmen und Netzwerken - FLUXNET, GTN-P, INTERACT / Anne Morgenstern, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Julia Boike, Lars Kutzbach. - Kurzer Überblick über die russisch-deutschen Permafrost-Projekte CARBOPERM und KoPf / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Ulrike Herzschuh, Guido Grosse. - Einsatz von Fernerkundung im Gebiet der Laptewsee / Guido Grosse, Birgit Heim, Sofia Antonova, Julia Boike, Astrid Bracher, Alexey N. Fague, Frank Günther, Thomas Krumpen, Moritz Langer, Anne Morgenstern, Sina Muster, lngmar Nitze, Torsten Sachs. - Multidisziplinäre Studien auf Samoilow und Kurungnach: Geophysik, Fernerkundung, Geologie sowie botanische und Bodenstudien / Igor N. Yeltsov, Alexey N. Faguet, Leonid V. Tsibizov, Vladimir A. Kashirtsev, Vladimir V. Olenchenko, Andrey A. Kartozia, Nikolay N. Lashchinskiy. - Terrestrische Permafrost-Bohrkampagnen: Tiefe Einblicke in die Vergangenheit / Jens Strauss, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Paul Overduin, Georgii Maximov, Guido Grosse, Alexey N. Fague, Leonid Tsibizov, Lutz Schirrmeister. - Langzeitmessungen der Energie-, Wasser-, und Treibhausgasflüsse zwischen Land und Atmosphäre von 2002 bis heute und darüber hinaus / David Holl, Ju , Contents: Introduction and Background to Terrestrial Expeditions in Siberia / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Volker Rachold, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - 1. On the Way to the Lena Expeditions 1993-1997. - Lake Sediments on Taymyr and Severnaya Zemlya as a Climate Archive / Pier Paul Overduin, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Martin Melles. - First Energy, Water, and Flux Studies of Tundra Soils - Labaz and Levinson-Lessing Lake, Taymyr Peninsula / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Julia Boike, Mikhail P. Zhurbenko, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Exploring Permafrost Sequences in the Taymyr Lowland (1994-1996) / Christine Siegert, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin. - Carbon in Arctic Desert Soils of Severnaya Zemlya / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Mikhail P. Zhurbenko, Dimitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Hydrology, Geochemistry, and Sediment Transport of the Siberian Rivers - The SYSTEM LAPTEV SEA Project 1994-1997 / Volker Rachold. - 2. The Beginning of the Lena Expeditions 1998-2002. - Initiation of the Research Project Lena Delta: Science Strategy, Cooperation, and Logistics / Volker Rachold, Martin Antonow, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - The First Years of Soil and Climate-Related Permafrost Research on Samoylov Island and Surroundings (Investigations 1998- 2001) / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Julia Boike, Günter Stoof, Lars Kutzbach, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, lrina A. Yakshina, Anno N. Kurchatova, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Bykovsky Peninsula: The First Land Expedition with a Focus on Paleoclimate / Lutz Schirrmeister, Guido Grosse, Viktor V. Kunitsky, Christine Siegert, Hanno Meyer. - The 1998-2002 Ship-Based Expeditions for Coastal Erosion and Geomorphological Studies with Dunay, Neptun, Sofron Danilov, and Pavel Bashmakov / Volker Rachold, Waldemar Schneider, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Felix E. Are, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - Lake Studies on Arga: History and Formation of the Lena Delta / Georg Schwamborn, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Volker Rachold, Vladimir E. Tumskoy, Lutz Schirrmeister, Guido Grosse. - Microbial Carbon Turnover in the Active Layer and in Permafrost / Susanne Liebner, Christian Knoblauch, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Svetlana Yu. Evgrajova, Dirk Wagner. - Fieldwork for Reconstructing the Paleo-Environment / Lutz Schirrmeister, Tatyana V. Kuznetsova, Andrei A. Andreev, Frank Kienast, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov. - 3. Process Studies of Permafrost Dynamics 2002-2006. - Subsea Permafrost Drilling During the COAST 2005 Expedition / Volker Rachold, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Waldemar Schneider. - The Early Samoylov Station and Its Extension in 2005 / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Julia Boike, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Günter Stoof, Alexander Yu. Gukov. - Installation of the Samoylov Observatory - Permafrost-Affected Soils and Greenhouse Gases (Investigations 2002-2006) / Lars Kutzbach, Christian Wille, Torsten Sachs, David Holl, Günter Stoof, Julia Boike, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Microbial Nitrogen Turnover in the Active Layer and Deeper Permafrost Sediments of the Lena River Delta / Claudia Fiencke, Tina Sanders, Fabian Beermann, Elena E. Lebedeva, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer. - Geocryological and Paleoenvironmental Studies on the Coasts of the Laptev Sea / Lutz Schirrmeister, Christine Siegert, Guido Grosse, Hanno Meyer, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Viktor V. Kunitsky. - Long-Term Observations of the Pelagic Fauna in Lakes and Ponds in the Lena Delta / Ekaterina N. Abramova, lrina I. Vishnyakova, Grigory A. Soloviev, Anna A. Abramova. - 4. Implementation of New Research Topics 2007-2012. - Arctic Coastal Dynamics / Frank Günther, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Pier Paul Overduin, Hugues Lantuit, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten. - Field Work and Numerical Modelling for Subsea Permafrost and Gas Hydrates / Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Pier Paul Overduin, Sebastian Wetterich, Mikhail N. Grigoriev. - Permafrost Degradation, Thermokarst and Thermal Erosion Fieldwork on Kurungnakh Island / Anne Morgenstern, Irina V. Fedorova, Antonina A. Chetverova, Frank Günther, Mathias Ulrich, Fabian Beermann, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Sofia A. Antonova, Samuel Stettner, Julia Boike. - With the Chainsaw to Climate Modelling - Ice Wedges as a Winter Climate Archive / Hanno Meyer, Thomas Opel, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin. - Past and Present Treeline and Lake Changes in Northern Siberia in Response to Warming / Ulrike Herzschuh, Luidmila A. Pestryakova, Laura S. Epp, Larisa A. Frolova, Ruslan M. Gorodnichev, Birgit Heim, Florion Jeltsch, Juliane Klemm, Stefan Kruse, Larisa B. Nazarova, Bastian Niemeyer, Anatolii N. Nikolaev, Kathleen R. Stoof-Leichsenring, Ralph Tiedemann, Mareike Wieczoreck, Evgenij S. Zakharov, Heike H. Zimmermann. - Organic Matter Matters- Quantifying the Amount of Carbon in Northern Siberia / Jens Strauss, Lutz Schirrmeister, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Alexander L. Kholodov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Viktor V. Kunitsky, Matthias Fuchs, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Guido Grosse. - Expeditions with Rubber Boats and Small River Vessels - Hydrology and Geomorphology of the Lena Delta / Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, lrina V Fedorova, Julia Boike. - Mobilization and Deposition of Carbon in the Lena River System / Gesine Mollenhauer, Maria Winterfeld, Boris P. Koch, lrina V. Fedorova. - Holocene Lakes Around the Lena Delta / Bernhard Diekmann, Boris Biskaborn, Luidmila A. Pestryakova, Dmitry A. Subetto, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Ulrike Herzschuh, Georg Schwamborn, Volker Rachold. - Complex Logistical Operations - Airborne Energy and Greenhouse Gas Flux Observations by Helipod / Torsten Sachs, Eric Larmanau, Katrin Kohnert, Andrei Serafimavich. - Lena Expeditions: Integration of New German Research Groups / Birgit Heim, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Pier Paul Overduin, lrina V. Fedorova. - A Decade of Coastal Research in the Lena Delta / lngeborg Bussmann, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, lrina V Fedorova, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Alexander Yu. Gukov, Gerhard Kattner, Alexandra Kraberg, Denis V. Moiseev, Pier Paul Overduin, Lasse Sander, Karen H. Wiltshire. - 5. New Horizons for Lena Expeditions - The New Research Station Samoylov Island. - Prime Minister V. V. Putin Visits Samoylov Island (P-Day) / Hanno Meyer, Thomas Opel, Alexander Yu. Dereviagin, Svetlana Yu. Evgrafava, Waldemar Schneider, Alexander S. Makarov, Mikhail N. Grigoriev. - The New Research Station Samoylov Island: Construction, Opening Ceremony, Facilities, and Operation / Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Igor N. Yeltsov, Anne Morgenstern. - Samoylov in International Programs and Networks - FLUX NET, GTN-P, INTERACT / Anne Morgenstern, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Julia Boike, Lars Kutzbach. - Short Overview of the Russian-German Permafrost Projects CARBOPERM and KoPf / Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Dmitry Yu. Bolshiyanov, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Ulrike Herzschuh, Guido Grosse. - Application of Remote Sensing in the Laptev Sea Region / Guido Grosse, Birgit Heim, Sofia Antonova, Julia Boike, Astrid Bracher, Alexey N. Fague, Frank Günther, Thomas Krumpen, Moritz Langer, Anne Morgenstern, Sina Muster, lngmar Nitze, Torsten Sachs. - Multidisciplinary Studies on Samoylov and Kurungnakh: Geophysics, Remote Sensing, Geology, Botanical, and Soil Studies / Igor N. Yeltsov, Alexey N. Faguet, Leonid V. Tsibizov, Vladimir A. Kashirtsev, Vladimir V. Olenchenko, Andrey A. Kartozia, Nikolay N. Lashchinskiy. - Deep lnsights into the Past Terrestrial Permafrost Drilling Campaigns / Jens Strauss, Mikhail N. Grigoriev, Paul Overduin, Georgii Maximov, Guido Grosse, Alexey N. Fague, Leonid Tsibizov, Lutz Schirrmeister. - Long-Term Measurements of Land-Atmosphere Fluxes of Energy, Water, and Greenhouse Gases from 2002 until Today and Beyond / David Holl, Julia Boike, Torsten Sachs, Peter Schreiber, Niko Bornemann, Christian Wille, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer, Irina V. Fedorova, Lars Kutzbach. - Carbon Turnover of Thawing Permafrost in the Lena Delta / , Russische Ausgabe in kyrillischer Schrift
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 24
    Signatur: ZSP-168-716
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung, 716
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 211 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 1866-3192
    Serie: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 716
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Characterization of soil organic matter of Arctic and Antarctic by 13- C NMR and electron spin resonance spectroscopy / Evgeny Abakumov Development of phosphorus forms in soil chronosequence of the Nordenskioldbreen glacier (Svalbard) / Adel Allaberdina, Václav Tejnecký Vertical snow structures from in-situ and remote sensing measurements / Stefanie Arndt, Nicolas Stoll, Stephan Paul, Christian Haas Phenology of Calanus glacialis – comparison between Arctic and Atlantic domains and its implications for reproductive success of little auks / Kaja Balazy, Emilia Trudnowska, Katarzyna Blachowiak-Samolyk Response of southern tundra ecosystem components on aerial pollution from gas pre-treatment centers in West Siberia / Pavel A. Barsukov Soil-ecological excursions to permafrost-affected areas in West Siberia for European scientists and students / Pavel A. Barsukov, S. Platonova, S. Gizhitskaya, E. Smolentseva, N. Lashchinskiy, A. Babenko, I. Lyubechanskiy, O. Saprykin, O.Rusalimova Christian Siewert Freezing and hungry? Hydrocarbon degrading microbial communities in Barents Sea sediments around Svalbard / Bartholomäus Sven, Nontje Straaten, Daniela Zoch, Martin Krüger Biological soil crust algae in the polar regions – biodiversity, genetic diversity and ecosystem resilience under global change scenarios / Burkhard Becker, Burkhard Büdel and Ulf Karsten UDASH - Unified Database for Arctic and Subarctic Hydrography / Axel Behrendt, Hiroshi Sumata, Benjamin Rabe, Torsten Kanzow and Ursula Schauer Compound-specific radiocarbon constraints on Antarctic sediment chronologies / Sonja Berg, Sandra Jivcov, Janet Rethemeyer Environmental conditions in terrestrial East Antarctica during the last glacial - new evidence from mumiyo deposits / Sonja Berg, Martin Melles, Wolf-Dieter Hermichen, Janet Rethemeyer, Gerhard Kuhn Collection-based diatom research: collection imaging to biogeography and microevolution in the Southern Ocean / Bánk Beszteri, Stefan Pinkernell, Michael Kloster, Ute Postel, Gerhard Kauer, Uwe John, Klaus Valentin, Gernot Glöckner In vivo observations of OWA induced pH changes in the brain of polar cod Boreogadus saida / Christian Bock, Felizitas C. Wermter, Bastian Maus, Hans-O. Pörtner, Wolfgang Dreher A journey into the Triassic polar forests of Antarctica / Benjamin Bomfleur Long-term time-series of Arctic BrO derived from UV-VIS satellite remote sensing / lias Bougoudis, Anne-Marlene Blechschmidt, Andreas Richter, Sora Seo, John P. Burrows The effect of climate change on the carbon balance in microalgae / Deborah Bozzato, Torsten Jakob, Christian Wilhelm Species composition and abundance of the shallow water fish community of Kongsfjorden, Svalbard / Markus Brand, Philipp Fischer Decadal changes in a breeding population of southern giant petrels on King George Island, Antarctic, in response to human activities / Christina Braun, Jan Esefeld, Hans-Ulrich Peter Geodetic GNSS measurements to investigate the recent crustal deformation at the Antarctic Peninsula and in the Amundsen Sea Embayment, West Antarctica / Peter Busch, Mirko Scheinert, Christoph Knöfel, Lutz Eberlein, Martin Horwath, Ludwig Schröder, Andreas Groh Parameterization of snow BRDF measurements in Antarctica / T. Carlsen, G. Birnbaum, A. Ehrlich, M. Schäfer, and M. Wendisch Airborne and in situ ground-based measurements of surface albedo, bidirectional reflectivity, and snow properties on the Antarctic plateau / T. Carlsen, M. Belke Brea, G. Birnbaum, A. Ehrlich, J. Freitag, G. Heygster, L. Istomina, S. Kipfstuhl, A. Orsi, M. Schäfer, and M. Wendisch Retreats of ice sheet and ice shelf driven by warm water incursions in the Ross Sea since the Last Glacial Maximum / Zhihua Chen, Mengshan Ju, Shulan Ge, Zheng Tang, Yuanhui Huang, Renjie Zhao, Ralf Tiedemann, Lester Lembke-Jene Influence of breeze circulation on local wind climatology in Svalbard fjords / Małgorzata Cisek, Przemysław Makuch, Tomasz Petelski, Jacek Piskozub Life strategies on photobiology and metabolite profile of genetic indentical photobionts of two different lichen species / Nadine Determeyer-Wiedmann, Sieglinde Ott Land-Ocean Interactions in the late glacial Bering Sea / B. Diekmann, R. Wang, H. Kühn, R. Gersonde, R. Tiedemann, G. Kuhn Does environmental change affect polar microbial communities? / Daniel R. Dietrich Rapid glacial isostatic uplift in Patagonia: Interplay of enhanced ice mass loss and slab window tectonics / R. Dietrich, A. Richter, E. Ivins, H. Lange, L. Mendoza, L. Schröder, J.L. Hormaechea, G. Casassa, E. Marderwald, M. Fritsche, R. Perdomo, M. Horwath Phylogenomics of the longitarsal Colossendeidae: the evolution of a diverse Antarctic sea spider radiation / Lars Dietz, Jana S. Dömel, Christoph Mayer, Florian Leese Revealing the evolutionary history of Southern Ocean sea spiders using genome-wide SNP data / Jana S. Dömel, Till-Hendrik Macher, Lars Dietz, Christoph Mayer, Roland R. Melzer and Florian Leese Geothermal heat flux derived from airborne magnetic grids and measured temperature gradients in the Amundsen Sea sector of West Antarctica / Ricarda Dziadek, Karsten Gohl, Fausto Ferraccioli, Norbert Kaul, Cornelia Spiegel Sea spray aerosol fluxes in the area of the Spitsbergen Shelf and the Greenland Sea / K. Dziembor, T. Petelski, P. Markuszewski, T. Zieliński, P. Makuch, I. Wróbel More than two decades of geodetic GNSS measurements in Antarctica, Greenland and Patagonia – a technology review / Lutz Eberlein, Mirko Scheinert, Peter Busch, Christoph Knöfel, Andreas Richter Analysing the flow velocity of major outlet glaciers in North Greenland using Landsat data / Benjamin Ebermann, Ralf Rosenau, Mirko Scheinert, Martin Horwath Partitioning growing season net ecosystem exchange of CO2 into photosynthesis, autotrophic and heterotrophic respiration in the Siberian tundra / Tim Eckhardt, Christian Knoblauch, Lars Kutzbach, Gillian Simpson, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Meteorological collaboration in the Arctic / Johanna Ekman Meteorological aspects of S.A. Andrée’s attempt to reach the North Pole by balloon in 1897 / Dieter Etling Geodetic mass balance on South Georgia glaciers / David Farias-Barahona, Christian Sommer, Thorsten Seehaus, Philipp Malz, Gino Casassa, Matthias H. Braun Frozen-Ground Cartoons: An international collaboration between artists and permafrost scientists / Michael Fritz, Frédéric Bouchard, Bethany Deshpande, Julie Malenfant-Lepage, Alexandre Nieuwendam, Michel Paquette, Ashley Rudy, Matthias Siewert, Audrey Veillette, Stefanie Weege, Jon Harbor, Otto Habeck, Ylva Sjöberg The Akademii Nauk ice core and solar activity / Diedrich Fritzsche, Luisa von Albedyll, Silke Merchel, Thomas Opel, Georg Rugel, Andreas Scharf Walther Bruns, Gründer der „Aeroarctic“ – ein vergessener Pionier der Deutschen Polarforschung / Diedrich Fritzsche Warming and reduction of precipitations affect the microbiome of recently deglaciated soils in the Swiss Alps / Aline Frossard, Johanna Donhauser, Pascal Niklaus, Thomas Rime, Beat Frey The ice-free topography of Svalbard / Johannes J. Fürst, Francisco Navarro, Fabien Gillet-Chaulet, Geir Moholdt, Xavier Fettweis, Charlotte Lang, Thorsten Seehaus, Matthias H. Braun, Douglas I. Benn, Toby J. Benham, Julian A. Dowdeswell, Mariusz Grabiec, Jack Kohler, Katrin Lindbäck, Rickard Pettersson, Heidi Sevestre Scientific Drilling in Antarctica? Coming to a new drilling proposal / Christoph Gaedicke, Gerhard Kuhn, Olaf Eisen, Andreas Läufer, Emma Smith, Nikola Koglin, Boris Biskaborn, Dieter Franke, Ralf Tiedemann German permanent research facilities in Antarctica - a 40 years record / Hartwig Gernandt Pre-glacial and glacial shelf evolution from seismic and seabed drill records of the Amundsen Sea, West Antarctica / Karsten Gohl, Gabriele Uenzelmann-Neben, Robert Larter, Johann Klages, Claus-Dieter Hillenbrand, Torsten Bickert, Steve Bohaty, Ulrich Salzmann, Thomas Frederichs, Catalina Gebhardt, Katharina Hochmuth and Expedition PS104 Science Party The Turnove
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 25
    Signatur: AWI G5-20-93989
    Materialart: Dissertationen
    Seiten: viii, 139 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2018 , Table of Content I. Abstract II. Deutsche Zusammenfassung 0 Preface 1 Scientific Background 1.1 Paleoenvironmental changes since the gLGM in arid Central Asia and north-western High Asia 1.1.1 Paleoclimatic changes 1.1.2 Lake level fluctuations following climatic changes 1.1.3 Inferred terrestrial vegetation responses to environmental changes and possible human impact 1.2 The role of proxy records in tracing environmental changes 1.2.1 Archives and Proxies investigated in environmental studies in Central Asia 1.2.2 Limnological systems as environmental archives 1.2.3 The multiproxy approach as a tool to decipher environmental change 1.3 Study area 1.4 Material and Method Overview 1.4.1 Field based sampling 1.4.2 Outline of material and methods 1.5 Aim and objectives ofthis thesis 1.6 Thesis outline 1.7 Contribution of the authors 1.7.1 Manuscript I - published 1.7.2 Manuscript II - published 1.7.3 Manuscript III - published 1.7.4 Manuscript IV - in preparation 2 Manuscript I Climatic and limnological changes at Lake Karakul (Tajikistan) during the last ~29 cal ka 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study Area 2.4 Material and methods 2.4.1 Fieldwork 2.4.2 Laboratory analysis 2.5 Results 2.5.1 Age-depth relationship in core KK12-1 2.5.2 TIC, TOC, TOC/TN, δ18Ocarb and δ13CCarb 2.5.3 Grain-size distribution and results ofend-member modelling 2.5.4 XRF data 2.5.5 Ordination results of sediment parameters 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 Paleoenvironmental indicators from sediment variables 2.6.2 Implications ofthe Lake Karakul sediment record 2.6.3 Linking lake internal development to climate change 2.7 Conclusions 2.8 Acknowledgements 2.9 Data availability 3 Manuscript II Aquatic macrophyte dynamics in Lake Karakul (Eastern Pamir) over the last 29 cal ka revealed by sedimentary ancient DNA and geochemical analyses of macrofossil remains 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Material and Methods 3.3.1 Sample acquisition and treatment 3.3.2 Genetic approach 3.3.3 Elemental isotopic analyses ofaquatic macrophyte remains 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Macrophyte records along lake depth transects in Lake Karakul 3.4.2 Submerged plant content 3.4.3 Ancient DNA analyses 3.4.4 C, N, δ13C and δ15N of Stuckenia cf. pamirica remains 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Assessment of aDNA and chemical aquatic macrophyte data as proxies for the macrophyte composition and the paleo-productivity 3.5.2 Changes of past submerged plant composition and productivity and potential drivers 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Acknowledgements 3.8 Data Availability 4 Manuscript III Radiocarbon and optical stimulated luminescence dating of sediments from Lake Karakul, Tajikistan 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Regional setting 4.4 Methods 4.4.1 Collection and correlation of cores 4.4.2 Radiocarbon dating 4.4.3 Optically stimulated luminescence (OSL) dating 4.4.4 Establishment ofage-depth model 4.4.5 Investigation of exposed lake sediments 4.5 Results 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Recovered sediments and correlation ofcores from Lake Karakul 4.6.2 Age-depth model, and assessment of radiocarbon and OSL age data 4.6.3 Significance ofexposed sediments at section KK13-S1 4.6.4 Implications ofthe chronological data 4.7 Conclusion 4.8 Acknowledgements 5 Manuscript IV Vegetation change in the Eastern Pamir Mountains inferred from Lake Karakul pollen spectra of the last 28 ka 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study site 5.4 Material and Methods 5.4.1 Sediment cores and chronology 5.4.2 Pollen sample preparation and pollen analyses 5.4.3 Pollen data treatment 5.5 Results 5.5.1 Composite core (KK12-1/2; 27.6 cal ka BP to present) 5.5.2 Short core TAJ-Kar-08-lB 5.6 Discussion 5.6.1 Interpretation of pollen data 5.6.2 Terrestrial vegetation change in the Eastern Pamir Mountains in response to past climate change 5.7 Conclusions 5.8 Acknowledgements 5.9 Data Availability 6 Synthesis 6.1 Proxy evaluation 6.1.1 Age-depth relationship 6.1.2 Limnological proxies 6.1.3 Terrestrial proxies 6.2 The potential of Lake Karakul as archive for long term environmental change in the Eastern Pamir 6.3 Climate and moisture availability changes over time - inferred from sedimentary proxies 6.4 Assessment ofthe aquatic macrophyte composition and paleoproductivity within Lake Karakul 6.5 Inferred terrestrial vegetation changes as responds to climatic changes over the last 28 cal ka 6.6 Comparison inferred regional vegetation, lake internal and lake external variations and changes in climate reconstructed in other studies 6.6.1 Pre- gLGM and global Last Glacial Maximum (27.6 to 19 cal ka BP) 6.6.2 Late glacial 6.6.3 Early to middle Holocene 6.6.4 Middle to late Holocene 6.7 Outlook 7 Appendix 7.1 Supplementary information for Manuscript I 7.2 Supplementary information for Manuscript II 7.3 Supplementary information for Manuscript III 8 References Danksagung Eldesstattliche Erklärung
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 26
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd
    Signatur: AWI P5-18-91257 ; IASS 18.91435
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Arctic is a region that has seen exponential growth as a space of geopolitical interest over the past decade. This insightful book is the first to analyse the European Union’s Arctic policy endeavours of the early 21st Century from a critical geopolitical perspective. Exploring the EU’s decade-long undertaking to construct legitimacy in the Arctic between 2008 and 2017, Andreas Raspotnik investigates whether the EU can figure prominently in the Arctic region as an international actor. This book presents the EU’s interest in the Arctic as a fascinating test case for how the EU aims to assert its policies and values in a neighbouring region. This contemporary and intriguing book will be an invaluable resource for scholars and students of international relations, European studies, geography, and Arctic studies, as well as those on courses relating to international organisations and global/regional politics. It will also appeal to the broader public with an interest in the challenges and opportunities of the Arctic region.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: x, 231 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-1-78811-208-6 , 9781788112093 (eBook)
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: List of figures and tables. - List of boxes. - Acknowledgements. - List of abbreviations. - PART I INTRODUCTION . - 1. The Geopolitics of an Arctic Meltdown and the Question of EUropean Arctic Space. - PART II GEOPOLITICS. - 2. The Thought Experiment Referred to as Geopolitics. - PART III THE ARCTIC. - 3. Arctic Geopolitics and the Regional Zeitgeist of the Twenty-First Century. - PART IV THE EUROPEAN UNION. - 4. EUropean Dimensions of Arctic Presence. - 5. An Action in the Making: The EU’s Arctic Policy-Making Process. - 6. The EU’s Arctic Space-Making Practices. - PART V CONCLUSION. - 7. A European Geopolitical Subject in the Arctic?. - REFERENCES. - APPENDIX I. - APPENDIX II. - INDEX.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: RIFS Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 27
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Bremen : Übersee-Museum Bremen
    Signatur: AWI P6-18-91708
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 176 Seiten , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    Ausgabe: [1. Auflage]
    ISBN: 978-3-89946-286-9
    Serie: TenDenZen 2018,26
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhalt: Grußwort - Antje Boetius. - Vorwort - Michaela Grein. - Die Welt teilhaben lassen - Luc Jacquet über die Sonderausstellung „Antarctica". - Die Geschichte der Antarktisforschung. - Die Entdeckung und Erforschung der Antarktis / Diedrich Fritzsche. - Die Gründung des Alfred-Wegener-Instituts für Polarforschung / Gotthilf Hempel. - Frauen in der Antarktis / Gotthilf Hempel. - Geologie und Klima. - Der geologische Bau der Antarktis / Andreas Läufer. - Einfluss des Ozeans auf das Schmelzen der Eisschelfe / Sunke Schmidtko. - Aurora australis - Polarlichter in der Antarktis / Michaela Grein. - Lebensräume und Organismengruppen. - Antarktische Makroalgen / Katharina Zacher & Christian Wiencke. - Leben am Meeresboden und Wiederbesiedlungsdynamik / Julian Gutt. - Die Schwämme des antarktischen Meeres / Dorte Janussen. - Schuppenwürmer in der Antarktis / Michael Stiller. - Meiofauna: Kleine Tiere - große Wirkung / Gritta Veit-Köhler & Friederike Säring. - Der antarktische Krill, Euphausia superba, im Nahrungsnetz des Südpolarmeers / Bettina Meyer. - Der Kaiserpinguin - Bedrohte Tierart und Stellvertreter für den Südozean / Daniel P. Zitterbart. - Fliegende Vögel der Antarktis / Hans-Ulrich Peter. - Antarktische Robben / Horst Bornemann & Joachim Plötz. - Pioniere und Überlebenskünstler: Die Flechten / Ludger Kappen. - Die Evolution der Wälder in Antarktika / Laura Jane Tilley. - Pflanzen in Antarktika / Michaela Grein. - Nutzung und Schutz der Antarktis. - Umweltschutz in der Antarktis / Heike Herata. - Meeresschutz in der Antarktis / Bob Zuur. - Tourismus in der Antarktis / Heinz Klöser. - Die Autorinnen und Autoren.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 28
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Hoboken, NJ : Wiley Blackwell
    Signatur: AWI G3-18-91739
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: xxiii, 515 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 26 cm
    Ausgabe: Fourth edition
    Ausgabe: edition first published 2018
    ISBN: 9781119132783 , 9781119132790 (electronic) , 9781119132813 (electronic)
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Preface to Fourth Edition. - Preface to Third Edition. - Preface to Second Edition. - Preface to First Edition. - Acknowledgments. - PART I THE PERIGLACIAL DOMAIN. - 1 Introduction. - 1.1 The Periglacial Concept. - 1.2 Diagnostic Criteria. - 1.3 Periglacial Environments. - 1.4 The Periglacial Domain. - 1.5 The Periglacial Domain and the Cryosphere. - 1.6 Disciplinary Considerations. - 1.6.1 The Growth of Geocryology. - 1.6.2 The Challenge of Quaternary Science. - 1.6.3 Periglacial Geomorphology or Cold-Region Geomorphology?. - 1.7 Societal Considerations. - 1.8 The Growth of Periglacial Knowledge. - 2 Periglacial Climates. - 2.1 Boundary Conditions. - 2.2 Cold Deserts. - 2.3 Regional Climates. - 2.3.1 High Arctic Climates. - 2.3.2 Continental Climates. - 2.3.3 Alpine Climates. - 2.3.4 Montane Climates. - 2.3.5 Climates of Low Annual Temperature Range. - 2.3.6 Antarctica: A Special Case. - 2.4 Snow and Ice. - 2.5 Wind. - 2.6 Ground Climates. - 2.6.1 The 'n'-Factor. - 2.6.2 The Thermal Offset. - 2.6.3 The Ground Temperature Regime. - 2.7 Periglacial Climates and Global Climate Change. - 2.7.1 Basic Facts. - 2.7.2 Why Climate-Cryosphere Interactions Accelerate Climate Warming. - 3 Periglacial Ecosystems. - 3.1 General Statement. - 3.2 Biogeographic Zonation and Major Vegetation Types. - 3.3 Adaptations to Cold, Snow, Wind and Aridity. - 3.4 The Effect of Vegetation. - 3.5 The Polar Deserts. - 3.5.1 The High Arctic Polar Deserts. - 3.5.2 The High Arctic Polar Semi-Deserts. - 3.6 The Polar Desert-Tundra Transition. - 3.7 The Low-Arctic Tundra. - 3.8 The Forest-Tundra Bioclimatic Boundary (The Tree Line). - 3.9 The Boreal Forest. - 3.10 The Alpine and Montane Ecosystems. - 3.11 Antarctica - A Special Case. - 3.12 Periglacial Ecosystems and Climate Change. - PART II FROZEN GROUND AND PERMAFROST. - 4 Ground Freezing, Permafrost and the Active Layer. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Ground Freezing. - 4.2.1 Basic Concepts. - 4.2.2 Ice Segregation. - 4.2.3 "The Frozen Fringe'. - 4.2.4 Frost Heave. - 4.3 Perennially-Frozen Ground (Permafrost). - 4.4 Moisture and Ice Within Permafrost. - 4.5 Thermal and Physical Properties. - 4.5.1 The Geothermal Regime. - 4.5.2 The TTOP Model. - 4.5.3 Physical Properties. - 4.5.4 Thermal Properties. - 4.6 Permafrost Hydrology. - 4.6.1 Aquifers. - 4.6.2 Hydrochemistry. - 4.6.3 Groundwater Icings. - 4.7 The Active Layer. - 4.7.1 Terminology. - 4.7.2 The Active-Layer Thermal Regime. - 4.7.3 The Transient Layer. - 4.7.4 The Stefan Equation. - 5 Permafrost Distribution and Stability. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Controls over Permafrost Distribution. - 5.2.1 Relief and Aspect. - 5.2.2 Rock Type. - 5.2.3 Vegetation. - 5.2.4 Snow Cover. - 5.2.5 Fire. - 5.2.6 Lakes and Surface Water Bodies. - 5.3 Spatial Extent of Permafrost and Frozen Ground. - 5.3.1 Latitudinal Permafrost. - 5.3.2 Alpine (Mountain) Permafrost. - 5.3.3 Montane Permafrost. - 5.3.4 Seasonally-Frozen Ground. - 5.4 Sub-Sea and Relict Permafrost. - 5.4.1 Sub-Sea Permafrost. - 5.4.2 Relict (Terrestrial) Permafrost. - 5.5 Permafrost and Ecosystems. - 5.6 Permafrost Monitoring and Mapping. - 5.6.1 CALM and GTN-P (TSP). - 5.6.2 BTS and Mountain Permafrost Probability Mapping. - 5.7 Climate Warming and Permafrost. - 5.7.1 Evidence for Warming Permafrost. - 5.7.2 Evidence for Thawing Permafrost. - 6 Ground Ice and Cryostratigraphy. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Quantitative Parameters. - 6.3 Epigenetic, Syngenetic and Polygenetic Permafrost. - 6.4 Classification. - 6.4.1 The Russian Approach. - 6.4.2 The North American Approach. - 6.5 Main Ground Ice Types. - 6.5.1 Pore Ice. - 6.5.2 Segregated Ice. - 6.5.3 Intrusive Ice. - 6.5.4 Vein Ice. - 6.5.5 Other Types of Ice. - 6.6 Ice Distribution. - 6.6.1 Amounts. - 6.6.2 Distribution with Depth. - 6.6.3 Ice in Bedrock. - 6.6.4 Ice in Poorly-Lithified Sediments. - 6.7 Cryostratigraphy and Cryolithology. - 6.7.1 Cryostructural Analysis. - 6.7.2 Cryostructures of Epigenetic and Syngenetic Permafrost. - 6.7.3 Thaw Unconformities. - 6.7.4 Aggradational Ice. - 6.7.5 Icy Bodies and Ice, Sand and Soil Pseudomorphs. - 6.8 Ice Crystallography. - 6.9 Ice Geochemistry. - 6.10 Massive Ice and Massive-Icy Bodies. - 6.10.1 Nature and Extent. - 6.10.2 Intra-Sedimental Ice. - 6.10.3 Buried Glacier Ice. - 6.11 Cryostratigraphy and Past Environments. - 7 Aggradational Permafrost Landforms. - 7.1 Introduction. - 7.2 How Does Permafrost Aggrade?. - 7.2.1 The Illisarvik Drained-Lake Experiment. - 7.3 Thermal-Contraction-Crack Polygons. - 7.3.1 Coefficients of Thermal Expansion and Contraction. - 7.3.2 Ice, Sand and Soil ('Ground') Wedges. - 7.3.3 Development of the Polygon Net. - 7.3.4 Polygon Morphology. - 7.3.5 Controls over Cracking. - 7.3.6 Climatic Significance. - 7.4 Ice and Sand Wedges. - 7.4.1 Epigenetic Wedges. - 7.4.2 Syngenetic Wedges. - 7.4.3 Anti-Syngenetic Wedges. - 7.4.4 Growth and Deformation of Wedges. - 7.5 Organic Terrain. - 7.5.1 Palsas. - 7.5.2 Peat Plateaus. - 7.6 Frost Mounds. - 7.6.1 Perennial-Frost Mounds. - 7.6.2 Hydraulic (Open) System Pingos. - 7.6.3 Hydrostatic (Closed) System Pingos. - 7.6.4 Other Perennial-Frost Mounds. - 7.6.5 Seasonal-Frost Mounds. - 7.6.6 Hydrolaccoliths and Other Frost-Induced Mounds. - 8 Thermokarst Processes and Landforms. - 8.1 Introduction. - 8.2 Thawing Ground. - 8.2.1 Thaw Strain and Thaw Settlement. - 8.2.2 Potential Depths of Soil Freezing and Thawing. - 8.2.3 The Development of Thermokarst. - 8.3 Causes of Thermokarst. - 8.3.1 General Comments. - 8.3.2 Specific Causes. - 8.4 Thaw-Related Processes. - 8.4.1 Thermokarst Subsidence (Thaw Settlement). - 8.4.2 Thermal Erosion. - 8.4.3 Other Processes. - 8.5 Thermokarst Sediments and Structures. - 8.5.1 Involuted Structures. - 8.5.2 Retrogressive-Thaw-Slumps and Debris-Flow Deposits. - 8.5.3 Ice-Wedge Pseudomorphs and Composite-Wedge Casts. - 8.5.4 Ice, Silt, Sand and Gravel Pseudomorphs. - 8.6 Thermokarst Landscapes. - 8.6.1 The Alas-Thermokarst Relief of Central Yakutia. - 8.6.2 The Western North American Arctic. - 8.6.3 The Ice-Free Areas of Continental Antarctica. - 8.7 Ice-Wedge Thermokarst Relief. - 8.7.1 Low-Centred Polygons. - 8.7.2 High-Centred Polygons. - 8.7.3 Badland Thermokarst Relief. - 8.8 Thaw Lakes and Depressions. - 8.8.1 Lakes and Taliks. - 8.8.2 Morphology. - 8.8.3 Growth and Drainage. - 8.8.4 Oriented Thaw Lakes. - Part III Periglacial Geomorphology. - 9 Cold-Climate Weathering. - 9.1 Introduction. - 9.2 General Weathering Facts. - 9.3 Freezing and Thawing Indices. - 9.4 Rock (Frost?) Shattering. - 9.4.1 Frost Action and Ice Segregation. - 9.4.2 Insolation and Thermal Shock. - 9.4.3 Perspective. - 9.5 Chemical Weathering. - 9.5.1 Karkevagge. - 9.5.2 Solution and Karstification. - 9.5.3 Salt Weathering. - 9.6 Cryogenic Weathering. - 9.6.1 Cryogenic Disintegration. - 9.6.2 The Coefficient of Cryogenic Contrast. - 9.6.3 Physico-Chemical Changes. - 9.6.4 Problematic Phenomena. - 9.7 Cryobiological Weathering. - 9.8 Rates of Cold-Climate Bedrock Weathering. - 9.9 Cryosols and Cryopedology. - 9.9.1 Cryosols. - 9.9.2 Classification. - 9.9.3 Cryosolic Micromorphology. - 10 Mass-Wasting Processes and Active-Layer Phenomena. - 10.1 Introduction. - 10.2 Slow Mass-Wasting Processes. - 10.2.1 Solifluction. - 10.2.2 Frost Creep. - 10.2.3 Gelifluction. - 10.2.4 Solifluction Deposits and Phenomena. - 10.3 Rapid Mass-Wasting Processes. - 10.3.1 Active-Layer-Detachment Slides. - 10.3.2 Debris Flows, Slush Flows and Avalanches. - 10.3.3 Rockfall. - 10.4 Snow Hydrology and Slopewash Processes. - 10.4.1 Snow Hydrology and Snowbanks. - 10.4.2 Surface and Subsurface Wash. - 10.5 Active-Layer Phenomena. - 10.5.1 Frost Heaving. - 10.5.2 Bedrock Heave. - 10.5.3 Upward Heaving of Stones and Objects. - 10.5.4 Stone Tilting. - 10.5.5 Ne
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 29
    Signatur: AWI G6-18-91956
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Earth's climate varies continuously across space and time, but humankind has witnessed only a small snapshot of its entire history, and instrumentally documented it for a mere 200 years. Our knowledge of past climate changes is therefore almost exclusively based on indirect proxy data, i.e. on indicators which are sensitive to changes in climatic variables and stored in environmental archives. Extracting the data from these archives allows retrieval of the information from earlier times. Obtaining accurate proxy information is a key means to test model predictions of the past climate, and only after such validation can the models be used to reliably forecast future changes in our warming world. The polar ice sheets of Greenland and Antarctica are one major climate archive, which record information about local air temperatures by means of the isotopic composition of the water molecules embedded in the ice. However, this temperature proxy is, as any indirect climate data, not a perfect recorder of past climatic variations. Apart from local air temperatures, a multitude of other processes affect the mean and variability of the isotopic data, which hinders their direct interpretation in terms of climate variations. This applies especially to regions with little annual accumulation of snow, such as the Antarctic Plateau. While these areas in principle allow for the extraction of isotope records reaching far back in time, a strong corruption of the temperature signal originally encoded in the isotopic data of the snow is expected. This dissertation uses observational isotope data from Antarctica, focussing especially on the East Antarctic low-accumulation area around the Kohnen Station ice-core drilling site, together with statistical and physical methods, to improve our understanding of the spatial and temporal isotope variability across different scales, and thus to enhance the applicability of the proxy for estimating past temperature variability. The presented results lead to a quantitative explanation of the local-scale (1–500 m) spatial variability in the form of a statistical noise model, and reveal the main source of the temporal variability to be the mixture of a climatic seasonal cycle in temperature and the effect of diffusional smoothing acting on temporally uncorrelated noise. These findings put significant limits on the representativity of single isotope records in terms of local air temperature, and impact the interpretation of apparent cyclicalities in the records. Furthermore, to extend the analyses to larger scales, the timescale-dependency of observed Holocene isotope variability is studied. This offers a deeper understanding of the nature of the variations, and is crucial for unravelling the embedded true temperature variability over a wide range of timescales.
    Materialart: Dissertationen
    Seiten: xxi, 197 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: 1 General introduction. - 1.1 Challenges of isotope-based temperature reconstructions. - 1.2 Thesis overview. - 1.3 Author contributions. - 2 Theoretical background. - 2.1 The isotopic composition of firn and ice. - 2.1.1 Fractionation of water isotopologues. - 2.1.2 Relationship with temperature. - 2.1.3 Measuring of the isotopic composition. - 2.2 Processes within the firn column. - 2.2.1 The firn column of polar ice sheets. - 2.2.2 The density of firn. - 2.2.3 The temperature profile of firn. - 2.2.4 Vapour diffusion in firn. - 2.3 Internal climate variability. - 3 Regional climate signal vs.local noise: a two-dimensional view of water isotopes. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 Data and methods. - 3.3 Results. - 3.3.1 Trench isotope records. - 3.3.2 Single-profile representativity. - 3.3.3 Mean trench profiles. - 3.3.4 Spatial correlation structure. - 3.3.5 Statistical noise model. - 3.4 Discussion. - 3.4.1 Local noise vs. regional climate signal. - 3.4.2 Representativity of isotope signals. - 3.4.3 Implications. - 3.5 Conclusions. - 3.6 Appendix A: Derivation of noise model. - 3.6.1 Definitions. - 3.6.2 Derivation of model correlations. - 3.6.3 Estimation of parameters. - 3.7 Appendix B: Noise level after diffusion. - 4 Constraints on post-depositional isotope modifications in east antarctic firn. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Data and methods. - 4.2.1 Sampling and measurements. - 4.2.2 Trench depth scale. - 4.2.3 Spatial variability of trench profiles. - 4.2.4 Quantification of downward advection, densification and diffusion. - 4.2.5 Statistical tests. - 4.3 Results. - 4.3.1 Comparison of T15 and T13 isotope data. - 4.3.2 Expected isotope profile changes. - 4.3.3 Temporal vs. spatial variability. - 4.4 Discussion. - 4.4.1 Densification, diffusion and stratigraphic noise. - 4.4.2 Additional post-depositional modifications. - 4.5 Conclusions. - 5 On the similarity and apparent cycles of isotope variations. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Data and Methods. - 5.2.1 Data. - 5.2.2 Spectral analysis. - 5.2.3 Rice’s formula. - 5.2.4 Cycle length and amplitude estimation. - 5.2.5 Model for vertical isotope profiles. - 5.3 Results. - 5.3.1 Spectral analysis of isotope profiles. - 5.3.2 Theoretical and observed cycle length. - 5.3.3 Illustrative examples. - 5.3.4 Depth dependency of cycle length. - 5.3.5 Simulated vs. observed isotope variations. - 5.4 Discussion and summary. - 5.5 Conclusions. - 5.6 Appendix A: Input sensitivity. - 5.7 Appendix B: Additional results. - 5.8 Appendix C: Spectral significance testing. - 6 Timescale-dependency of antarctic isotope variations. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Data and methods. - 6.2.1 DML and WAIS isotope records. - 6.2.2 Spectral model. - 6.2.3 Timescale-dependent signal-to-noise ratio. - 6.2.4 Effects of diffusion and time uncertainty. - 6.2.5 Present-day temperature decorrelation. - 6.3 Results. - 6.3.1 Illustration of model approach. - 6.3.2 DML and WAIS isotope variability. - 6.4 Discussion. - 6.4.1 Interpretation of noise spectra. - 6.4.2 Interpretation of signal spectra. - 6.4.3 Signal-to-noise ratios. - 6.4.4 Differences between DML and WAIS. - 6.5 Conclusions. - 7 Declining temperature variability from LGM to holocene. - 8 General discussion and conclusions. - 8.1 Short-scale spatial and temporal isotope variability. - 8.1.1 Local spatial variability. - 8.1.2 Seasonal to interannual variability. - 8.1.3 Spatial vs. temporal variability. - 8.2 Extension to longer scales. - 8.2.1 Spatial vs. temporal variability on interannual timescales. - 8.2.2 Holocene and longer timescales. - 8.3 Concluding remarks and outlook. - Bibliography. - A Methods to: declining temperature variability from lgm to holocene. - A.1 Temperature proxy data. - A.2 Model-based temperature and variability change. - A.3 Temperature recalibration of proxy records. - A.3.1 Recalibration of ice-core records. - A.3.2 Recalibration of marine records. - A.4 Variance and variance ratio estimation. - A.5 Noise correction. - A.5.1 Testing effect of noise correction. - A.6 Effect of ecological adaption and bioturbation. - A.7 Effect of proxy sampling locations. - B Layering of surface snow and firn: noise or seasonal signal?. - B.1 Introduction. - B.2 Materials and methods. - B.2.1 Firn-core density profiles. - B.2.2 Trench density profiles. - B.2.3 Dielectric profiling and density estimates. - B.2.4 Comparison of DEP and CT density. - B.2.5 Ion measurements. - B.3 Results. - B.3.1 2-D trench density data. - B.3.2 Spatial correlation structure. - B.3.3 Comparison of mean density, isotope and impurity profiles. - B.3.4 Spectral analysis of vertical density data. - B.4 Discussion. - B.4.1 Spatial variability. - B.4.2 Representativeness of single profiles. - B.4.3 Seasonal cycle in snow density. - B.4.4 Density layering in firn and impurities. - B.5 Conclusions. - Acknowledgements - Danksagung.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 30
    Signatur: AWI A7-20-93463
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Die Arktis erwärmt sich schneller als der Rest der Erde. Die Auswirkungen manifestieren sich unter Anderem in einer verstärkten Erwärmung der arktischen Grenzschicht. Diese Arbeit befasst sich mit Wechselwirkungen zwischen synoptischen Zyklonen und der arktischen Atmosphäre auf lokalen bis überregionalen Skalen. Ausgangspunkt dafür sind Messdaten und Modellsimulationen für den Zeitraum der N-ICE2015 Expedition, die von Anfang Januar bis Ende Juni 2015 im arktischen Nordatlantiksektor stattgefunden hat. Anhand von Radiosondenmessungen lassen sich Auswirkungen von synoptischen Zyklonen am deutlichsten im Winter erkennen, da sie durch die Advektion warmer und feuchter Luftmassen in die Arktis den Zustand der Atmosphäre von einem strahlungs-klaren in einen strahlungs-opaken ändern. Obwohl dieser scharfe Kontrast nur im Winter existiert, zeigt die Analyse, dass der integrierte Wasserdampf als Indikator für die Advektion von Luftmassen aus niedrigen Breiten in die Arktis auch im Frühjahr geeignet ist. Neben der Advektion von…
    Materialart: Dissertationen
    Seiten: xiv, 147 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung 1.1Wissenschaftliche Zielsetzung 2 Grundlagen 2.1 Grundgleichungen 2.2 Potentielle Vorticity 2.3 Planetare Wellen 2.4 Atmosphärische Instabilität 2.5 Grenzschicht 2.6 Kopplung von Tropo- und Stratosphäre 3 Daten und Methoden 3.1 N-ICE2015 3.1.1 Expeditionsbeschreibung 3.1.2 Ziele der Expedition 3.2 Daten 3.2.1 Beobachtungsdaten 3.2.2 ERA-Interim Reanalyse 3.2.3 Das HIRHAM5 Modell 3.3 Analysemethoden 3.3.1 Temperaturinversionen 3.3.2 Vertikale Stabilität 3.3.3 Grenzschichthöhe 3.3.4 Eady Growth Rate 3.3.5 2d-Skalenfilterung und -Pattern-Korrelation 3.3.6 Nudging Experiment 4 Analyse der N-ICE2015 Radiosonden 4.1 Blick auf die Troposphäre 4.2 Fallstudie zum M2-Sturm: A 4.3 Zyklonencharakteristika 4.4 Temperaturinversionen und Stabilität 4.5 Vergleich mit ERA-Interim, SHEBA und Ny-Ålesund 4.6 Résumé der Expeditionsdaten 5 Nudging Studien mit HIRHAM5 5.1 Vergleich mit ERA-Interim 5.2 Vergleich der Simulationen 5.3 Fallstudie zum M2-Sturm: B 5.3.1 Synoptische Aktivität 5.4 Statistischer Vergleich 6 Einfluss der Stratosphäre 6.1 Stratosphäre im Winter 2014/2015 6.2 Fallstudie zum M2-Sturm: C 6.3 PV als Ladung 6.4 Résumé der Beobachtungen 7 Zusammenfassung und Ausblick A Zusätztliche Abbildungen B Literaturverzeichnis
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 31
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Sosnowiec : Wydział Nauk o Ziemi Uniwersytet Śląski | Warszawa : Instytut Geofizyki Polskiej Akademii Nauk | Sopot : Instytut Oceanologii Polskiej Akademii Nauk
    Signatur: AWI S6-22-94809
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 101, [3] Seiten , Illustrationen , 22x22 cm
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Table of Contents INTRODUCTION 1. The Centre for Polar Studies 2. The Centre in the context of Polish and international polar research 3. Development and achievements of the Centre for Polar Studies Underwater acoustic signatures od glacier calving Svalbard reveals a new island Freshwater in a salty fjord Between genetics and palaeontology: ancient DNA in palaeoceanographical research Influence of glacial disturbance and food availability on organisms size in Kongsfjorden and Hornsund fjords Message in a stainless steel bottle thrown into deep geological time 4. Technical facilities and infrastructure for polar research 5. Interdisciplinary Polar Studies Foundations of ISP Profiles of doctoral thesis 6. Exploration of Polar and Mountain Regions - a new speciality of MSc studies at the Faculty of Earth Sciences, University of Silesia 7. Science communication and dissemination 8. Towards the future
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 32
    Signatur: AWI G3-24-95670
    In: Hamburger bodenkundliche Arbeiten, Band 91
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 177 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 23 cm
    ISSN: 0724-6382
    Serie: Hamburger bodenkundliche Arbeiten Band 91
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhalt Vorwort Ein Blick zurück - für den Blick nach vorn / Günter Miehlich, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Böden im Klimasystem Energie- und Stoffflüsse zwischen Böden und der Atmosphäre in Feuchtgebieten verschiedener Klimazonen / Lars Kutzbach, David Holl, Norman Rößger, Norman Rüggen, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Kohlenstofffreisetzung aus Permafrostböden - eine Gefahr für unser Klima? / Christian Knoblauch, Sebastian Zubrzycki, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Kleinräumige Varianz von Stickstoff-Umsatz und Stickstoff-Limitierung in Permafrostböden / Claudia Fiencke, Tina Sanders, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Moorböden - die gefährdeten Kohlenstoffspeicher unserer Erde / David Holl, Lars Kutzbach, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Boden-Dauerbeobachtung als Werkzeug zur Bewertung des ökologischen Zustandes und von Klimafolgen / Claudia Fiencke, Peter Woloszczyk, Birgit Grabellus, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer HUSCO: Wie beeinflussen Stadtböden das lokale Klima? / Annette Eschenbach, Sarah Wiesner, Alexander Gröngröft, Felix Ament Klimaretter Wald? Wie Bäume die Kohlenstofffestlegung im Waldboden beeinflussen / Christina Steffens Böden und nachhaltige Landnutzung Die fragile Ressource Boden in der kleinbäuerlichen Landwirtschaft im Südlichen Afrika / Jona Luther-Mosebach, Marleen de Blecourt, Stephan Baumann, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Über die Bedeutung des Bodenwassershaushalts für eine nachhaltige Landnutzung im südlichen Afrika / Lars Landschreiber, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Einsatz von Biokohle im Reisanbau / Christian Knoblauch, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer; Stefan Häfele Ökosystemleistungen von Böden urbaner Überschwemmungsgebiete / Kira Kalinski, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Böden und Umweltforschung Erfassung flächenhafter Schadstoffbelastung in Auen / Katja Oing, Alexander Gröngröft, Timo Labitzky, Annette Eschenbach Bodenfunktionsbewertung / Alexander Gröngröft, Boris Hochfeld, Horst Wiechmann (+), Günter Miehlich Wie Bakterien im Boden helfen, die Freisetzung des Treibhausgases Methan aus Deponien zu vermindern / Julia Gebert, Ingke Rachor, Inga Röwer, Christoph Geck, Alexander Gröngröft, Jan-Streese-Kleeberg, Sonja Bohn, Stefan Melchior, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Biofilter und Biowäscher zur Minderung der Methanemission / Claudia Fiencke, Fang Liu, Cindy Wienke, Wilfried Gläseker, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Das HELP-Modell zur Simulation des Wasserhaushalts von Abdichtungssystemen für Deponien und Altlasten / Klaus Berger Nachhaltigkeitsforschung für Hamburg Bodenhydrologische und bodentechnologische Forschung zur Oberflächenabdichtung von Deponien und Altlasten - Forschungsansatz und Beitrag zur Entwicklung des Standes der Technik / Stefan Melchior, Günter Miehlich Bodenhydrologische und bodentechnologische Forschung zur Oberflächenabdichtung von Deponien und Altlasten - Messergebnisse zu den untersuchten Systemen / Stefan Melchior, Klaus Berger, Beate Vielhaber, Bernd Steinert, Katrin Tresselt, Alexander Gröngröft, Günter Miehlich Umweltprobleme schadstoffbelasteten Baggerguts / Alexander Gröngröft, Günter Miehlich Einsatz von Baggergut im Deichbau / Katja Oing, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Welches Sauerstoffzehrungspotential haben die Sedimente der Elbe im Hamburger Hafen? / Mathias Spieckermann, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Stadtböden, die Lebensgrundlage von Stadtbäumen / Selina Schaaf-Titel, Simon Thomsen, Alexander Gröngröft, Annette Eschenbach Ausbildung und Öffentlichkeitsarbeit Bodenkundliche Lehre an der Universität Hamburg / Lars Kutzbach, Annette Eschenbach, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Die Doktorandenausbildung im Institut für Bodenkunde / Annette Eschenbach, Lars Kutzbach, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Mein Student und ich - eine Bodenprobe berichtet aus dem Laboralltag / Birgit Grabellus, Deborah Harms, Sumita Rui, Monika Voß Feldlabor „Himmelmoor" / Lars Kutzbach, David Holl, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Öffentlichkeitsarbeit am Institut für Bodenkunde / Günter Miehlich, Eva-Maria Pfeiffer Absolventinnen und Absolventen - Was ist aus ihnen geworden? Dr. Jörg Freytag (Geschäftsführender Gesellschafter eines Labors) Dr. habil. Julia Gebert (Professur, TU Delft, Niederlande) Andreas Hadenfeldt (Landwirt) Dr. Maja Karrasch (Hamburg Port Authority) PD Dr. habil. Stefan Melchior (Gesellschafter eines Ingenieurbüros) Dr. Andreas Petersen (Universität Hamburg, Wissenschaftsmanagement) Dr. Ingke Rachor (Behörde für Umwelt und Energie Hamburg, Altlastensanierung) Dr. Tina Sanders (Postdoc, Helmholtz-Zentrum Geesthacht) Ronja Tigges (Ingenieurbüro) Dr. Beate Vielhaber (Stadtreinigung Berlin) Dr. Sarah Wiesner (Postdoc, Meteorologisches Institut der Universität Hamburg) Florian Zander (Doktorand, TU Delft/UHH) Mitarbeiter und Mitarbeiterinnen Mitarbeiterinnen und Mitarbeiter auf Planstellen
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 33
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Bremerhaven : Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz-Centre for Polar and Marine Research
    Signatur: AWI A4-19-92165
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 86 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Ausgabe: January 2018
    Serie: Im Fokus / Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Helmholtz-Zentrum für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: TABLE OF CONTENTS: EDITORIAL. - Tracking Changes: research at our planet’s hotspots. - FOCUS TOPIC. - Hotspot Arktic - when the ice disappears. - OCEANOGRAPHY. - E-mails from the Filchner Ice Shelf. - SEA-ICE FORECASTING. - Great minds don’t always think alike. - CLIMATE MODELLING. - Always the right scale. - HYDROACOUSTICS. - The Music of the Ocean. - OCEANOGRAPHY. - The Pulse of Heat in the North Atlantic. - OCEANOGRAPHY. - Where is the giant iceberg from the Larsen C Ice Shelf heading?. - ATMOSPHERIC RESEARCH. - Hitchhiking across the arctic. - CLIMATE MODELLING. - The benefits of model. - REMOTE SENSING. - Minding the gaps. - ATMOSPHERIC RESEARCH. - The Ozone Story. - SEA-ICE PHYSICS. - A bird’s eye view of the ice. - RESEARCH NETWORK INITIATIVE. - Understanding the climate change on your own doorstep. - INFOGRAPHIC. - Decoding the Earth ́s climate history. - SEA LEVEL RISE. - Melting ice flooded shores. - MASTHEAD.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 34
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : International Arctic Science Committee
    Signatur: AWI A4-19-92792
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 99 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: April 2018
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: TABLE OF CONTENTS SUMMARY 1. BACKGROUND AND OVERARCHING GOALS OF MOSAiC 2. MEASUREMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS 2.1 Atmosphere (team ATMOS) 2.2 Sea Ice and Snow Cover (team ICE) 2.3 Ocean (team OCEAN) 2.4 Bio-geochemical System (team BGC) 2.5 Ecosystem (team ECO) 2.6 Cross-team coordination 3. OBSERVATIONAL SCALES AND SCIENTIFIC-TECHNICAL IMPLEMENTATION 3.1 Installations, Labs, and Containers on Polarstern 3.2 Major Installations on/in/under the Central lee Camp 3.3 Deployment and Operation ofthe Distributed Network 3.4 Airborne Observations 3.5 Hovercraft Observations 3.6. Other Main Platforms 3.7 Intensive Observation Periods 3.8 Events 4. PRACTICAL/ LOGISTICAL ASPECTS 4.1 Detailed Time Line (2016-2022) 4.2 Drift Trajectory and Re-supply 4.3 Personnel and Personnel Exchange 4.4 Routine Operations during the Drift 4.5 Governance Structure 4.6 Rescue and Alternative Plans 4.7 Safety Aspects during the Drift 4.8 Impacts of Polarstern on Measurements and Environment 4.9 Outreach and Media Concept 4.10 Preparation and summary workshops, conferences 5. IMPLEMENTATION OF REMOTE SENSING 5.1 Pre-drift Coordination of the Remote Sensing Program 5.2 Acquisition of Satellite Data during the Drift 5.3 Coordination with In-situ Measurements 6. IMPLEMENTATION OF NUMERICAL MODELS 6.1 Operational Forecast and Reanalysis Products of the MOSAiC Drift 6.2 Data Assimilation Studies 6.3 Process and Regional Modeling of the Sub-systems 6.4 Coupled Climate Modeling 7. DATA POLICY AND MANAGEMENT PLAN 7.1 Outcome ofthe St. Petersburg Implementation Workshop 7.2 The MOSAiC Data Group: Development ofthe Data Management Plan 7.3 The Technical Concept for Supporting the Data Life Cycle in MOSAiC 7.4 The Role of PANGAEA as MOSAiC Data Repository 7.5 Project Data Management and Publication 8. LINKS TO EXTERNAL PROGRAMS AND PROJECTS 8.1 Cooperation with External Projects and Programs 8.2 Cooperation with Parallel Experiments 9. APPENDIX 9.1 Preliminary Tables of Parameters for Sections 2.1 to 2.5 9.2 Preliminary Table of Partners 9.3 List of Abbreviations
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 35
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Hoboken, NJ : Wiley Blackwell
    Signatur: AWI G3-20-93617
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: xiii, 454 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-405-10006-9
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Preface Acknowledgements 1 Introduction 1.1 The Periglacial Concept: Definitions and Scope 1.2 The Periglacial Realm 1.3 The Development of Periglacial Geomorphology 1.4 Periglacial Geomorphology: The Quaternary Context 1.5 The Aims and Organization of this Book 2 Periglacial Environments 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Periglacial Climates 2.3 Soils in Periglacial Environments 2.4 Vegetation Cover in Periglacial Environments 2.5 Synthesis 3 Ground Freezing and Thawing 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Ground Heating and Cooling 3.3 Soil Freezing 3.4 Ice Segregation in Freezing Soils 3.5 Thaw Consolidation 3.6 Synthesis 4 Permafrost 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Permafrost Thermal Regime 4.3 Classification of Permafrost 4.4 Detection, Mapping and Modelling of Permafrost 4.5 Permafrost Distribution 4.6 Permafrost-glacier Interactions 4.7 The Geomorphic Importance of Permafrost 5 Ground Ice and Cryostratigraphy 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Genetic Classification of Ground Ice 5.3 Description of Ground Ice 5.4 Ice Contacts 5.5 Cryostratigraphy 5.6 The Transition Zone 5.7 Massive Ground Ice 5.8 Yedoma 6 Thermal Contraction Cracking: Ice Wedges and Related Landforms 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Thermal Contraction Cracking and Polygon Evolution 6.3 Ice Veins and Ice Wedges 6.4 Ice-wedge Polygons 6.5 Sand Veins and Sand Wedges 6.6 Composite Veins and Composite Wedges 6.7 Sand-wedge Polygons 6.8 Frost Cracking of Seasonally Frozen Ground 6.9 Thaw Modification of Frost Wedges 6.10 Frost-Wedge Pseudomorphs and Frost Polygons in Areas of Past Permafrost 7 Pingos, Palsas and other Frost Mounds 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Characteristics of Pingos 7.3 Hydrostatic Pingos 7.4 Hydraulic Pingos 7.5 Pingo Problems and Problem Pingos 7.6 Segregation Ice Mounds: Palsas, Lithalsas and Related Landforms 7.7 Palsas 7.8 Peat Plateaus 7.9 Lithalsas 7.10 Permafrost Plateaus 7.11 Other Permafrost Mounds 7.12 Ephemeral Frost Mounds 7.13 Relict Permafrost Mounds 8 Thermokarst 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Thermokarst Lakes and Drained Lake Basins 8.3 Thermokarst Pits, Bogs and Fens 8.4 Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 8.5 Small-scale Thermokarst Features: Beaded Streams, Sinkholes and Thermokarst Gullies 8.6 Sediment Structures associated with Thermokarst 8.7 Relict Thermokarst Phenomena 9 Seasonally Frozen Ground Phenomena 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Upfreezing of Clasts 9.3 Frost Heave of Bedrock 9.4 Patterned Ground: The Embroidery on the Landscape 9.5 Patterned Ground Processes 9.6 Sorted Patterned Ground 9.7 Nonsorted Patterned Ground 9.8 Cryoturbations 9.9 Pedogenic Effects of Freezing and Thawing 9.10 Fragipans 9.11 Synthesis 10 Rock Weathering and Associated Landforms 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Physical Weathering Processes 10.3 Chemical Weathering Processes 10.4 Biotic Weathering Processes 10.5 Weathering Processes in Periglacial Environments 10.6Cold-climate Karst 10.7 Tors 10.8 Blockfields and Related Periglacial Regolith Covers 10.9 Brecciated Bedrocks 11 Periglacial Mass Movement and Hillslope Evolution 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Solifluction Processes 11.3 Solifluction Landforms 11.4 Pleistocene Solifluction Landforms and Slope Deposits 11.5 Active-layer Failures 11.6 Permafrost Creep 11.7 Nivation 11.8 Cryoplanation 11.9 Slope Form and Slope Evolution 12 Talus Slopes and Related Landforms 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Rockfall Talus 12.3 The Geomorphic Role of Snow Avalanches 12.4 Debris-flow Activity 12.5 Rock Glaciers 12.6 Pronival (Protalus) Ramparts 12.7 Synthesis 13 Fluvial Processes and Landforms 13.1 Introduction 13.2 Periglacial Hydrology 13.3 Slopewash 13.4 Slushflows 13.5 Sediment Transport in Periglacial Rivers 13.6 Bank and Channel Erosion 13.7 River Channels 13.8 Alluvial Landforms in Periglacial Environments 13.9 Valley Form 13.10 Pleistocene Periglacial Rivers 13.11 Synthesis 14 Wind Action 14.1 Introduction 14.2 Aeolian Processes 14.3 Wind Erosion in Present Periglacial Environments 14.4 Aeolian Deposits in Present Periglacial Environments 14.5 Quaternary Aeolian Deposits 14.6 Synthesis 15 Periglacial Coasts 15.1 Introduction 15.2 The Nature of Periglacial Coasts 15.3 The Role of Ice in Shoreline Evolution 15.4 Ice-rich Permafrost Coasts 15.5 Thermokarst Coasts 15.6 Barrier Coasts 15.7 Salt Marshes and Tidal Flats 15.8 Rock Coasts 15.9 Raised and Inherited Shorelines 15.10 Lake Shorelines 15.11 Synthesis 16 Past Periglacial Environments 16.1 Introduction 16.2 Palaeoenvironmental Reconstruction Based on Periglacial Features 16.3 Past Periglacial Environments of the British Isles 16.4 Pre-Late Devensian Periglacial Features in the British Isles 16.5 The Dimlington Stade in the British Isles 16.6 The Younger Dryas (Loch Lomond) Stade in the British Isles 16.7 Past Periglacial Environments of the British Isles: Commentary 16.8 Late Weichselian Periglacial Environments in Continental Europe 16.9 Late Wisconsinan Periglacial Environments in North America 16.10 Permafrost Extent in the Northern Hemisphere During the Last Glacial Stage 16.11 Concluding Comments 17 Climate Change and Periglacial Environments 17.1 Introduction 17.2 Permafrost Degradation 17.3 Geomorphological Implications of Climate Change in the Circumpolar North 17.4Geomorphological Implications of Climate Change in High Mountain Environments 17.5 Climate Change ,Permafrost Degradation and Greenhouse Gas Emissions 17.6 Conclusion Appendix: Text Abbreviations, Units and Symbols Employed in Equations References Index
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 36
    Signatur: AWI P1-14-0015 ; PIK N 454-14-0080
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents: - 1 Land, Leute und Bodenschätze. - 1.1 Die Arktis und ihre Grenzen: eine physisch-geographische Einführung. - 1.2 Geologische Entwicklung und tektonischer Bau der Antarktis. - 1.3 Geschichte der antarktischen Entdeckungen. - 1.4 Abriss der Geschichte der Entdeckung der Arktis. - 1.5 Die indigenen Völker im Norden: frühere und gegenwärtige Entwicklungen. - 1.6 Die mittelalterliche Besiedlung Westgrönlands durch die Wikinger - ein fehlgeschlagenes Experiment?. - 1.7 Permafrost - ein weit verbreitetes Klimaphänomen der Arktis und Subarktis. - 1.8 Die Geologie der Arktis, ihre Bodenschätze und ihr rechtlicher Status. - 2 Meeresströmung, Stürme und Eis. - 2.1 Struktur, Dynamik und Bedeutung des antarktischen Wasserringes. - 2.2 Wassermassenänderungen im Arktischen Ozean. - 2.3 Änderungen in der Nordatlantischen Tiefenwasserbildung und ihre Auswirkungen auf das Europäische Klima. - 2.4 Roaring Forties und Riesenwellen - Gefahren im Südpolarmeer. - 2.5 Polare Mesozyklonen: Die Hurrikane der Polargebiete. - 2.6 Die Wechselwirkung zwischen antarktischen Schelfeisgebieten und dem Ozean und der Beitrag zur ozeanischen Wassermassenbildung. - 2.7 Die Massenbilanzen des antarktischen und grönländischen Inlandeises und der Charakter ihrer Veränderungen. - 2.8 Veränderung der Dicke und Ausdehnung des Polarmeereises. - 3 Flora, Fauna und Ökosysteme. - 3.1 Flora und Vegetation des terrestrischen Bereichs. - 3.2 Ökophysiologie und Wachstum arktischer Pflanzen im Klimawandel. - 3.3 Das Meereis als Lebensraum. - 3.4 Einfluss von Fischerei und Klima auf die Bestände des antarktischen Krill. - 3.5 Klimabedingte ökologische Veränderungen in den Bodenfaunen polarer Schelfmeere. - 3.6 Die Fische des Nord- und Südpolarmeeres. - 3.7 Vogelwelt der Polarregionen und ihre Gefährdung. - 3.8 Robben und Robbenschlag in der Antarktis. - 3.9 Arktische Robben und Eisbären - Auswirkungen von Klimaerwärmung und Ressourcennutzung. - 3.10 Warnsignale Walfang. - 3.11 Marine Biodiversität in den Polarregionen nach der Volkszählung der Meere. - 4 Das Weltklima und die Polarregionen. - 4.1 Wechselwirkungen zwischen arktischem Meereis und der atmosphärischen Zirkulation. - 4.2 Niederschläge in den Polarregionen und ihre Erfassung. - 4.3 Atmosphärische Messungen an der AWIPEV Station Spitzbergen. - 4.4 Das Polarlicht. - 4.5 Erwärmung der Polarregionen in den letzten 50 Jahren: Ursachen und Folgen. - 4.6 Verhalltes Warnsignal: Die Erwärmung ds Nordpolargebietes während der ersten Hälfte des 20. Jahrhunderts. - 4.7 Die Rolle ozeanischer Wärmetransporte für das Klima der Arktis im letzten Jahrtausend. - 4.8 Polareiskerne - Archive globaler Klima- und Umweltveränderungen. - 4.9 Die polaren Meeressedimente als Archiv des Weltklimas. - 4.10 Der katabatische Wind über den polaren Eisschilden. - 4.11 Meeresspiegelanstieg - Eisschilde, Gletscher und thermische Ausdehnung: eine kurze Übersicht. - 4.12 Anmerkungen über Veränderungen in den Eisströmen der Eisschilde. - 4.13 Permafrostbeeinflusste Böden (Kryosole) im Klimawandel. - 4.14 Methanhydrate in arktischen Sedimenten - Einfluss auf Klima und Stabilität der Kontinentalränder. - 5 Forschung, Gefährdung und Schutz. - 5.1 Über die deutschen Forschungsaktivitäten in den Polarregionen. - 5.2 Rückgang des Ozons in der Stratosphäre der Polarregionen. - 5.3 Ausbreitung von Schadstoffen in die Polarregionen. - 5.4 Anreicherung und Effekte von organischen Schadstoffen in der polaren Umwelt. - 5.5 Tourismus und seine Auswirkungen. - 5.6 Globale Gefahren durch intensive Nutzung der Taiga-Wälder. - 5.7 Die Nutzung von Öl- und Gasvorkommen in einer nahezu eisfreien Arktis. - 5.8 Antarktis im Spannungsfeld zwischen Forschung, Tourismus und Umweltschutz. - 5.9 Meeresschutzgebiete in der Antarktis: Lassen sich Schutz- und Fischerei-Interessen verbinden?. - 5.10 Gebietsstreitigkeiten in der Arktis - Ist eine friedliche Beilegung mittels Abgrenzung erreichbar?. - 5.11 Umweltschutz in einer Arktis im Wandel. - 6 Sachregister.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Die Polarregionen üben trotz ihrer abgelegenen Lage einen erheblichen Einfluss auf das Weltklima aus. Dies hängt besonders mit den bedeutenden Kopplungsprozessen zwischen dem Eis (Eisschilde, Meereis, Schnee und Permafrost) und der atmosphärischen sowie ozeanischen Zirkulation zusammen. Das Abschmelzen aller polaren Eisschilde würde beispielsweise einen globalen Anstieg des Meeresspiegels um etwa 70 m bewirken. Aber auch schon geringe Schwankungen im polaren Eisvolumen führen zu merklichen Veränderungen des Meeresspiegels. Die Klima-Prognosen der letzen Jahre haben sich weitgehend bestätigt. Die heutigen Messungen zeigen sogar, dass sich das Klima eher schneller ändert als erwartet. Die beobachtete Erderwärmung während des 20. Jahrhunderts hat sich in diesem Jahrhundert fortgesetzt; zurzeit beträgt die mittlere globale Erwärmung über den Kontinenten bereit 0,9°C. Diese Entwicklung wird sich fortsetzen, wenn die Anreicherung der Atmosphäre mit Treibhausgasen (vor allem CO2) anhält. Besorgniserregend ist die Tatsache, dass die heute emittierten CO2-Mengen Jahrhunderte in der Atmosphäre verbleiben. Die Folgen des Klimawandels sind vielfältig. Der Meeresspiegelanstieg stieg von 1,7 mm/Jahr in den 1970/80er Jahren auf jetzt 3 mm/Jahr. Der 5. Sachstandsbericht des IPCC (2013) gibt für den Zeitraum 1993 - 2010 einen globalen mittleren Meeresspiegelanstieg von 3,2 mm/Jahr an. Viele Inselstaaten und tief gelegene Küstenländer, die am wenigsten zur Erderwärmung beitragen, werden am härtesten von den Folgen betroffen sein. Sie sind nicht in der Lage, sich mit Dämmen zu schützen. Die Erwärmung ist am stärksten in der nördlichen Polarregion. Die eisbedeckte Fläche hat sich dort fast halbiert. Auch der Westantarktische Eisschild schrumpft; dort gehen 180 km3 Eis jährlich verlären. Zahlreiche polare Arten, zum Beispiel der Eisbär, drohen ihre Lebensräume zu verlieren. Wir befinden uns bereits jetzt in einem Klimawandel, der bei ungenügendem Klimaschutz zu Temperaturen führen kann, die die Erde seit mindestens einer Million Jahre nicht mehr erlebt hat. Studien zeigen, dass der Mensch maßgeblich für den jetzigen Klimawandel verantwortlich ist. Mit diesen und anderen Themen befassen sich rund 100 Experten im vorliegenden Buch. Die Beiträge sind leicht verständlich geschrieben.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 375 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783980966863
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Standort: A 18 - Bitte bestellen
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: PIK Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 37
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Washington : National Academies Press
    Signatur: AWI P5-14-0057
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Once ice-bound, difficult to access, and largely ignored by the rest of the world, the Arctic is now front and center in the midst of many important questions facing the world today. Our daily weather, what we eat, and coastal flooding are all interconnected with the future of the Arctic. The year 2012 was an astounding year for Arctic change. The summer sea ice volume smashed previous records, losing approximately 75 percent of its value since 1980 and half of its areal coverage. Multiple records were also broken when 97 percent of Greenland's surface experienced melt conditions in 2012, the largest melt extent in the satellite era. Receding ice caps in Arctic Canada are now exposing land surfaces that have been continuously ice covered for more than 40,000 years. What happens in the Arctic has far-reaching implications around the world. Loss of snow and ice exacerbates climate change and is the largest contributor to expected global sea level rise during the next century. Ten percent of the world's fish catches comes from Arctic and sub-Arctic waters. The U.S. Geological Survey estimated that up to 13 percent of the world's remaining oil reserves are in the Arctic. The geologic history of the Arctic may hold vital clues about massive volcanic eruptions and the consequent release of massive amount of coal fly ash that is thought to have caused mass extinctions in the distant past. How will these changes affect the rest of Earth? What research should we invest in to best understand this previously hidden land, manage impacts of change on Arctic communities, and cooperate with researchers from other nations? The Arctic in the Anthropocene reviews research questions previously identified by Arctic researchers, and then highlights the new questions that have emerged in the wake of and expectation of further rapid Arctic change, as well as new capabilities to address them. This report is meant to guide future directions in U.S. Arctic research so that research is targeted on critical scientific and societal questions and conducted as effectively as possible. The Arctic in the Anthropocene identifies both a disciplinary and a cross-cutting research strategy for the next 10 to 20 years, and evaluates infrastructure needs and collaboration opportunities. The climate, biology, and society in the Arctic are changing in rapid, complex, and interactive ways. Understanding the Arctic system has never been more critical; thus, Arctic research has never been more important. This report will be a resource for institutions, funders, policy makers, and students. Written in an engaging style, The Arctic in the Anthropocene paints a picture of one of the last unknown places on this planet, and communicates the excitement and importance of the discoveries and challenges that lie ahead.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: xiii, 210 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: [Final report]
    ISBN: 9780309301831 , 0-309-30183-1
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: SUMMARY. - 1 INTRODUCTION. - Study Context and Charge to the Committee. - Study Approach and Methodology. - Report Organization. - 2 RATIONALE FOR CONTINUED ARCTIC RESEARCH. - 3 EMERGING QUESTIONS. - Evolving Arctic. - Will Arctic communities have greater or lesser influence on their futures?. - Will the land be wetter or drier, and what are the associated implications for surface water, energy balances, and ecosystems?. - How much of the variability of the Arctic system is linked to ocean circulation?. - What are the impacts of extreme events in the new ice-reduced system?. - How will primary productivity change with decreasing sea ice and snow cover?. - How will species distributions and associated ecosystem structure change with the evolving cryosphere?. - Hidden Arctic. - What surprises are hidden within and beneath the ice?. - What is being irretrievably lost as the Arctic changes?. - Why does winter matter?. - What can "break or brake" glaciers and ice sheets?. - How unusual is the current Arctic warmth?. - What is the role of the Arctic in abrupt change?. - What has been the Cenozoic evolution of the Arctic Ocean Basin?. - Connected Arctic. - How will rapid Arctic warming change the jet stream and affect weather patterns in lower latitudes?. - What is the potential for a trajectory of irreversible loss of Arctic land ice, and how will its impact vary regionally?. - How will climate change affect exchanges between the Arctic Ocean andsubpolar basins?. - How will Arctic change affect the long-range transport and persistence of biota?. - How will changing societal connections between the Arctic and the rest of the world affect Arctic communities?. - Managed Arctic. - How will decreasing populations in rural villages and increasing urbanization affect Arctic peoples and societies?. - Will local, regional, and international relations in the Arctic move toward cooperation or conflict?. - How can 21st-century development in the Arctic occur without compromising the environment or indigenous cultures while still benefiting global and Arctic inhabitants?. - How can we prepare forecasts and scenarios to meet emerging management needs?. - What benefits and risks are presented by geoengineering and other large-scale technological interventions to prevent or reduce climate change and associated impacts in the Arctic?. - Undetermined Arctic. - Priority Setting. - 4 MEETING THE CHALLENGES. - Enhancing Cooperation. - Interagency. - International. - Interdisciplinary. - Intersectoral. - Cooperation through Social Media. - Sustaining Long-Term Observations. - Rationale for Long-Term Observations. - Coordinating Long-Term Observation Efforts. - Managing and Sharing Information. - Preserving the Legacy of Research through Data Preservation and Dissemination. - Creating a Culture of Data Preservation and Sharing. - Infrastructure to Ensure Data Flows from Observation to Users, Stakeholders, and Archives. - Data Visualization and Analysis. - Maintaining and Building Operational Capacity. - Mobile Platforms. - Fixed Platforms and Systems. - Remote Sensing. - Sensors. - Power and Communication. - Models in Prediction, Projection, and Re-Analyses. - Partnerships with Industry. - Growing Human Capacity. - Community Engagement. - Investing in Research. - Comprehensive Systems and Synthesis Research. - Non-Steady-State Research. - Social Sciences and Human Capacity. - Stakeholder-Initiated Research. - International Funding Cooperation. - Long-Term Observations. - 5 BUILDING KNOWLEDGE AND SOLVING PROBLEMS. - REFERENCES. - APPENDIXES. - A Acronyms and Abbreviations. - B Speaker and Interviewee Acknowledgments. - C Summary of Questionnaire Responses. - D Biographical Sketches of Committee Members.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 38
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Signatur: AWI S2-14-0042 ; M 15.0198
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This revised and updated edition focuses on constrained ordination (RDA, CCA), variation partitioning and the use of permutation tests of statistical hypotheses about multivariate data. Both classification and modern regression methods (GLM, GAM, loess) are reviewes and species functional traits and spatial structures are analysed. Nine case studies of varying difficulty help to illustrate the suggestes analytical methods, using the latest version of Canoco 5. All studies utilise descriptive and manipulative approaches, and are supported by data sets and project files available from the book website: http://regent.prf.jcu.cz/maed2/. Written primarily for community ecologists needing to analyse data resulting from field observations and experiments, this book is a valuable resource for students and researchers dealing with both simple and complex ecological problems, such as the variation of biotic communities with environmental conditions or their response to experimental manipulation.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XII, 362 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Ausgabe: 2. ed.
    ISBN: 9781107694408 , 1-107-69440-X
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Preface. - 1 Introduction and datatypes. - 1.1 Why ordination?. - 1.2 Datatypes. - 1.3 Data transformation and standardisation. - 1.4 Missing values. - 1.5 Types of analyses. - 2 Using Canoco 5. - 2.1 Philosophy of Canoco 5. - 2.2 Data import and editing. - 2.3 Defining analyses. - 2.4 Visualising results. - 2.5 Beware, CANOCO 4.x users!. - 3 Experimental design. - 3.1 Completely randomised design. - 3.2 Randomised complete blocks. - 3.3 Latin square design. - 3.4 Pseudo replicates. - 3.5 Combining more than one factor. - 3.6 Following the development of objects in time: repeated observations. - 3.7 Experimental and observational data. - 4 Basics of gradient analysis. - 4.1 Techniques of gradient analysis. - 4.2 Models of response to gradients. - 4.3 Estimating species optima by weighted averaging. - 4.4 Calibration. - 4.5 Unconstrained ordination. - 4.6 Constrained ordination. - 4.7 Basic ordination techniques. - 4.8 Ordination axes as optimal predictors. - 4.9 Ordination diagrams. - 4.10 Two approaches. - 4.11 Testing significance of the relation with explanatory variables. - 4.12 Monte Carlo permutation tests for the significance of regression. - 4.13 Relating two biotic communities. - 4.14 Community composition as a cause: using reverse analysis. - 5.1 Permutation tests: the philosophy. - 5.2 Pseudo-F statistics and significance. - 5.3 Testing individual constrained axes. - 5.4 Tests with spatial or temporal constraints. - 5.5 Tests with hierarchical constraints. - 5.6 Simple versus conditional effects and stepwises election. - 5.7 Variation partitioning. - 5.8 Significance adjustment for multiple tests. - 6 Similarity measures and distance-based methods. - 6.1 Similarity measures for presence-absence data. - 6.2 Similarity measures for quantitative data. - 6.3 Similarity of cases versus similarity of communities. - 6.4 Similarity between species in trait values. - 6.5 Principal coordinates analysis. - 6.6 Constrained principal coordinates analysis (db-RDA). - 6.7 Non-metric multidimensional scaling. - 6.8 Mantel test. - 7.1 Example data set properties. - 7.2 Non-hierarchical classification (K-means clustering). - 7.3 Hierarchical classification. - 7.4 TWINSPAN. - 8 Regression methods. - 8.1 Regression models in general. - 8.2 General linear model: terms. - 8.3 Generalized linear models (GLM). - 8.4 Loess smoother. - 8.5 Generalized additive models (GAM). - 8.6 Mixed-effect models (LMM, GLMM and GAMM). - 8.7 Classification and regression trees (CART). - 8.8 Modelling species response curves with Canoco. - 9 Interpreting community composition with functional traits. - 9.1 Required data. - 9.2 Two approaches in traits - environment studies. - 9.3 Community-based approach. - 9.4 Species-based approach. - 10 Advanced use of ordination. - 10.1 Principal response curves (PRC). - 10.2 Separating spatial variation. - 10.3 Linear discriminant analysis. - 10.4 Hierarchical analysis of community variation. - 10.5 Partitioning diversity indices into alpha and beta components. - 10.6 Predicting community composition. - 11 Visualising multivariate data. - 11.1 Reading ordination diagrams of linear methods. - 11.2 Reading ordination diagrams of unimodal methods. - 11.3 Attribute plots. - 11.4 Visualising classification, groups, and sequences. - 11.5 T-value biplot. - 12 Case study 1: Variation in forest bird assemblages. - 12.1 Unconstrained ordination: portraying variation in bird community. - 12.2 Simple constrained ordination: the effect of altitude on bird community. - 12.3 Partial constrained ordination: additional effect of other habitat characteristics. - 12.4 Separating and testing alpha and beta diversity. - 13 Case study 2: Search for community composition patterns and their environmental correlates: vegetation of spring meadows. - 13.1 Unconstrained ordination. - 13.2 Constrained ordination. - 13.3 Classification. - 13.4 Suggestions for additional analyses. - 13.5 Comparing two communities. - 14 Case study 3: Separating the effects of explanatory variables. - 14.1 Introduction. - 14.2 Data. - 14.3 Changes in species richness and composition. - 14.4 Changes in species traits. - 15 Case study 4: Evaluation of experiments in randomised complete blocks. - 15.1 Introduction. - 15.2 Data. - 15.3 Analysis. - 15.4 Calculating ANOVA using constrained ordination. - 16 Case study 5: Analysis of repeated observations of species composition from a factorial experiment. - 16.1 Introduction. - 16.2 Experimental design. - 16.3 Data coding and use. - 16.4 Univariate analyses. - 16.5 Constrained ordinations. - 16.6 Principal response curves. - 16.7 Temporal changes across treatments. - 16.8 Changes in composition of functional traits. - 17 Case study 6: Hierarchical analysis of crayfish community variation. - 17.1 Data and design. - 17.2 Differences among sampling locations. - 17.3 Hierarchical decomposition of community variation. - 18 Case study 7: Analysis of taxonomic data with discriminant analysis and distance-based ordination. - 18.1 Data. - 18.2 Summarising morphological data with PCA. - 18.3 Linear discriminant analysis of morphological data. - 18.4 Principal coordinates analysis of AFLP data. - 18.5 Testing taxon differences in AFLP data using db-RDA. - 18.6 Taking populations into account. - 19 Case study 8: Separating effects of space and environment on oribatid community with PCNM. - 19.1 Ignoring the space. - 19.2 Detecting spatial trends. - 19.3 All-scale spatial variation of community and environment. - 19.4 Variation partitioning with spatial predictors. - 19.5 Visualising spatial variation. - 20 Case study 9: Performing linear regression with redundancy analysis. - 20.1 Data. - 20.2 Linear regression using program R. - 20.3 Linear regression with redundancy analysis. - 20.4 Fitting generalized linear models in Canoco. - Appendix A Glossary. - Appendix B Sample data sets and projects. - Appendix C Access to Canoco and overview of other software. - Appendix D Working with R. - References. - Index to useful tasks in Canoco 5. - Subject index.
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 39
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Chichester : Wiley Blackwell
    Signatur: AWI A6-15-0020
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book gives a coherent development of the current understanding of the fluid dynamics of the middle latitude atmosphere. lt is primarily aimed at post-graduate and advanced undergraduate level students and does not assume any previous knowledge of fluid mechanics, meteorology or atmospheric science. The book will be an invaluable resource for any quantitative atmospheric scientist who wishes to increase their understanding of the subject. The importance of the rotation of the Earth and the stable stratification of its atmosphere, with their implications for the balance of larger-scale flows, is highlighted throughout. Clearly structured throughout, the first of three themes deals with the development of the basic equations for an atmosphere on a rotating, spherical planet and discusses scale analyses of these equations. The second theme explores the importance of rotation and introduces vorticity and potential vorticity, as well as turbulence. In the third theme, the concepts developed in the first two themes are used to give an understanding of balanced motion in real atmospheric phenomena. lt starts with quasi-geostrophic theory and moves on to linear and nonlinear theories for mid-latitude weather systems and their fronts. The potential vorticity perspective on weather systems is highlighted with a discussion of the Rossby wave propagation and potential vorticity mixing covered in the final chapter.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XVIII, 408 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780470795194
    Serie: Advancing weather and climate science
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Series foreword. - Preface. - Select bibliography. - The authors. - 1 Observed flow in the Earth's midlalitudes. - 1.1 Vertical structure. - 1.2 Horizontal structure. - 1.3 Transient activity. - 1.4 Scales of motion. - 1.5 The Norwegian frontal model of cyclones. - Theme 1 Fluid dynamics of the midlatitude atmosphere. - 2 Fluid dynamics in an inertial frame of reference. - 2.1 Definition of fluid. - 2.2 Flow variables and the continuum hypothesis. - 2.3 Kinematics: characterizing fluid flow. - 2.4 Governing physical principles. - 2.5 Lagrangian and Eulerian perspectives. - 2.6 Mass conservation equation. - 2.7 First Law of Thermodynamics. - 2.8 Newton's Second Law of Motion. - 2.9 Bernoulli's Theorem. - 2.10 Heating and water vapour. - 3 Rotating frames of reference. - 3.1 Vectors in a rotating frame of reference. - 3.2 Velocity and Acceleration. - 3.3 The momentum equation in a rotating frame. - 3.4 The centrifugal pseudo-force. - 3.5 The Coriolis pseudo-force. - 3.6 The Taylor-Proudman theorem. - 4 The spherical Earth. - 4.1 Spherical polar coordinates. - 4.2 Scalar equations. - 4.3 The momentum equations. - 4.4 Energy and angular momentum.- 4.5 The shallow atmosphere approximation. - 4.6 The beta effect and the spherical Earth. - 5 Scale analysis and its applications. - 5.1 Principles of scaling methods. - 5.2 The use of a reference atmosphere. - 5.3 The horizontal momentum equations. - 5.4 Natural coordinates, geostrophic and gradient wind balance. - 5.5 Vertical motion. - 5.6 The vertical momentum equation. - 5.7 The mass continuity equation. - 5.8 The thermodynamic energy equation. - 5.9 Scalings for Rossby numbers that are not small. - 6 Alternative vertical coordinates. - 6.1 A general vertical coordinate. - 6.2 Isobaric coordinates. - 6.3 Other pressure-based vertical coordinates. - 6.4 Isentropic coordinates. - 7 Variations of density and the basic equations. - 7.1 Boussinesq approximation. - 7.2 Anelastic approximation. - 7.3 Stratification and gravity waves. - 7.4 Balance, gravity waves and Richardson number. - 7.5 Summary of the basic equation sets. - 7.6 The energy of atmospheric motions. - Theme 2 Rotation in the atmosphere. - 8 Rotation in the atmosphere. - 8.1 The concept of vorticity. - 8.2 The vorticity equation. - 8.3 The vorticity equation for approximate sets of equations. - 8.4 The solenoidal term. - 8.5 The expansion/contraction term. - 8.6 The stretching and tilting terms. - 8.7 Friction and vorticity. - 8.8 The vorticity equation in alternative vertical coordinates. - 8.9 Circulation. - 9 Vorticity and the barotropic vorticity equation. - 9.1 The barotropic vorticity equation. - 9.2 Poisson's equation and vortex interactions. - 9.3 Flow over a shallow hill. - 9.4 Ekman pumping. - 9.5 Rossby waves and the beta plane. - 9.6 Rossby group velocity. - 9.7 Rossby ray tracing. - 9.8 Inflexion point instability. - 10 Potential vorticity. - 10.1 Potential vorticity. - 10.2 Alternative derivations of Ertel's theorem. - 10.3 The principle of invertibility. - 10.4 Shallow water equation potential vorticity. - 11 Turbulence and atmospheric flow. - 11.1 The Reynolds number . - 11.2 Three-dimensional flow at large Reynolds number. - 11.3 Two-dimensional flow at large Reynolds number. - 11.4 Vertical mixing in a stratified fluid. - 11.5 Reynolds stresses. - Theme 3 Balance in atmospheric flow. - 12 Quasi-geostrophic flows. - 12.1 Wind and temperature in balanced flows. - 12.2 The quasi-geostrophic approximation. - 12.3 Quasi-geostrophic potential vorticity. - 12.4 Ertel and quasi-geostrophic potential vorticities. - 13 The omega equation. - 13.1 Vorticity and thermal advection form. - 13.2 Sutcliffe Form. - 13.3 Q-vector form. - 13.4 Ageostrophic flow and the maintenance of balance. - 13.5 Balance and initialization. - 14 Linear theories of baroclinic instability. - 14.1 Qualitative discussion. - 14.2 Stability analysis of a zonal flow. - 14.3 Rossby wave interpretation of the stability conditions. - 14.4 The Eady model. - 14.5 The Charney and other quasi-geostrophic models. - 14.6 More realistic basic states. - 14.7 Initial value problem. - 15 Frontogenesis. - 15.1 Frontal scales. - 15.2 Ageostrophic circulation. - 15.3 Description of frontal collapse. - 15.4 The semi-geostrophic Eady model. - 15.5 The confluence model. - 15.6 Upper-level frontogenesis. - 16 The nonlinear development of baroclinic waves. - 16.1 The nonlinear domain. - 16.2 Semi-geostrophic baroclinic waves. - 16.3 Nonlinear baroclinic waves on realistic jetson the sphere. - 16.4 Eddy transports and zonal mean flow changes. - 16.5 Energetics of baroclinic waves. - 17 The potential vorticity perspective. - 17.1 Setting the scene. - 17.2 Potential vorticity and vertical velocity. - 17.3 Life cycles of some baroclinic waves. - 17.4 Alternative perspectives. - 17.5 Midlatitude blocking. - 17.6 Frictional and heating effects. - 18 Rossby wave propagation and potential vorticity mixing. - 18.1 Rossby wave propagation. - 18.2 Propagation of Rossby waves into the stratosphere. - 18.3 Propagation through a slowly varying medium. - 18.4 The Eliassen-Palm flux and group velocity. - 18.5 Baroclinic life cycles and Rossby waves. - 18.6 Variations of amplitude. - 18.7 Rossby waves and potential vorticity steps. - 18.8 Potential vorticity steps and the Rhines scale. - Appendices. - Appendix A: Notation. - Appendix B: Revision of vectors and vector calculus. - B.1 Vectors and their algebra. - B.2 Products of vectors. - B.3 Scalar fields and the grad operator. - B.4 The divergence and curl operators. - B.5 Gauss' and Stokes' theorems. - B.6 Some useful vector identities. - Index.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 40
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    New York, NY : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Signatur: AWI A11-15-89031
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Thermodynamics, Kinetics and Microphysics of Clouds presents a unified theoretical foundation that provides the basis for incorporating cloud microphysical processes in cloud and climate models. In particular, the book provides: • a theoretical basis for understanding the processes of cloud particle formation, evolution and precipitation, with emphasis on spectral cloud microphysics based on numerical and analytical solutions of the kinetic equations for the drop and crystal size spectra along with the supersaturation equation; • the latest detailed theories and parameterizations of drop and crystal nucleation suitable for cloud and climate models derived from the general principles of thermodynamics and kinetics; • a platform for advanced parameterization of clouds in weather prediction and climate models; • the scientific foundation for weather and climate modification by cloud seeding. This book will be invaluable for researchers and advanced students engaged in cloud and aerosol physics, and air pollution and climate research.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XVIII, 782 S. : graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-1-107-01603-3
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Preface. - 1. Introduction. - 1.1. Relations among Thermodynamics, Kinetics, and Cloud Microphysics. - 1.2. The Correspondence Principle. - 1.3. Structure of the Book. - 2. Clouds and Their Properties. - 2.1. Cloud Classification. - 2.2. Cloud Regimes and Global Cloud Distribution. - 2.2.1. Large-Scale Condensation in Fronts and Cyclones. - 2.2.2. Sc-St Clouds and Types of Cloud-Topped Boundary Layer. - 2.2.3. Convective Cloudiness in the Intertropical Convergence Zone. - 2.2.4. Orographic Cloudiness. - 2.3. Cloud Microphysical Properties. - 2.4. Size Spectra and Moments. - 2.4.1. Inverse Power Laws. - 2.4.2. Lognormal Distributions. - 2.4.3. Algebraic Distributions. - 2.4.4. Gamma Distributions. - 2.5. Cloud Optical Properties. - Appendix A.2. Evaluation of the Integrals with Lognormal Distribution. - 3. Thermodynamic Relations. - 3.1. Thermodynamic Potentials. - 3.2. Statistical Energy Distributions. - 3.2.1. The Gibbs Distribution. - 3.2.2. The Maxwell Distribution. - 3.2.3. The Boltzmann Distribution. - 3.2.4. Bose–Einstein Statistics. - 3.2.5. Fermi–Dirac Statistics. - 3.3. Phase Rules. - 3.3.1. Bulk Phases. - 3.3.2. Systems with Curved Interfaces. - 3.4. Free Energy and Equations of State. - 3.4.1. An Ideal Gas. - 3.4.2. Free Energy and the van der Waals Equation of State for a Non-Ideal Gas. - 3.5. Thermodynamics of Solutions. - 3.6. General Phase Equilibrium Equation for Solutions. - 3.6.1. General Equilibrium Equation. - 3.6.2. The Gibbs–Duhem Relation. - 3.7. The Clausius–Clapeyron Equation. - 3.7.1. Equilibrium between Liquid and Ice Bulk Phases. - 3.7.2. Equilibrium of a Pure Water Drop with Saturated Vapor. - 3.7.3. Equilibrium of an Ice Crystal with Saturated Vapor. - 3.7.4. Humidity Variables. - 3.8. Phase Equilibrium for a Curved Interface - The Kelvin Equation. - 3.9. Solution Effects and the Köhler Equation. - 3.10. Thermodynamic Properties of Gas Mixtures and Solutions. - 3.10.1. Partial Gas Pressures in a Mixture of Gases. - 3.10.2. Equilibrium of Two Bulk Phases around a Phase Transition Point. - 3.10.3. Raoult’s Law for Solutions. - 3.10.4. Freezing Point Depression and Boiling Point Elevation. - 3.10.5. Relation of Water Activity and Freezing Point Depression. - 3.11. A diabatic Processes. - 3.11.1. Dry Adiabatic Processes. - 3.11.2. Wet Adiabatic Processes. - Appendix A.3. Calculation of Integrals with the Maxwell Distribution. - 4. Properties of Water and Aqueous Solutions. - 4.1. Properties of Water at Low Temperatures and High Pressures. - 4.1.1. Forms of Water at Low Temperatures. - 4.1.2. Forms of Water at High Pressures. - 4.2. Theories of Water. - 4.3. Temperature Ranges in Clouds and Equivalence of Pressure and Solution Effects. - 4.4. Parameterizations of Water and Ice Thermodynamic Properties. - 4.4.1. Saturated Vapor Pressures. - 4.4.2. Heat Capacity of Water and Ice. - 4.4.3. Latent Heats of Phase Transitions. - 4.4.4. Surface Tension between Water and Air or Vapor. - 4.4.5. Surface Tension between Ice and Water or Solutions. - 4.4.6. Surface Tension between Ice and Air or Vapor. - 4.4.7 Density of Water. - 4.4.8. Density of Ice. - 4.5. Heat Capacity and Einstein-Debye Thermodynamic Equations of State for Ice. - 4.6. Equations of State for Ice in Terms of Gibbs Free Energy. - 4.7. Generalized Equations of State for Fluid Water. - 4.7.1. Equations of the van der Waals Type and in Terms of Helmholtz Free Energy. - 4.7.2. Equations of State Based on the Concept of the Second Critical Point. - Appendix A.4. Relations among Various Pressure Units. - 5. Diffusion and Coagulation Growth of Drops and Crystals. - 5.1. Diffusional Growth of Individual Drops. - 5.1.1. Diffusional Growth Regime. - 5.1.2. The Kinetic Regime and Kinetic Corrections to the Growth Rate. - 5.1.3. Psychrometric Correction Due to Latent Heat Release. - 5.1.4. Radius Growth Rate. - 5.1.5. Ventilation Corrections. - 5.2. Diffusional Growth of Crystals. - 5.2.1. Mass Growth Rates. - 5.2.2. Axial Growth Rates. - 5.2.3. Ventilation Corrections. - 5.3. Equations for Water and Ice Supersaturations. - 5.3.1. General Form of Equations for Fractional Water Supersaturation. - 5.3.2. Supersaturation Relaxation Times and Their Limits. - 5.3.3. E quation for Water Supersaturation in Terms of Relaxation Times. - 5.3.4. Equivalence of Various Forms of Supersaturation Equations. - 5.3.5. Equation for Fractional Ice Supersaturation. - 5.3.6. Equilibrium Supersaturations over Water and Ice. - Liquid Clouds. - Ice Clouds. - Mixed Phase Clouds. - 5.3.7. A diabatic Lapse Rates with Non zero Supersaturations. - 5.4. The Wegener–Bergeron–Findeisen Process and Cloud Crystallization. - 5.5. Kinetic Equations of Condensation and Deposition in the Adiabatic Process. - 5.5.1. Derivation of the Kinetic Equations. - 5.5.2. Some Properties of Regular Condensation. - 5.5.3. Analytical Solution of the Kinetic Equations of Regular Condensation. - 5.5.4. Equation for the Integral Supersaturation. - 5.6. Kinetic Equations of Coagulation. - 5.6.1. Various Forms of the Coagulation Equation. - 5.6.2. Collection Kernels for Various Coagulation Processes. - Brownian Coagulation. - Gravitational Coagulation. - 5.7. Thermodynamic and Kinetic Equations for Multidimensional Models. - 5.8. Fast Algorithms for Microphysics Modules in Multidimensional Models. - 6. Wet Aerosol Processes. - 6.1. Introduction. - 6.1.1. Empirical Parameterizations of Hygroscopic Growth. - 6.1.2. Empirical Parameterizations of Droplet Activation. - 6.2. Equilibrium Radii. - 6.2.1. Equilibrium Radii at Subsaturation. - 6.2.2. Equilibrium Radii of Interstitial Aerosol in a Cloud. - 6.3. Critical Radius and Supersaturation. - 6.4. Aerosol Size Spectra. - 6.4.1. Lognormal and Inverse Power Law Size Spectra. - 6.4.2. Approximation of the Lognormal Size Spectra by the Inverse Power Law. - 6.4.3. Examples of the Lognormal Size Spectra, Inverse Power Law, and Power Indices. - 6.4.4. Algebraic Approximation of the Lognormal Distribution. - 6.5. Transformation of the Size Spectra of Wet Aerosol at Varying Humidity. - 6.5.1. Arbitrary Initial Spectrum of Dry Aerosol. - 6.5.2. Lognormal Initial Spectrum of Dry Aerosol. - 6.5.3. Inverse Power Law Spectrum. - 6.5.4. Algebraic Size Spectra. - 6.6. CCN Differential Supersaturation Activity Spectrum. - 6.6.1. A rbitrary Dry Aerosol Size Spectrum. - 6.6.2. Lognormal Activity Spectrum. - 6.6.3. Algebraic Activity Spectrum. - 6.7. Droplet Concentration and the Modified Power Law for Drops Activation. - 6.7.1. Lognormal and Algebraic CCN Spectra. - 6.7.2. Modified Power Law for the Drop Concentration. - 6.7.3. Supersaturation Dependence of Power Law Parameters. - Appendix A.6. Solutions of Cubic Equations for Equilibrium and Critical Radii. - 7. Activation of Cloud Condensation Nuclei into Cloud Drops. - 7.1. Introduction. - 7.2. Integral Supersaturation in Liquid Clouds with Drop Activation. - 7.3. Analytical Solutions to the Supersaturation Equation. - 7.4. Analytical Solutions for the Activation Time, Maximum Supersaturation, and Drop Concentration. - 7.5. Calculations of CCN Activation Kinetics. - 7.6. Four Analytical Limits of Solution. - 7.7. Limit #1: Small Vertical Velocity, Diffusional Growth Regime. - 7.7.1. Lower Bound. - 7.7.2. Upper Bound. - 7.7.3. Comparison with Twomey’s Power Law. - 7.8. Limit #2: Small Vertical Velocity, Kinetic Growth Regime. - 7.8.1. Lower Bound. - 7.8.2. Upper Bound. - 7.9. Limit #3: Large Vertical Velocity, Diffusional Growth Regime. - 7.9.1. Lower Bound. - 7.9.2. Upper Bound. - 7.10. Limit #4: Large Vertical Velocity, Kinetic Growth Regime. - 7.10.1. Lower Bound. - 7.10.2. Upper Bound. - 7.11. Interpolation Equations and Comparison with Exact Solutions. - Appendix A.7. Evaluation of the Integrals J2 and J3 for Four Limiting Cases. - 8. Homogeneous Nucleation. - 8.1. Metastable States and Nucleation of a New Phase. - 8.2. Nucleation Rates for Condensation and Deposition. - 8.2.1. Application of Boltzmann Statistics. - 8.2.2. The Fokker–Planck
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 41
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Amsterdam : Elsevier
    Signatur: AWI G2-18-91738
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XI, 716 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: third edition
    ISBN: 9780123877826
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Preface. - Acknowledgments. - 1. Data Acquisition and Recording. - 1.1 Introduction. - 1.2 Basic Sampling Requirements. - 1.3 Temperature. - 1.4 Salinity. - 1.5 Depth or Pressure. - 1.6 Sea-Level Measurement. - 1.7 Eulerian Currents. - 1.8 Lagrangian Current Measurements. - 1.9 Wind. - 1.10 Precipitation. - 1.11 Chemical Tracers. - 1.12 Transient Chemical Tracers. - 2. Data Processing and Presentation. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Calibration. - 2.3 Interpolation. - 2.4 Data Presentation. - 3. Statistical Methods and Error Handling. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 Sample Distributions. - 3.3 Probability. - 3.4 Moments and Expected Values. - 3.5 Common PDFs. - 3.6 Central Limit Theorem. - 3.7 Estimation. - 3.8 Confidence Intervals. - 3.9 Selecting the Sample Size. - 3.10 Confidence Intervals for Altimeter-Bias Estimates. - 3.11 Estimation Methods. - 3.12 Linear Estimation (Regression). - 3.13 Relationship between Regression and Correlation. - 3.14 Hypothesis Testing. - 3.15 Effective Degrees of Freedom. - 3.16 Editing and Despiking Techniques: The Nature of Errors. - 3.17 Interpolation: Filling the Data Gaps. - 3.18 Covariance and the Covariance Matrix. - 3.19 The Bootstrap and Jackknife Methods. - 4. The Spatial Analyses of Data Fields. - 4.1 Traditional Block and Bulk Averaging. - 4.2 Objective Analysis. - 4.3 Kriging. - 4.4 Empirical Orrhogonal Functions. - 4.5 Extended Empirical Orrhogonal Functions. - 4.6 Cyclostationary EOFs. - 4.7 Factor Analysis. - 4.8 Normal Mode Analysis. - 4.9 Self Organizing Maps. - 4.10 Kalman Filters. - 4.11 Mixed Layer Depth Estimation. - 4.12 Inverse Methods. - 5. Time Series Analysis Methods. - 5.1 Basic Concepts. - 5.2 Stochastic Processes and Stationarity. - 5.3 Correlation Functions. - 5.4 Spectral Analysis. - 5.5 Spectral Analysis (Parametric Methods). - 5.6 Cross-Spectral Analysis. - 5.7 Wavelet Analysis. - 5.8 Fourier Analysis. - 5.9 Harmonic Analysis. - 5.10 Regime Shift Detection. - 5.11 Vector Regression. - 5.12 Fractals. - 6. Digital Filters. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Basic Concepts. - 6.3 Ideal Filters. - 6.4 Design of Oceanographic Filters. - 6.5 Running-Mean Filters. - 6.6 Godin-Type Filters. - 6.7 Lanczos-window Cosine Filters. - 6.8 Butterworth Filters. - 6.9 Kaiser-Bessel Filters. - 6.10 Frequency-Domain (Transform) Filtering. - References. - Appendix A: Units in Physical Oceanography. - Appendix B: Glossary of Statistical Terminology. - Appendix C: Means, Variances and Moment,Generating Functions for Some Common Continuous Variables. - Appendix D: Statistical Tables. - Appendix E: Correlation Coefficients at the 5% and 1% Levels of Significance for Various Degrees of Freedom v. - Appendix F: Approximations and Nondimensional Numbers in Physical Oceanography. - Appendix G: Convolution. - Index.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 42
    Signatur: AWI A13-19-92242
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Die Dynamik der Atmosphäre der Erde umfasst einen Bereich von mikrophysikalischer Turbulenz über konvektive Prozesse und Wolkenbildung bis zu planetaren Wellenmustern. Für Wettervorhersage und zur Betrachtung des Klimas über Jahrzehnte und Jahrhunderte ist diese Gegenstand der Modellierung mit numerischen Verfahren. Mit voranschreitender Entwicklung der Rechentechnik sind Neuentwicklungen der dynamischen Kerne von Klimamodellen, die mit der feiner werdenden Auflösung auch entsprechende Prozesse auflösen können, notwendig. Der dynamische Kern eines Modells besteht in der Umsetzung (Diskretisierung) der grundlegenden dynamischen Gleichungen für die Entwicklung von Masse, Energie und Impuls, so dass sie mit Computern numerisch gelöst werden können. Die vorliegende Arbeit untersucht die Eignung eines unstetigen Galerkin-Verfahrens niedriger Ordnung für atmosphärische Anwendungen. Diese Eignung für Gleichungen mit Wirkungen von externen Kräften wie Erdanziehungskraft und Corioliskraft ist aus der Theorie nicht selbstverständlich. Es werden nötige Anpassungen beschrieben, die das Verfahren stabilisieren, ohne sogenannte „slope limiter” einzusetzen. Für das unmodifizierte Verfahren wird belegt, dass es nicht geeignet ist, atmosphärische Gleichgewichte stabil darzustellen. Das entwickelte stabilisierte Modell reproduziert eine Reihe von Standard-Testfällen der atmosphärischen Dynamik mit Euler- und Flachwassergleichungen in einem weiten Bereich von räumlichen und zeitlichen Skalen. Die Lösung der thermischen Windgleichung entlang der mit den Isobaren identischen charakteristischen Kurven liefert atmosphärische Gleichgewichtszustände mit durch vorgegebenem Grundstrom einstellbarer Neigung zu(barotropen und baroklinen)Instabilitäten, die für die Entwicklung von Zyklonen wesentlich sind. Im Gegensatz zu früheren Arbeiten sind diese Zustände direkt im z-System(Höhe in Metern)definiert und müssen nicht aus Druckkoordinaten übertragen werden.Mit diesen Zuständen, sowohl als Referenzzustand, von dem lediglich die Abweichungen numerisch betrachtet werden, und insbesondere auch als Startzustand, der einer kleinen Störung unterliegt, werden verschiedene Studien der Simulation von barotroper und barokliner Instabilität durchgeführt. Hervorzuheben ist dabei die durch die Formulierung von Grundströmen mit einstellbarer Baroklinität ermöglichte simulationsgestützte Studie des Grades der baroklinen Instabilität verschiedener Wellenlängen in Abhängigkeit von statischer Stabilität und vertikalem Windgradient als Entsprechung zu Stabilitätskarten aus theoretischen Betrachtungen in der Literatu
    Materialart: Dissertationen
    Seiten: v, 160 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Einleitung. - 2. Atmosphärische Gleichungssysteme. - 2.1. Zur Notation. - 2.2. Geometrie im β-Kanal. - 2.3. Gleichungen in Flussform. - 2.4. Euler-Gleichungen. - 2.4.1. Energiegleichung. - 2.4.2. Bewegungsgleichungen. - 2.4.3. Flussform des gesamten Gleichungssystems. - 2.4.4. Schallgeschwindigkeit. - 2.4.5. Druck und Energie. - 2.4.6. Energie als Erhaltungsvariable. - 2.5. Euler-Gleichungen mit Referenzfeld. - 2.6. Linearisierte Euler-Gleichungen. - 2.7. Flachwassergleichungen. - 2.8. Flachwasseräquivalente Dynamik mit Euler-Gleichungen. - 3. Unstetiges Galerkin-Verfahren. - 3.1. Räumliche Diskretisierung. - 3.1.1. Integralform und numerischer Fluss. - 3.1.2. Koeffizientendarstellung der Gleichungen. - 3.1.3. Koordinatentransformation mit Orographie. - 3.1.4. Quadratur. - 3.1.5. Basisfunktionen im Rechteckgitter. - 3.1.6. Diskretisierung von analytischen Anfangsbedingungen. - 3.2. Zeitliche Diskretisierung. - 3.2.1. Expliziter Zeitschritt. - 3.2.2. Semi-impliziter Zeitschritt. - 3.2.3. Skalierung von Einheiten. - 3.2.4. Zeitschrittbestimmung. - 3.3. Randbedingungen. - 3.3.1. Periodische Randbedingungen. - 3.3.2. Reflektive Randbedingungen. - 3.3.3. Spezifische Randbedingungen für Euler-Gleichungen. - 3.3.4. Absorptionsschicht. - 3.4. Diffusion. - 4. Atmosphärische Gleichgewichtszustände. - 4.1. Anforderungen an stationäre Zustände. - 4.1.1. Verschwindende Advektion von Masse und potentieller Temperatur. - 4.1.2. Stationäre Impulsgleichung. - 4.2. Wind ohne Corioliskraft. - 4.3. Geostrophischer Wind. - 4.4. Vorgegebener Grundstrom mit einstellbarer Baroklinität. - 4.4.1. Lösungsalgorithmus. - 4.4.2. Zulässige Windfelder und ihre Definition außerhalb des Modellgebietes. - 4.4.3. Spezialfall konstanten thermischen Windes. - 4.5. Barotroper Grundstrom als analytischer Spezialfall. - 4.6. Charakterisierung der Baroklinität. - 4.7. Geostrophischer Zustand für Flachwassergleichungen. - 5. Numerische Stabilität von Gleichgewichtszuständen und Erhaltungseigenschaften. - 5.1. Polynomiale Balancierung des DG-Verfahrens. - 5.1.1. Ausgangssituation („low0bal0“). - 5.1.2. Isotrope Reduktion des Polynomgrades der Quellterme („low1bal0“). - 5.1.3. Isotrope Polynomgradreduktion von Quelltermen sowie Projektion der Flussfunktion („low1bal1“). - 5.1.4. Volle Balancierung mit selektiver Polynomgradreduktion und Projektion der Flussfunktion („low2bal1“). - 5.2. Konvergenz. - 5.3. Langzeitstabilität und Erhaltungseigenschaften. - 6. Atmosphärische Testfälle. - 6.1. Aufsteigende warme Blase. - 6.2. Schwerewellen. - 6.3. Bergüberströmung. - 6.4. Barotrope Instabilität. - 7. Atmosphärische Instabilitäten in mittleren Breiten. - 7.1. Barotrope Instabilität mit Euler-Gleichungen in 2D und 3D. - 7.1.1. Wavelet-Spektrum. - 7.2. Barokline Instabilität in Abhängigkeit von statischer Stabilität und thermischem Wind. - 7.2.1. Einfluss der statischen Stabilität. - 7.2.2. Einfluss der vertikalen Diskretisierung. - 7.3. Entstehung zyklonaler Wirbel aus baroklin instabilem Grundstrom. - 7.3.1. Konfiguration. - 7.3.2. Entwicklung von Impulsdifferenz. - 7.3.3. Vorticity im Horizontalschnitt. - 7.3.4. Globale Charakterisierung . - 7.4. Langzeitentwicklung aus baroklinen Zuständen. - 7.4.1. Konfiguration. - 7.4.2. Entwicklung von Impulsdifferenz und Energie. - 7.4.3. Vorticity im Horizontalschnitt. - 7.4.4 Globale Charakterisierung. - 7.4.5. Wavelet-Spektrum. - 7.4.6. Zonales Mittel. - 8. Zusammenfassung und Ausblick. - A. Mathematische Aspekte. - A.1. Profilfunktionen. - A.2. Differenzen und Normen. - A.3. Wavelet-Analyse. - A.4. Darstellung aus der Diskretisierung. - A.5. Erhaltungseigenschaften mit Quadratur. - B. Details zu Euler-Gleichungen. - B.1. Vertikale Linearisierung der Euler-Gleichungen für Präkonditionierer des semi-impliziten Zeitschrittes. - B.1.1. Vertikales lineares Gleichungssystem. - B.1.2. Diskretisierung und Matrizen. - B.1.3. Implizites Gleichungssystem. - B.2. Zustände im hydrostatischen Gleichgewicht. - B.2.1. Isotherm. - B.2.2. Polytrop. - B.2.3. Isentrop. - B.2.4. Mehrfach polytrop. - B.2.5. Uniform geschichtet. - B.3. Barokliner Zustand imp-System. - C. Zusätzliche Simulationsdaten. - C.1. Stabilitätskarten zu baroklinen Langzeitsimulationen. - C.2. Wirbelentstehung nahe Oberrand. - C.3. Zusätzliche Horizontalschnitte des baroklinen Langzeitlaufes. - D. Implementierung: Programmpaket Polyflux. - E. Korrekturen zur Veröffentlichung. - Mathematische Definitionen. - Abkürzungen und Begriffe. - Literatur.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 43
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Dessau-Roßlau : Umweltbundesamt
    Signatur: AWI S6-21-94459
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 42 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: Stand: März 2014
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 44
    Signatur: AWI Bio-20-93993
    Materialart: Dissertationen
    Seiten: III, 127 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2014 , Table of contents I - Abstract II - Zusammenfassung Chapter 1 - Introduction 1.1. Introduction 1.1.1 Motivation 1.1.2 Organisation of thesis 1.1 Scientific background 1.2.1 Arctic and wetland bryophytes 1.2.2 Bryophyte remains as palaeo-environmental indicators 1.2.3 Regional setting 1.3 Objectives ofthe thesis 1.4 Overview of the manuscripts 1.5 Contribution of the authors Chapter 2 - Manuscript #1 Abstract 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Geographic setting 2.3 Materials and methods 2.3.1 Fieldwork 2.3.2 Radiocarbon dating 2.3.3 Geochemical, stable carbon isotope, and granulometric analyses 2.3.4 Analyses of moss remains and vascular plant macrofossils 2.3.5 Pollen analysis 2.3.6 Diatom analysis 2.3.7 Statistical analysis 2.4 Results 2.4.1 High-resolution spatial characteristics oft the investigated polygon and vegetation pattern 2.4.2 Geochronology and age-depth relationships 2.4.3 General properties of the sedimentary fill 2.4.4 Bioindicators 2.4.5 Characterization oftwo different types of polygon pond sediment 2.5. Discussion 2.5.1 Small-scale spatial structure of polygons 2.5.2 Age-depth relationships 2.5.3 Proxy value of the analysed parameters 2.5.4 The general polygon development 2.5.5 Polygon development as a function of external controls and internal adjustment mechanisms 2.6 Conclusions Chapter 3 - Manuscript #11 Abstract 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Material und methods 3.2.1 Regional setting 3.2.3 Field methods and environmental data collection 3.2.4 Data analysis 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Major characteristics of the investigated polygons 3.3.2 Vegetation cover and its relationships with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.3 Vegetation alpha-diversity and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.4 Vegetation composition and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the rim-pond transect (local-scale) 3.4.2 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the regional-scale forest-tundra transect 3.4.3 Indicator potential ofvascular plant and bryophyte remains from polygonal peats for the reconstruction of local hydrological and regional vegetation changes 3.4.4. Implications of the performed vegetation transect studies for future Arctic warming 3.5 Acknowledgements 2.4.4 Bioindicators 2.4.5 Characterization of two different types of polygon pond sediment 2.5. Discussion 2.5.1 Small-scale spatial structure of polygons 2.5.2 Age-depth relationships 2.5.3 Proxy value of the analysed parameters 2.5.4 The general polygon development 2.5.5 Polygon development as a function of external controls and internal adjustment mechanisms 2.6 Conclusions Chapter 3 - Manuscript #II Abstract 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Material und methods 3.2.1 Regional setting 3.2.3 Field methods and environmental data collection 3.2.4 Data analysis 3.3 Results 3.3.1 Major characteristics of the investigated polygons 3.3.2 Vegetation cover and its relationships with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.3 Vegetation alpha-diversity and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.3.4 Vegetation composition and its relationship with micro-relief and vegetation type 3.4 Discussion 3.4.1 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the rim-pond transect (local-scale) 3.4.2 Patterns of cover, alpha-diversity and compositional turnover of vascular plants and bryophytes along the regional-scale forest-tundra transect 3.4.3 Indicator potential of vascular plant and bryophyte remains from polygonal peats for the reconstruction of local hydrological and regional vegetation changes 3.4.4. Implications of the performed vegetation transect studies for future Arctic warming 3.5 Acknowledgements Chapter 4 - Manuscript #3 Abstract 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Material and methods 4.2.1 Sites 4.2.2 Sampling 4.2.3 Investigated moss species 4.2.4 Measurements 4.2.5 Statistical Tests 4.3 Results 4.4 Discussion Chapter 5 - Discussion 5.1 Bryophytes of polygonal landscapes in Siberia 5.1.1 Modern bryophytes in the Siberian Arctic 5.1.2 Biochemical and isotopic characteristics of mosses 5.1.3 Reliability and potential of fossil bryophyte remains as palaeoproxies 5.2 Dynamics of low-centred polygons during the late Holocene 5.3 Outlook Appendix I - Preliminary Report Motivation Material and methods Results and first interpretation Appendix II Additional tables and figures of manuscript #1 Appendix III Additional figures of manuscript #2 Appendix IV - Quantitative approach of Standard Moss Stem (SMS3) Bibliography Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 45
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Berlin : Nordeuropa-Inst. der Humboldt-Univ.
    Signatur: AWI P5-17-91081
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Iceland, Greenland and the Faroe Islands have in common their history as Danish dependencies within a historically and geographically coherent region. The complex aftermaths of Denmark's sovereignty over its North Atlantic territories and their ongoing nation building processes lie at the core of this book. Today, we are witnessing region building processes beyond bilateral links to Denmark. How do the countries position themselves, individually and collectively, vis-à-vis the European metropolitan centres, a larger transcontinental North Atlantic region, the "hot" Arctic, and global histories of colonialism and decolonisation? By examining the region from cultural, literary, historical, political, anthropological and linguistic perspectives, the articles in this book shed light on Nordic colonialism and its understanding as "exceptional", and challenge and modify established notions of postcolonialism. Iceland, Greenland and the Faroe Islands are shown to be both the (former) subjects as well as the producers of cultural hierarchisations in an entangled world.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 422 S.
    Ausgabe: 1. Aufl.
    ISBN: 9783932406355
    Serie: Berliner Beiträge zur Skandinavistik 20
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 46
    Signatur: AWI G5-10-0074 ; M 11.0047
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 1: High-resolution Paleoclimatology - R. Bradley What is high-resolution paleoclimatology? What are its major achievements? What opportunities and challenges does it now face? What should dendroclimatology's role be in this? Chapter 2: Dendroclimatology in high-resolution Paleoclimatology - M. K. Hughes, H. F. Diaz and Th. W. Swetnam An overview of the development of dendroclimatology and an introduction to the questions posed in this book. Scientific bases of dendroclimatology Chapter 3: How well understood are the processes that create tree-ring records? - G. Vaganov Starting at the most basic level of the environmental control of tree-ring formation, do we have the necessary biological and ecophysiological understanding of this to support inferences about climate variability from tree rings? What are the weak points of this understanding and how might they be strengthened? Chapter 4: The state of the art of quantitative methods in dendroclimatology - E. Cook How sound are the quantitative techniques commonly used in dendroclimatology, in chronology building, identification and reconstruction of climate variables and the checking of these reconstructions? Are they appropriate to the material being analyzed and to the climatological problems being addressed? How might they be improved? Chapter 5: Detecting low-frequency change using tree rings - K. Briffa What limits the ability of tree-ring records to faithfully record climate variability at low frequencies (multi-centennial to millennial)? How might those limitations be overcome, if at all? What are the advantages and limitations of older and more novel approaches? What are the implications of these limitations? Reconstruction of climate patterns and values relative to today's climate Chapter 6: Dendroclimatology at regional and continental scales - R. Villalba What have been the major contributions of dendroclimatology to climatology so far? In what regions and for which climate problems is exciting progress now being made? What next? Chapter 7: Dendroclimatology at hemispheric and global scales - M. K. Hughes and M. Mann What are the achievements of dendroclimatology as applied at hemispheric and global scales climate patterns, circulation indices and large-scale means? What are the limitations of this approach? How might they be overcome? How might dendroclimatology contribute to the study of central pressing problems such as "How big is climate sensitivity? How has the last century, and especially recent decades, compared with earlier centuries? How faithful a representation of variability in recent centuries does the 20th century instrumental record give? Particular attention will be given to: a) identifying the most robust findings; and b) the most serious limitations. Chapter 8: Dendroclimatology, dendrohydrology and water resources management - C. Woodhouse and D. Meko How may dendroclimatology contribute to the study of water resources? How may it be used to inform modern public and decision-maker expectations of climate variability? Chapter 9: Dendroclimatology and the ecosystem impacts of climate - Th. W. SwetnamHow has dendroclimatology contributed to disturbance ecology? What is the significance of the recent changes in tree-growth-climate relationships observed in some regions, not only for dendroclimatology, but also for the understanding of the impacts of climate variability and change on ecosystems? Chapter 10: Dendroclimatology and the understanding of the interactions between climate variability and ancient human societies - D. Stahle and J. DeanHow has dendroclimatology contributed to understanding of the relationships between climate variability and societies in ancient times? Chapter 11: Tree rings and climate- sharpening the focus - M. K. Hughes, H. F. Diaz and Th. W. Swetnam What has been learned, using tree rings, about natural climate variability and its environmental and social impacts? What are the most significant strengths and weaknesses of dendroclimatology and the needs of, and opportunities for, future work.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This volume presents an overview of the current state of dendroclimatology, its contributions over the last 30 years, and its future potential. The material included is useful not only to those who generate tree-ring records of past climate-dendroclimatologists, but also to users of their results - climatologists, hydrologists, ecologists and archeologists.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: xii, 365 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9781402040108
    Serie: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 11
    Klassifikation:
    Historische Geologie
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Part I Introductory Section. - 1 High-Resolution Paleoclimatology / Raymond S. Bradley. - 2 Dendroclimatology in High-Resolution Paleoclimatology / Malcolm K. Hughes. - Part II Scientific Bases of Dendroclimatology. - 3 How Well Understood Are the Processes that Create Dendroclimatic Records? A Mechanistic Model of the Climatic Control on Conifer Tree-Ring Growth Dynamics / Eugene A. Vaganov, Kevin J. Anchukaitis, and Michael N. Evans. - 4 Uncertainty, Emergence, and Statistics in Dendrochronology / Edward R. Cook and Neil Pederson. - 5 A Closer Look at Regional Curve Standardization of Tree-Ring Records: Justification of the Need, a Warning of Some Pitfalls, and Suggested Improvements in Its Application / Keith R. Briffa and Thomas M. Melvin. - 6 Stable Isotopes in Dendroclimatology: Moving Beyond ‘Potential’ / Mary Gagen, Danny McCarroll, Neil J. Loader, and Iain Robertson. - Part III Reconstruction of Climate Patterns and Values Relative to Today’s Climate. - 7 Dendroclimatology from Regional to Continental Scales: Understanding Regional Processes to Reconstruct Large-Scale Climatic Variations Across the Western Americas / Ricardo Villalba, Brian H. Luckman, Jose Boninsegna,Rosanne D. D’Arrigo, Antonio Lara, Jose Villanueva-Diaz, Mariano Masiokas, Jaime Argollo, Claudia Soliz, Carlos LeQuesne, David W. Stahle, Fidel Roig, Juan Carlos Aravena, Malcolm K. Hughes, Gregory Wiles, Gordon Jacoby, Peter Hartsough, Robert J.S. Wilson, Emma Watson, Edward R. Cook, Julian Cerano-Paredes, Matthew Therrell, Malcolm Cleaveland, Mariano S. Morales, Nicholas E. Graham, Jorge Moya, Jeanette Pacajes, Guillermina Massacchesi, Franco Biondi, Rocio Urrutia, and Guillermo Martinez Pastur. - Part IV Applications of Dendroclimatology. - 8 Application of Streamflow Reconstruction to Water Resources Management / David M. Meko and Connie A. Woodhouse. - 9 Climatic Inferences from Dendroecological Reconstructions / Thomas W. Swetnam and Peter M. Brown. - 10 North American Tree Rings, Climatic Extremes, and Social Disasters / David W. Stahle and Jeffrey S. Dean. - Part V Overview. - 11 Tree Rings and Climate: Sharpening the Focus / Malcolm K. Hughes, Henry F. Diaz, and Thomas W. Swetnam. - Index.
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin oben
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 47
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Signatur: AWI Bio-19-20533
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 48 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Content: Preface. - Polar ecosystems in a changing climate. - Ice edge blooms - Migrating oases in polar seas. - Antarctic: Krill has evolved adaptation strategies to its extreme environment. - Living at -20 degrees: why sea Ice algae don't freeze up. - ocean acidification and Iron deficiency affect Antarctic phytoplankton communities. - The oceans are acidifying: spIder crabs and Ice fIsh are feeling the repercussions of climate change. - melting glaciers - Changing coastal ecosystems in the West Antarctic. - In the service of science: elephant seals explore the Southern Ocean. - Ocean Acoustics - palaoa broadcasts live from the Southern Ocean. - When ice shelves disintegrate - diversity of life on the Antarctic seabed. - RV 'Polarstern' in Antarctica - observations in the ice. - deep-sea observatory in the Arctic: Climate change affects life on the ocean floor. - plankton rain in the vicinity of the Arctic HAUSGARTEN: What do sinking particles tell us?. - pelagic research in the Arctic faces new challenges. - fram observatory - live conference with the Arctic deep sea in preparation. - dom - the oceans' molecular memory. - siberian forests moving north - impact on the climate and biodiversity. - promoting young talent: High school pupils learn together with AWI scientists. - dream job- polar scientist - How a student achieved her goal over an icy path. - marIne biosciences in the scientific-societal context of the 21st. century. - Contact persons at the AWI. - Imprint. - geographic locatIons of the research reports of this brochure
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 48
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Signatur: AWI Bio-22-94882
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XXI, 506 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-0-521-75777-5 (pbk) , 978-0-521-76763-7 (hbk)
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents List of contributors Preface I Introductory Chapters 1 The Ecological Value of Biyophytes as Indicators of Climate Change / NANCY G. SLACK 2 Bryophyte Physiological Processes in a Changing Climate: an Overview / ZOLTÁN TUBA II Ecophysiology 3 Climatic Responses and Limits of Biyophytes: Comparisons and Contrasts with Vascular Plants / MICHAEL C. F. PROCTOR 4 Effects of Elevated Air C02 Concentration on Bryophytes: a Review / ZOLTÁN TUBA, EDIT ÖTVÖS, AND ILDIKÓ JÓCSÁK 5 Seasonal and Interannual Variability of Light and UV Acclimation in Mosses / NIINA M. LAPPALAINEN, ANNA HYYRYLÄINEN, AND SATU HUTTUNEN III Aquatic Bryophytes 6 Ecological and Physiological Effects of Changing Climate on Aquatic Bryophytes / JANICE M. GLIME 7 Aquatic Bryophytes under Ultraviolet Radiation / JAVIER MARTÍNEZ-ABAIGAR AND ENCARNACIÓN NÚÑEZ-OLIVERA IV Desert and Tropical Ecosystems 8 Responses of a Biological Crust Moss to Increased Monsoon Precipitation and Nitrogen Deposition in the Mojave Desert / LLOYD R. STARK, D. NICHOLAS MCLETCHIE, STANLEY D. SMITH, AND MELVIN J. OLIVER 9 Ecology of Bryophytes in Mojave Desert Biological Soil Crusts: Effects of Elevated CO2 on Sex Expression, Stress Tolerance, and Productivity in the Moss Syntrichia caninervis Mitt. / JOHN C. BRINDA, CATHERINE FERNANDO, AND LLOYD R. STARK 10 Responses of Epiphytic Bryophyte Communities to Simulated Climate Change in the Tropics / JORGE JÁCOME, S. ROBBERT GRADSTEIN, AND MICHAEL KESSLER V Alpine, Arctic, and Antarctic Ecosystems 11 Effects of Climate Change on Tundra Bryophytes / ANNIKA K. JÄGERBRAND, ROBERT G. BJÖRK, TERRY CALLAGHAN, AND RODNEY D. SEPPELT 12 Alpine Bryophytes as Indicators for Climate Change: a Case Study from the Austrian Alps / DANIELA HOHENWALLNER, HAROLD GUSTAV ZECHMEISTER, DIETMAR MOSER, HARALD PAULI, MICHAEL GOTTFRIED, KARL REITER, AND GEORG GRABHERR 13 Bryophytes and Lichens in a Changing Climate: An Antarctic Perspective / RODNEY D. SEPPELT VI Sphagnum and Peatlands 14 Living on the Edge: The Effects of Drought on Canada's Western Boreal Peatlands / MELANIE A. VILE, KIMBERLI D. SCOTT, ERIN BRAULT, R. KELMAN WlEDER, AND DALE H . VlTT 15 The Structure and Functional Features of Sphagnum Cover of the Northern West Siberian Mires in Connection with Forecasting Global Environmental and Climatic Changes / ALEKSEI V. NAUMOV AND NATALIA P. KOSYKH 16 The Southernmost Sphagnum-dominated Mires on the Plains of Europe: Formation, Secondary Succession, Degradation, and Protection / JÁNOS NAGY VII Changes in Bryophyte Distribution with Climate Change: Data and Models 17 The Role of Bryophyte Paleoecology in Quaternary Climate Reconstructions / GUSZTÁV JAKAB AND PÁL SÜMEGI 18 Signs of Climate Change in the Bryoflora of Hungary / TAMÁS PÓCS 19 Can the Effects of Climate Change on British Bryophytes be Distinguished from those Resulting from Other Environmental Changes? / JEFFREY W. BATES AND CHRISTOPHER D. PRESTON 20 Climate Change and Protected Areas: How well do British Rare Bryophytes Fare? / BARBARA J. ANDERSON AND RALF OHLEMÜLLER 21 Modeling the Distribution of Sematophyllum substrumulosum (Hampe) E. Britton as a Signal of Climatic Changes in Europe / CECÍLIA SÉRGIO, RUI FIGUEIRA, AND RUI MENEZES 22 Modeling Bryophyte Productivity Across Gradients of Water Availability Using Canopy Form-Function Relationships / STEVEN K. RICE, NATHALI NEAL, JESSE MANGO, AND KELLY BLACK VIII Conclusions 23 Bryophytes as Predictors of Climate Change / L. DENNIS GIGNAC 24 Conclusions and Future Research / NANCY G. SLACK AND LLOYD R. STARK Index
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 49
    Signatur: AWI G3-16-90173
    In: Hamburger bodenkundliche Arbeiten ; 65, Bd. 65
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: XVI, 157 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Serie: Hamburger bodenkundliche Arbeiten 65
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Zugl.: Hamburg, Univ., FB Geowiss., Diss., 2011 , INHALT: Inhalt. - Zusammenfassung. - Abstract. - Abkürzungen. - Abbildungen. - Tabellen. - 1 Einleitung und Zielsetzung. - 2 Grundlagen. - 2.1 Die Bedeutung des Stickstoffkreislaufs. - 2.2 Die Nitrifikation - Ein Schlüsselprozess im Stickstoffkreislauf. - 2.2.1 Verbreitung Ammoniak oxidierender Bakterien. - 2.2.2 Verbreitung Ammoniak oxidierender Archaeen. - 2.2.3 Physiologie Ammoniak oxidierender Mikroorganismen. - 2.2.4 Bedeutung Ammoniak oxidierender Mikroorganismen. - 2.3 Psychrophile and psychrotolerante Bakterien. - 2.4 Grundlagen der methodischen Ansätze. - 2.4.1 Bodenklassifikation nach der US Soil Taxonomy. - 2.4.2 Charakterisierung der Ammoniak oxidierenden Mikroorganismen (AOM). - 2.4.3 Nachweis von nitrifizierenden Mikroorganismen. - 2.4.4 Denaturierende Gradienten Gelelektrophorese (DGGE). - 2.4.5 Fluoreszenz-in-situ-Hybridisierung (FISH) und Immunofluoreszenz (IF). - 2.4.6 Reverse Transkriptase RCR. - 3. Beschreibung der Untersuchungsgebiete. - 3.1. Untersuchungsgebiet im kalten Klimat – die Insel Samoylov im Lena-Delta. - 3.2. Untersuchungsgebiet im gemäßigten Klimat – Hahnheide bei Hamburg. - 4 Material und Methoden. - 4.1 Probenahme und bodenkundliche Standortaufnahme. - 4.2 Herkunft der verwendeten Anreicherungskulturen. - 4.3 Bodenchemische und -physikalische Laboruntersuchungen. - 4.4 Quantifizierung von gelösten Stickstoffverbindungen in Böden. - 4.4.1 Ammoniumbestimmungen. - 4.4.2 Nitrit- und Nitratbestimmung. - 4.4.3 Bestimmung der gelösten organischen Stickstoffverbindungen (DON). - 4.5 Nährmedien. - 4.6 Nachweis von mikrobiellen N-Umsetzungen in Böden. - 4.6.1 Bestimmung der potentiellen Nitrifikation. - 4.6.2 Bestimmung der potentiellen Mineralisationsaktivitäten. - 4.6.3 Bestimmungen der Temperaturoptima der Nitrifikation. - 4.6.4 Quantifizierung von nitrifizierenden Mikroorganismen mittels MPN. - 4.7 Kulturführungen von Anreicherungen und Reinkulturen. - 4.7.1. Anreicherung von Ammoniak oxidierenden Mikroorganismen (AOM). - 4.7.2. Kulturführung von Reinkulturen. - 4.7.3 Reinheitstest der Anreicherungs- und Reinkulturen. - 4.8 Mikroskopische Verfahren. - 4.9. Molekularbiologische Methoden. - 4.9.1 DNA Extraktion. - 4.9.2 Polymerasenkettenreaktion (PCR). - 4.9.3 Denaturierende Gradienten Gelelektrophorese (DGGE). - 4.9.4 RNA Isolation und Reverse Transkriptase (RT) PCR Anwendungen. - 4.9.5 Klonierung. - 4.9.6 Sequenzanalysen und Stammbäume. - 4.10 Statistische Verfahren. - 5. Ergebnisse. - 5.1. Bodenkundliche Charakterisierung der untersuchten Permafrostböden. - 5.1.1 Böden der Flussterrasse. - 5.1.2 Böden der jüngeren Überflutungsebene. - 5.1.3 Beschreibung des untersuchten Permafrostaufschlusses am Kliff. - 5.2 Bodenkundliche Charakterisierung der Vergleichsböden im gemäßigten Klimat. - 5.3 Gelöste anorganische Stickstoffverbindungen (DIN). - 5.3.1 DIN in den kalten Klimaten. - 5.3.2 DIN-Gehalte in den Böden der gemäßigten Klimaten. - 5.4. Mineralisation. - 5.4.1 Bestimmung der Mineralisationsraten. - 5.4.2 Mineralisation im Mikrokosmos Ansatz. - 5.5 Potentielle Nitrifikation. - 5.5.1 Gesamte potentielle Nitrifikation in den Böden der kalten Klimaten. - 5.5.2 Archaeale potentielle Nitrifikation in den Böden der kalten Klimate. - 5.5.3 Temperaturabhängige potentielle Ammoniakoxidation. - 5.5.4 Potentielle Nitrifikationsaktivität im gemäßigten Klimat. - 5.6 Quantifizierungen von Nitrifikanten. - 5.7. Molekularbiologische Befunde. - 5.7.1. Diversität des bakteriellen und archaealen 16S-rRNA-Gens. - 5.7.2 Nachweis AOB und AOA mittels der Ammoniakmonooxygenase (AMO) 5.8 DGGE Analysen der Anreichungskulturen. - 5.8.1 Anreicherungen bei 4 °C. - 5.8.2 Anreicherungen bei 10 °C. - 5.8.3 Anreicherungen bei 28 °C. - 5.9 Taxonomie der untersuchten Ammoniak oxidierenden Mikroorganismen (AOM). - 5.9.1 Taxonomie der AOB. - 5.9.2 Taxonomie der AOA. - 5.10 Charakterisierungen der Anreicherungskulturen. - 5.10.1 Morphologische Eigenschaften der Anreicherungskulturen. - 5.10.2 Lichtmikroskopische Untersuchungen der Anreicherungskulturen. - 5.10.3 Temperaturanpassung als physiologische Eigenschaft der AOM. - 5.11 Zusammenfassender Überblick der Ergebnisse. - 6. Diskussion. - 6.1 Permafrostböden und die Prozesse des Stickstoffkreislaufes. - 6.1.1 Stickstoffumsätze aufgrund kleinräumige Variabilität der Böden Samoylovs. - 6.1.2 Verteilung der gelösten anorganischen Stickstoffverbindungen (DIN). - 6.1.3 N-Limitierung in den Permafrostböden. - 6.1.4 Die Prozesse im Küstenaufschluss am Samoylov-Kliff. - 6.2 Die mikrobielle Diversität in den Permafrostböden. - 6.2.1 Diversität in Permafrostböden. - 6.2.3 Unterscheidung AOB und AOA. - 6.2.4 Wer ist wann aktiv? Die Bewertung der RT PCR Ergebnisse. - 6.3 Temperaturanpassung. - 6.4 Möglicher Einfluss des Klimawandels auf die Stickstoffumsetzung. - 7. Schlussbetrachtung und Ausblick. - Literatur. - Veröffentlichungen. - Dank.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 50
    Signatur: AWI G3-18-91873
    In: Eiszeitalter und Gegenwart, Volume 60, Number 2-3
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: Seiten 211 - 390 , Illustrationen
    Serie: Eiszeitalter und Gegenwart 60.2011,2/3
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Table of Contents: Foreword / Margot Böse. - Depositional architecture and palaeogeographic significance of Middle Pleistocene glaciolacustrine ice marginal deposits in northwestern Germany: a synoptic overview / Jutta Winsemann, Christian Brandes, Ulrich Polom, Christian Weber. - Chronology of Weichselian main ice marginal positions in north-eastern Germany / Christopher Lüthgens, Margot Böse. - Deglaciation of a large piedmont lobe glacier in comparison with a small mountain glacier - new insight from surface exposure dating. Two studies from SE Germany / Anne U. Reuther, Markus Fiebig, Suan Ivy-Ochs, Peter W. Kubik, Jürgen M. Reitner, Hermann Herz, Klaus Heine. - Casting new light on the chronology of the loess/paleosol sequences in Lower Austria / Birgit Terharst, Christine Thiel, Robert Peticzka, Tobias Sprafke, Manfred Frechen, Florian A. Fladerer, Reinhard Roetzel, Christine Neugebauer-Maresch. - Editorial / Markus Fiebig. - Quaternary glaciation history of northern Switzerland / Frank Preusser, Hans Rudolf Graf, Oskar Keller, Edgar Krayss, Christian Schlüchter. - The Quaternary of the southwest German Alpine Foreland (Bodensee-Oberschwaben, Baden-Württemberg, Southwest Germany) / Dietrich Ellwanger, Ulrike Wielandt-Schuster, Matthias Franz, Theo Simon. - Quaternary Stratigraphy of Southern Bavaria / Gerhard Doppler, Ernst Kroemer, Konrad Rögner, Johannes Wallner, Hermann Jerz, Walter Grottenthaler. - An outline of the quaternary stratigraphy of Austria / Dirk van Husen, Jürgen M. Reitner. , Zusammenfassung in deutscher Sprache
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 51
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Dessau-Roßlau : Umweltbundesamt
    Signatur: AWI S6-22-94784
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 43 Seiten , Illustrationen (farbig)
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 52
    Signatur: AWI G3-17-91084-1
    In: Kvarter vo vsem ego mnogoobrazii, Tom 1
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 319 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-5-91918-123-1
    Sprache: Russisch , Englisch
    Anmerkung: TABLE OF CONTENTS: Predislovie. - Problems of absolute chronology and correlation of the Pleistocene glaciations in Gorny Altai / A. R. Agatova, R. K. Nepop. - Ecological and geomorphological consequences of mineral deposits development in conditions of the arid zone of Kazakhstan / K. M. Akpambetova. - Forming conditions of bottom sediments of Prokopievskoe Lake (Northern Karelia) according to the diatoms data / A. N. Alekseeva, O. P. Korsakova. - Lithostratigraphy of the quaternary deep sea sediments / T. N. Alekseeva, V. N. Sval'nov. - Climatic records from sediments of Elgygytgyn Lake (Polar Chukotka) / P. M. Anderson, A. V. Lozhkin. - First records of environmental change from lake sediments of the Kuril Archipelago / P. M. Anderson, A. V. Lozhkin, P. S. Minuyk, A. Yu. Pakhomov, T. B. Solomatkina, M. V. Cherepanova. - Late Pliocene / early Pliocene environments of the North-Eastern Siberian Arctic inferred from Lake El'gygytgyn pollen record / A. A. Andreev, M. Melles, V. Wennrich, J. Brigham-Grette. - The middle Neopleistocene of the Timan-Pechora-Vychegda Region / L. N. Andreicheva. - Kargian megainterstadial of the Prebaikalia: geochronology and paleogeography / Kh. A. Arslanov, N. E. Berdnikova, S. B. Chernov, G. A. Vorobioba, I. V. Enuschenko, D. V. Kobylkin, R. E. Maksimov, Yu. V. Ryzhov, A. A. Starikova. - The human and environment of Southeast Baltic on the boundary of the Pleistocene and the Holocene / Kh. A. Arslanov, O. A. Druzhinina, M. A. Kulkova, T. V. Sapelko, D. A. Subetto, I. N. Skhodnov. - Age of soil-pyroclastic sequences and chronology of volcanic activity on Matua Island (Central Kurils) during the Holocene / Kh. A. Arslanov, I. V. Melekestsev, N. G. Razjigaeva, A. V. Degterev, A. V. Rybin. - Summary of the Upper Pleistocene correlations in the Russian North / V. I. Astakhov. - Holocene climatic events in Amur River Basin and their correlation / V. B. Bazarova, L. M. Mokhova, T. A. Grebennikova. - About a western boundary of Dnieper glaciation on the southern east-european platform / M. Bargl. - On the causes of two most significant events of the Holocene / A. A. Barenbaum. - On the issue of the construction of the quaternary stratigraphy scale and frequency of the meteoric impacts / A. A. Barenbaum. - Stratigraphy of the sediments from the Mendeleev Rise, (Central Arctic Ocean), based on benthic foraminifera and ostracoda / V. A. Basov, N. V. Kupriyanova, E. S. Novikhina. - Paleosecular geomagnetic variations and late Weichselian Holocene magnetochronology in N-W Russia / V. G. Bakhmutov. - Biostratigraphy of sediments middle and late Holocene in the basin downstream Ussuri / P. S. Belyanin. - The palynology characteristic of loess loam sediments of Ussuri-Khankarazdolnaya depression in the middle and late Neopleistocene / P. S. Belyanin, N. I. Belyanina. - Glacio-marine deposits on the Northern Prinze Charls Mountains (East Antarctica) / A. S. Birjukov, M. S. Egorov. - Features of environmental and climatic changes in the Northern Caspian Sea Region and Caspian Sea Level fluctuations controlled by climate during the Holocene / N. S. Bolikhovskaya. - "Milankovitch Theory" - What does it mean? / V. A. Bolshakov. - MIS 11 problem and supposed 400-kyr Pleistocene climate cycle / V. A. Bolshakov, I. A. Karevskaya. - Sedimentation in the Kamennoe Lake (Kanin Peninsula) and climate changes during the Holocene according to the lake sediments / D. Yu. Bolshiyanov, P. S. Vakhrameeva, G. B. Fedorov, N. A. Bakunov, T. V. Sapelko, A. V. Ludikova, A. S. Makarov, M. V. Pavlov. - Relief and quaternary deposits of the South-Eastern Part of Taimyr Peninsula / D. Yu. Bolshiyanov, G. B. Fedorov, A. V. Krylov, Kh. A. Arslanov, J. Tide. - Last glaciation of the Russian Arctic / B. A. Borisov, E. A. Minina. - Short-term landscape and climatic oscillations in the late glacial: the main steps, results and future prospects of research / O. K. Borisova. - Late Quaternary Plankton biostratigraphy in the Knipovich Ridge Area (North Atlantic) / M. E. Bylinskaya, L. A. Golovina, E. P. Radionova. - Palaeolimnological investigations in the Laptev Sea Region / P. S. Vakhrameeva, D. A. Subetto, B. Diekmann, B. Biskaborn, L. Heinecke, G. Muller. - Strucute and genesis of Gorodok elevation in North-East Belarus / A. Vashkov. - Present problems in the Quaternary (Postapsheronskii) stratigraphy and geochronology of the Caspian Sea Sediments / S. S. Veliev, E. N. Tagieva. - Problem of paleogeography of East Europe in late Pliocene and early Pleistocene / A. A. Velichko, V. V. Pisareva, M. A. Faustova. - Regularities of modern relief organization of Kolyma lowland tundra landscapes (Northeast Siberia) - Remote sensing and GIS Studies / A. A. Veremeeva. - The joint German-Russian Polygon Project - Environmental studies in East Siberian Tundra wetlands / S. Wetterich, A. Bobrov, U. Herzschuh, H. Joosten, L. Pestryakova, E.-M. Pfeijfer, L. Kutzbach, L. Schirrmeister, D. Subetto, V. Tumskoy. - Interglacial environments of Oyogos Yar (Dmitry Laptev Strait) / S. Wetterich, R. Kienast, S. Kuzmina, A. A. Andreev, L. Nazarova, L. Schirrmeister, V. V. Kunitsky. - Geological significance of section "Ogurtsovo" in district of Novosibirsk / I. A. Volkov, S. P. Kazmin. - Present problems of the Quaternary period stratigraphy of the West and Middle Siberia / V. S. Volkova. - New data on the evolution and age of sediments, enclosing the cultural horizon of middle Paleolithic Site Khotylevo-1 (River Desna Basin) / E. V. Voskresenskaya, L. B. Vishniytskiy, I. S. Zuganova, E. U. Novenko, A. K. Ocherednoy. - The Lake Sedimentogenez and features of the Paleogeography Prihankayskoy depression in Late Cenozoic / T. N. Voskresenskaya. - Relief and loose desposits of the Russian Plain main watershed protected areas in the South-East Onega / A. I. Voskresenskiy, I. S. Voskresenskiy, A. N. Kichigin. - Distribution of cryogenic micro relief in low mountainous massifs of the Kola Peninsula / E. V. Garankina. - Change of landscapes in early Pleistocene histories of East European Plane / N. I. Glushankova. - Some structural and mapping features of water-glacial deposits of the Don horizon / B. V. Glushkov, G. V. Kholmovoy. - Using dem for tasks of Quaternary geology and geomorphology of Siberia / N. V. Glushkova, V. A. Lyamina, I. D. Zolnikov, N. N. Dobretsov, V. P. Afanas'ev, D. A. Samdanov, I. I. Boldirev, S. A. Semenova. - Reference horizons of volcanic ash in Quaternary deposits of the Northern Coast of Okhotsk Sea / O. Yu. Glushkova, V. N. Smirnov. - Problems of the Eopleistocene volumes in the South-Eastern West Siberian Plate in the context of the Quaternary bottom lowering / A. G. Golovina, V. S. Volkova. - An influence of coastal processes on sedimentogenesis in the Tsymlyanskoye reservoir / N. V. Golubova. - Environments during the time of initial human settlement of the Kola Peninsula / I. M. Grekov, E. A. Kosheleva. - Mesostratigraphy of middle- and late valdai loess-like loams as the marker of low-range ecosystematic rearrangements / L. A. Gugalinskaya, V. M. Alifanov. - Relief and quaternary sediments from outer part of East Siberian Sea: new data / E. A. Gusev, A. G. Zinchenko, N. Yu. Anikina, L. G. Derevyanko, V. V. Popov. - The Middle Holocene parastratotype old Kieshki Site and its palaeobotanic characteristic (Southern Foreurals) / G. A. Danukalova, E. G. Lapteva, O. M. Korona. - Results of the Mollusc study of the late Pliocene early Quaternary Novosultanbekovo Site (Southern Foreurals) / G. A. Danukalova, E. M. Osipova. - Natural and anthropogenic factors of formation of chemical composition of sediments of lakes of North Fennoscandia / V. A. Dauvalter, N. A. Kashulin, S. S. Sandimirov. - Difficulties of long-term air temperature time series finding for climatological problems / V. I. Demin. - Diatom complexes changes in academicheskoe lake sediments (Khibiny Massif, Kola Peninsula) / D. B. Denisov. - Natural features of sedimentogenesis in the lake of the Eastern slope o , In kyrill. Schr. , In engl. und rus. Sprache
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 53
    Signatur: AWI G3-17-91084-2
    In: Kvarter vo vsem ego mnogoobrazii, Tom 2
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 350 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 978-5-91918-124-8
    Sprache: Russisch , Englisch
    Anmerkung: TABLE OF CONTENTS: Contemporary hydrographic network of the North-East of the Russian Plain: chronology of development / A. S. Lavrov, L. M. Potapenko. - Some distinctions of big and smoll interglacials (by way of example of Western Siberia during Late Pleistocene) / S. A. Laukhin, A. M. Firsov. - Pollen spectra in the lithological facies of lake bottom sediment on the White Sea Coast / N. B. Lavrova, V. V. Kolka, O. P. Korsakova. - Barsova Gora is the unical object of glacial geology and Taiga vegetation in the middle Priobie / N. B. Levina, V. A. Tkachenko, V. N. Turin, N. N. Lavrovich, E. V. Shepetova. - Geological role of ice in formation of the Arctic Ocean recent and quaternary sediments composition / M. A. Levitan, K. V. Syromyatnikov. - Granite protrusions as a relief-forming factor of the activated sections of platforms and mobile belts / M. G. Leonov, E. S. Przhiyalgovsky. - Glacial tectonics and the granulated substance mechanics / M. G. Leonov, O. G. Epshtein. - Late Pliocene-Early Pleistocene lake sediments in hollow D'Issyk-kul / O. N. Leflat, T. N. Voskresenskaya. - Complexity and diversity of genetic indication of loose formations and new things in the methods of their identification (according to the results of research of small rivers' valleys of the North of Amur-Zeya Plain, Lower Amur Region and Western Priokhotye / E. Yu. Likutov. - Landscape-geological characteristic of travertine cascade of the ancient thermal source of tract pymvashor / A. A. Ljubas, J. N. Bolotov, M. Y. Gofarov, S. A. lglovskiy. - Lake's lithogenesis: new formations are on the bottom of the drying up Udinsky Streach / L. A. Magaeva, M. T. Ustinov. - Genetic classification of peat deposits based on trophicity degree / G. L. Makarenko. - On the issue of classification of mires based on trophicity degree / G. L. Makarenko. - Some burning issues of a structural interpretation of the plain areas relief / V. I. Makarov, N. V. Makarova, T. V. Sukhanova. - The first experience of the 230Th/U dating of buried wood remains / R. E. Maksimov, V. Yu. Kuznetsov, S. A. Laukhin, I. E. Zherebtsov, S. B. Levchenko, N. G. Baranova. - Variations of the relative intensity of geomagnetic field in bottom sediments of the Bering Sea and North-Western Pacific during the last 380 kyr / M. I. Malakhov, S. A. Gorbarenko, D. Nurnberg, R. Tiedemann, G. Yu. Malakhova, J. Riethdorf. - Using high-resolution records petromagnetic and lithophysic characteristics of the sediments Bering Sea and high-latitude Western Pacific for reconstruction of climate and environment in the Late Pleistocene-Holocene / M. I. Malakhov, S. A. Gorbarenko, D. Nurnberg, R. Tiedemann, G. Yu. Malakhova, J. Riethdorf. - Some information about genetic classification of lakes of the Vepsovsky Hill East of the Leningrad Region / O. V. Malozemova, L. A. Nesterova, D. A. Subetto. - Middle Pleistocene small mammal faunas of Eastern and Central Europe: Chronology, correlation / A. K. Markova, T. van Kolfschoten. - Astronomical and meteorological criteria of defining human activity traces in ancient megalith rock complexes in the North-West Russia / L. S. Marsadolov, G. N. Paranina. - Palynological characteristics of the middle Pleistocene deposits in the Vychegda River Basin, the Komi Republic (preliminary data) / T. I. Marchenko-Vagapova. - Isotope specialization (δ18O, δ13C) of quaternary carbonates from Belarus and potential of palaeoenvironments indication / N. A. Makhnach. - The complex survey of quaternary deposits / A. V. Mashukov, A. E. Mashukova. - Quaternary deposits and construction materials' deposits in the Kaluga Region / S. G. Medvedeva. - Vegetation and climate of Sakhalin in the early Holocene / Yu. A. Mikishin, L. G. Gvozdeva. - Inorganic geochemistry record of stages 6-11 from Elgygytgyn lake sediments (deep drilling data) / P. S. Minyuk, V. Ya. Borkhodoev and Elgygytgyn Scientific Party. - Palaeoshorelines on the Murmansk coast / M. V. Mityaev. - Vertical matter flow in Gulfs on Murmansk and Karelian coasts / M. V. Mityaev, M. V. Gerasimova. - Channel and basin components of sediment yield in the formation of quaternary alluvial suites of rivers of the middle Volga Region / V. V. Mozzherin. - Late Pleistocene interglacial-glacial climatic transition (MIS 5/MIS 4) as derived from palynological analysis and IR-OSL dating of deposits from the Voka Reference Section, Southeastern coast of the Gulf of Finland / A. N. Molodkov, N. S. Bolikhovskaya. - Quaternary sediments in the Central Part of Northern West Siberia / D. V. Nazarov. - Palynological evidences of the postglacial warm event of the Laptev Sea Region / O. D. Naidina. - Some problems of using luminescent methods for absolute dating of glacial deposits (by the example of Chagan Section, SE Altai) / R. K. Nepop, A. R. Agatova, H. Rodnight. - Freshwater travertine-like carbonates of the Izhora Plateau as the natural markers of the structural dislocations / M. U. Nikitin, A. A. Medvedeva. - Fold deformations in late Pleistocene deposits of the Central Part Kola Region and their genesis / S. B. Nikolaeva. - Mammoths and man of stone age in Northern Europe - insight of a question on migrations to European Subarctic by Western paths / A. A. Nikonov. - Formation of present-day deposits in the conditions of technogenic litogenesis / E. N. Ogorodnikova, S. K. Nikolaeva. - Traces cryogenesis of Neopleistocene sediments the lower Irtysh / O. L. Opokina, E. A. Slagoda. - Stratigraphical subdivision of the Eopleistocene deposits of the Simbugino Site and new mollusc finds (Southern Foreurals) / E. M. Osipova, G. A. Danukalova. - Late Pleistocene to Holocene environment and climate in the Upper Ponoy Depression (Kola Peninsula) reconstracted from pollen record of Churozero lake bottom deposits / E. Yu. Pavlova, M. V. Dorozhkina, E. I. Devyatova. - Absolute chronology and climatic conditions of Valdai (Vistulian) terraces formation in the middle Seim River Valley / A. Panin, J.-P. Buylaert, E. Matlakhova, A. Murray, O. Pakholova. - Possibility of reconstruction of climate change in the Mongolian Altai based on analysis of annual records in glaciers and lacustrine sediment / T. S. Papma, E. Yu. Mitrofanova, N. S. Malygina. - Northern labyrinth - thee Gnomon: compass, clock, calendar / G. N. Paranina. - Late Pleistocene and Holocene paleogeography of the coastal lowlands of Is. Paramushir (Kuril Islands) / A. Ju. Pakhomov. - Upper-Kama (Verhnekama) Upland - the newest lifting of the middle Last Pleistocene / M. M. Pakhomov, I. L. Borodatyi. - Dating mass accumulations of Mammoth across Arctic Eurasia / V. V. Pitulko, P. A. Nikolskiy, A. E. Basilyan, E. Y. Pavlova. - Features of vertical distribution of the materials within the marginal zones of permafrost polygonal structures and its importance for dating of quaternary deposits in cryolitozone / V. V. Pitulko, E. Y. Pavlova, A. E. Basilyan, S. G. Kritsuk. - Morfogenesis of the tectonics active area of the Mongolian Altay / S. G. Platonova. - Reference section of the Lichvin interglacial in the North-Western Part of European Russia's Region / E. S. Pleshivtseva, V. L. Garkusha, M. A. Travina. - New radiocarbon dates of Late Quaternary Mammals in the Arkhangelsk Region in connection with reconstructions of the last glaciation in the Eastern Europe / D. V. Ponomarev, T. van Kolfschoten, A. K. Markova, J. van der Plicht. - Geological illustrations of Aral-Caspian Region's latest seismodynamic high activity / V. I. Popkov. - About Karagiinsk closed depression (Mangishlak)'s genesis / V. I. Popkov. - On the issue of formation of the Caucasian mineral waters' modern structural geomorphologic aspect / V. I. Popkov, I. G. Sazonov, D. A. Kolleganova. - Natural climate changes on the border of Late Pleistocene and Holocene / A. N. Popova, D. A. Subetto. - Some problems paleogeomorfologi Volga Region / I. V. Proletkin. - New perspectives on modern geomorphological studies / I. V. Proletkin. - Dynamics of small mammals local assem , In kyrill. Schr. , In engl. und rus. Sprache
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 54
    Signatur: AWI G3-19-92416
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The book contains proceedings of the Second International School on paleopedology for young scholars «Paleosoils as a source of information about past environments». Abstracts of main lectures, description of region where the School was carried out and papers of young scientists are published in the book. Proceedings of the School are of interest for researchers of soil science, paleogeography, Quaternary geology and ecology.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 145 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-5-8406-0430-4
    Sprache: Russisch , Englisch
    Anmerkung: CONTENT Preface / M. Dergacheva, A. Makeev Description of study area and paleosol / M. Dergacheva, N. Mironycheva-Tokareva, S. Ponomarev, D. Gavrilov LECTURES Essentials of the paleopedology and a review of Quaternary paleosols of the Northern Hemisphere: main items, presented in the lectures / A. Makeev Paleosols in geologic history of the Earth / A. Makeev Possibilites and limits of pedohumus method used at investigations types and environment of ancient pedogenesis / M. Dergacheva Classification system of paleosols / I. Fedeneva Indicating function of pedogenic carbonates in paleoclimatic reconstruction of Holocene and Pleistocene / O. Khokhlova Miromorphological capacities for reseaching of palaeosoils / M. Lebedeva (Verba) Three-dimensional morphology of soil / A. V. Zakharchenko Paleomagnetic method for studing Pliocene and Quaternary deposits of Siberia (current status, problems, prospects) / Z. N. Gnibidenko Specific chemical state anthropogenic transformed soil of the ancient settlements / O. Yakimenko Geochemical peculiarities of soils as an indicator of specific of their formation and anthropogenic transformation / L. Rikhvanov REPORTS Problem of paleosols weed / A. Blagodatnova Spatial distribution of mobile phosphates in Kamennyi Ambar settlement (Chelyabinsk region) / K. Bojtsova Review of literature data for the study of humus horizon chernozem rate formation / E. Burnatova Pedogenic features in paleosols of Samara Volga region archaeological sites / D. Vassilieva Paleosols of Early Iron Age double kurgan of burial ground Kuigenzhar (Northern Kazakhstan) / D. Gavrilov, R. Ishmuratov, A. Toguzbaev Salt soils of Central-Tuva depression / Ch. Danchai-ool Humus composition of Zaural' e forest-steppe and steppe zones on example of archaeological sites / T. Zhdanova Properties variation of the upper part of the modern soils and surface paleosols of key site Volodarka (Barnaul Priobye) / H. Zhaharova Chernozems morphological properties of key area «Volodarka» / O. Kazachenok Comparative characteristics of the modern turf-podzolic soil and the soil buried under centenary dump (Sysert' District, Middle Urals) / L. Kirilyuk Paleopedology: objects and article of researches (review of publications in a «Soil Science» magazine for 2008-2010) / M. Komarova Soils with a buried humus horizon / B. Mongush Paleogeography formation conditions of Tuva sandy landscapes / Ch. Mongush, S. Kurbatskaya The comparative characteristic of 700-year-old and background soil near Sovetskiy city (middle taiga) / O. Nekrasova Humus soil memory: the conditions and time limits for the conservation of steppe / A. Nikiforov Study Holocene evolution of Central Tuva soil and soil formation / K. Ochur Estimation of restoration rate of damaged soils (on materials of studying archaeological objects of the foreststeppe zone) / E. Politova, V. Valdayskih Some polygenetic chernozem characteristics of the Ob Plateau Eastern edge (for example, the key area "Volodarka") / S. Ponomarev Vertical zonality soils in the Sayan mountains in Tuva / V. Sanchaiban Soil physical properties as a soil memory flash / E. Surkova Peculiarities of soddy-alluvial soil of the river Sysert' water-meadow (The Middle Urals) / A. Uchaev Aqueous extract composition of anthropogenically disturbed soils of Kamennyi Am bar settlement / D. Filimonova Environmental conditions of steppe soils for example near the village of Volodarka / H. Cherepanova New investigations at Tokaj-Csorgukut II. Loess section, Northeast Hungary / D. G. Páll, G. Persaits, P. Sümegi P Preliminary results on the phytoliths of the dutch neolithic site Swifterbant as seen from samples retrieved from soils, pig droppings and molars / G. Persaits, D. C. M. Raemaekers , In kyrillischer Schrift , Beiträge teilweise in englischer, teilweise in russischer Sprache
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 55
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    [Oslo] : Arctic Monitoring and Assessment Programme
    Signatur: AWI G3-20-94098
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: xii,12-15 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-82-7971-071-4
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Chapter 1. Introduction / Lead authors: Morten Skovgaard Olsen, Lars-Otto Reiersen Chapter 2. Arctic Climate: Recent Variations / Lead authors: John E. Walsh, James E. Overland, Pavel Y. Groisman, Bruno Rudolf Chapter 3. Climate Model Projections for the Arctic / Lead authors: James E. Overland, Muyin Wang, John E. Walsh, Jens H. Christensen, Vladimir M. Kattsov, William L. Chapman Chapter 4. Changing Snow Cover and its Impacts / Lead authors: Terry V. Callaghan, Margareta Johansson, Ross D. Brown, Pavel Y. Groisman, Niklas Labba, Vladimir Radionov Chapter 5. Changing Permafrost and its Impacts / Lead authors: Terry V. Callaghan, Margareta Johansson, Oleg Anisimov, Hanne H. Christiansen, Arne Instanes, Vladimir Romanovsky, Sharon Smith Chapter 6. Changing Lake and River Ice Regimes: Trends, Effects and Implications / Lead authors: Terry Prowse, Knut Alfredsen, Spyros Beltaos, Barrie Bonsal, Claude Duguay, Atte Korhola, James McNamara, Warwick F. Vincent, Valery Vuglinsky, Gesa Weyhenmeyer Chapter 7. Mountain Glaciers and Ice Caps / Lead authors: Martin Sharp, Maria Ananicheva, Anthony Arendt, Jon-Ove Hagen, Regine Hock, Edward Josberger, R. Dan Moore, William Tad Pfeffer, Gabriel J. Wolken Chapter 8. The Greenland Ice Sheet in a Changing Climate / Lead authors: Dorthe Dahl-Jensen, Jonathan Bamber, Carl E. Bøggild, Erik Buch, Jens H. Christensen, Klaus Dethloff, Mark Fahnestock, Shawn Marshall, Minik Rosing, Konrad Steffen, Robert Thomas, Martin Truffer, Michael van den Broeke, Cornelis van der Veen Chapter 9. Sea Ice / Lead authors: Walter N. Meier, Sebastian Gerland, Mats A. Granskog, Jeffrey R. Key, Christian Haas, Grete K. Hovelsrud, Kit M. Kovacs, Alexander Makshtas, Christine Michel, Donald Perovich, James D. Reist, Bob E.H. van Oort Chapter 10. Arctic Societies, Cultures, and Peoples in a Changing Cryosphere / Lead authors: Grete K. Hovelsrud, Birger Poppel, Bob E.H. van Oort, James D. Reist Chapter 11. Cross-cutting Scientific Issues / Lead authors: Terry V. Callaghan, Dorthe Dahl-Jensen, Margareta Johansson, Roland Kallenborn, Jeffrey R. Key, Robie Macdonald, Terry Prowse, Martin Sharp, Konrad Steffen, Warwick F. Vincent Chapter 12. SWIPA Synthesis: Implications of Findings / Lead author: James D. Reist Acronyms and abbreviations
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 56
    Signatur: M 11.0188 ; AWI G1-11-0076
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: VII, 197 Seiten , Illustrationen , 235 mm x 155 mm
    ISBN: 9783642194771 , 978-3-642-19477-1
    Serie: Forschungsberichte / Interdisziplinäre Arbeitsgruppen, Berlin-Brandenburgische Akademie der Wissenschaften Band 26
    Klassifikation:
    Meteorologie und Klimatologie
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhalt Vorwort Einleitung / Sonja Germer, Matthias Naumann, Oliver Bens Zur gegenwärtigen Situation der Fokusregion Berlin-Brandenburg / Sonja Germer, Matthias Naumann, Oliver Bens I. Umweltwandel und die Folgen für den Landschaftswasserhaushalt Einleitung / Sonja Germer, Barbara Köstner, Herbert Sukopp, Jost Heintzenberg Temperaturaufzeichnungen in Berlin für die letzten 310 Jahre / Ulrich Cubasch, Christopher Kadow Simulation des gegenwärtigen und zukünftigen Regionalklimas von Brandenburg / Eberhard Schaller Simulation von Wasserhaushaltskomponenten unter dem Wandel des regionalen Klimas / Barbara Köstner, Matthias Kuhnert Reaktionen von Seeökosystemen auf Umweltveränderungen / Michael Hupfer, Brigitte Nixdorf, Klement Tockner Anthropogene Einflussfaktoren des Landschaftswasserhaushalts / Gunnar Lischeid Wasserhaushaltliche und wasserwirtschaftliche Bilanzen / Uwe Grünewald Kernaussagen / Barbara Köstner, Sonja Germer, Jost Heintzenberg II. Wandel von Landnutzungen und deren Konsequenzen für Wasserressourcen Einleitung / Inge Broer, Alfred Pühler, Mihaiela Rus Regionale Landwirtschaft im globalen Wandel / Konrad Hagedorn Den Rahmen setzen für die Entwicklung der Kulturlandschaften von morgen. Regionale Antworten auf globale Herausforderungen finden / Werner Konold Strategien zum Integrierten Land- und Wasserressourcenmanagement im märkischen Feuchtgebietsgürtel Oderbruch-Havelland / Joachim Quast Wassermanagement in der Landwirtschaft / Katrin Drastig, Annette Prochnow, Reiner Brunsch Waldbewirtschaftung unter den Bedingungen des Klimawandels in Brandenburg / Ralf Kätzel, Klaus Höppner Erzeugung und Verbrauch von landwirtschaftlichen Produkten aus Brandenburg in Berlin / Hans Kögl Neue Entwicklungen in der Pflanzenzüchtung und Systembetrachtungen der Pflanze-Umwelt-Interaktion / Inge Broer, Reiner Brunsch Kernaussagen / Inge Broer, Alfred Pühler, Mihaiela Rus III. Infrastrukturen neu denken: gesellschaftliche Funktionen und Weiterentwicklung / Eva Barlösius, Karl-Dieter Keim, Georg Meran, Timothy Moss, Claudia Neu Gegenwärtige Situation der Infrastrukturen Ausgangspunkt: LandInnovation Leistungen der Infrastrukturen in der Vergangenheit Wasser- und Bildungsinfrastrukturen: Gemeinsamkeiten und Unterschiede Kernaussagen über Infrastrukturen IV. Handeln unter Bedingungen des globalen Wandels / Sonja Germer, Karl-Dieter Keim, Matthias Naumann, Oliver Bens, Rolf Emmermann, Reinhard F. Hüttl Übergeordnete Herausforderungen des globalen Wandels Brückenprinzipien als Handlungsorientierung für den Umgang mit dem globalen Wandel Stärkung der interdisziplinären Forschung und des Transfers Abbildungsverzeichnis Tabellenverzeichnis Verzeichnis der Autorinnen und Autoren Verzeichnis der Mitglieder der interdisziplinären Arbeitsgruppe Globaler Wandel – Regionale Entwicklung Verzeichnis der Diskussionspapiere der interdisziplinären Arbeitsgruppe Globaler Wandel – Regionale Entwicklung
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin oben
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 57
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Stuttgart : Schweizerbart
    Signatur: AWI Bio-12-0071
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Das vorliegende Werk dokumentiert die weltweit bekannten Torfmoos-Arten (Gattung Sphagnum) und enthält Bestimmungsschlüssel. Es ist die erste Gesamtdarstellung von Sphagnum seit Carl Warnstorfs "Sphagnologia Universalis" (1911). Seitdem sind, insbesondere durch Andrews, Eddy und Isoviita, zahlreiche Namen als Synonyme erkannt und revidiert worden. Diese Revisionen, sowie die rund 150 seitdem gültig neu beschriebenen Arten sind ebenso wie eigene Studien des Autors in den vorliegenden Band eingeflossen. Zur Artabgrenzung problematischer Gruppen wurden genetische Studien herangezogen. Die Torfmoose besitzen unter den Moosen eine besondere ökologische und ökonomische Bedeutung. Sie besiedeln fast alle Kontinente mit deutlichen Schwerpunkten im nördlichen Südamerika, in Nordamerika, in Ost- und Nordasien sowie Europa. Die Gattung Sphagnum steht innerhalb der Laubmoose sehr isoliert, Gemeinsamkeiten im Bau des Sporophyten deuten auf entfernte Beziehungen zu den Klaffmoosen (Klasse Andreaeopsida) hin. Zur Gliederung von Sphagnum gibt es sehr unterschiedliche Ansätze mit bis zu 4 Untergattungen und bis zu 18 möglichen Sektionen, wovon in diesem Band 13 unterschieden werden; darunter die neu aufgestellte Sektion Lapazensis. Die Torfmoose im engeren Sinne (Gattung Sphagnum) zeigen eine unter den Moosen einzigartige Kombination von Blattdimorphismus (Stamm- und Astblätter). Obwohl deshalb die Zuordnung eines Torfmooses zur Gattung Sphagnum in der Regel keine Probleme mit sich bringt, bereitet die Bestimmung bis zur Art mitunter Schwierigkeiten. Der Autor beschreibt einführend Anatomie und Morphologie von Sphagnum, darauf aufbauend erläutert er Reproduktionsbiologie und Forschungs- und Stammesgeschichte der Torfmoose. Der systematische Teil ist in drei Abschnitte gegliedert: Beschreibung und Aufschlüsselung der Sektionen, Schlüssel für alle Torfmoosarten, getrennt nach Kontinenten, sowie Sphagnum-Artenlisten für 19 Regionen der Erde. Die Schlüssel für Afrika, Europa und Nordamerika orientieren sich an vorhandenen Daten und werden unter Zuhilfenahme rezenter Beschreibungen, Artkonzepte und floristischer Daten neu beschrieben und ergänzt. Für Südamerika und Asien wurden völlig neue Schlüssel erarbeitet, weil es diese bislang nicht gab. 286 Torfmoosarten werden ausführlich neu beschrieben, ergänzt durch Daten über Habitate, geographische Verbreitung und Synonymlisten. Ergänzt wird dieser Abschnitt durch die Darstellung der inneren und äußeren Merkmale auf 194 Tafeln. Ein sehr umfangreiches Literaturverzeichnis rundet den Band ab.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 408 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 Beilage
    ISBN: 9783510480319
    Serie: Bibliotheca botanica 160
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vorwort. - Zusammenfassung. - Abstract. - 1. Einleitung. - 1.1. Äußerer und innerer Bau der Torfmoose. - 1.2. Reproduktionsbiologie der Torfmoose. - 1.3. Forschungsgeschichte. - 1.4. Stammesgeschichte. - 1.5. Bestimmungshinweise. - 2. Schlüssel und Kurzbeschreibung der Sektionen. - 2.1. Schlüssel zu den Sektionen. - 2.2. Kurzbeschreibung der Sektionen. - 3. Schlüssel und Regionalfloren. - 3.1. Bestimmungsschlüssel. - 3.1.1. Europa. - 3.1.2. Asien. - 3.1.3. Afrika. - 3.1.4. Nord- und Mittelamerika. - 3.1.5. Südamerika. - 3.1.6. Australien, Neuseeland und Pazifik. - 3.2. Regionalfloren. - 3.2.1. Europa. - 3.2.2. Nordasien. - 3.2.3. Ostasien. - 3.2.4. Südasien. - 3.2.5. Südostasien. - 3.2.6. Westasien. - 3.2.7. Nordafrika. - 3.2.8. Zentralafrika. - 3.2.9. Südafrika. - 3.2.10. Madagaskar. - 3.2.11. Nordamerika. - 3.2.12. Mittelamerika Festland. - 3.2.13. Mittelamerika Antillen. - 3.2.14. Nordwestliches Südamerika. - 3.2.15. Östliches Südamerika. - 3.2.16. Gemäßigtes Südamerika. - 3.2.17. Australien. - 3.2.18. Neuseeland. - 3.2.19. Pazifik. - 4. Artbeschreibungen. - 4.1. Sphagnum sect. Sericea. - 4.2. Sphagnum sect. Lapazensis. - 4.3. Sphagnum sect. Sphagnum. - 4.4. Sphagnum sect. Rigida. - 4.5. Sphagnum sect. lnsulosa. - 4.6. Sphagnum sect. Acutifolia. - 4.7. Sphagnum sect. Squarrosa. - 4.8. Sphagnum sect. Polyclada. - 4.9. Sphagnum sect. Subsecunda. - 4.10. Sphagnum sect. Isocladus. - 4.11. Sphagnum sect. Hemitheca. - 4.12. Sphagnum sect. Cuspidata. - 4.13. Sphagnum sect. Mollusca. - 4.14. Ambuchanania. - 5. Verzeichnis der verwendeten Fachausdrücke. - 6. Literatur. - 7. Verzeichnis der Zeitschriften und Schriftenreihen. - 8. Abbildungsnachweis. - 9. Register. , Zusammenfassung in englischer Sprache
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 58
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    [Zürich] : IAHS (ICSI)
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: AWI G7-12-0001
    In: Glacier mass balance bulletin
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 102 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 59
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge University Press
    Signatur: AWI A4-11-0035
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The polar regions have experienced some remarkable environmental changes in recent decades, such as the Antarctic ozone hole, the loss of large amounts of sea ice from the Arctic Ocean and major warming on the Antarctic Peninsula. The polar regions are also predicted to warm more than any other region on Earth over the next century if greenhouse gas concentrations continue to rise. Yet trying to separate natural climate variability from anthropogenic forcing still presents many problems. This book presents a thorough review of how the polar climates have changed over the last million years and sets recent changes within a long term perspective, as determined from ice and ocean sediment cores. The approach taken is highly cross-disciplinary and the close links between the atmosphere, ocean and ice at high latitudes are stressed. The volume will be invaluable for researchers and advanced students in polar science, climatology, global change, meteorology, oceanography and glaciology.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: xii, 434 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: First published
    ISBN: 9780521850100 , 978-0-521-85010-0
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Preface. - 1. Introduction. - 1.1 The environment of the polar regions. - 1.2 The role of the polar regions in the global climate system. - 1.3 Possible implications of high latitude climate change. - 2. Polar climate data and models. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Instrumental observations. - 2.3 Meteorological analysis fields. - 2.4 Remotely sensed data. - 2.5 Proxy climate data. - 2.6 Models. - 3. The high latitude climates and mechanisms of change. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 Factors influencing the broadscale climated of the polar regions. - 3.3 Processes of the high latitude climates. - 3.4 The mechanisms of high latitude climate change. - 3.5 Atmospheric circulation. - 3.6 Temperature. - 3.7 Cloud and precipitation. - 3.8 Sea ice. - 3.9 The ocean circulation. - 3.10 Concluding remarks. - 4. The last million years. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 The Arctic. - 4.3 The Antarctic. - 4.4 Linking high latitude climate change in the two hemispheres. - 5. The Holocene. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Forcing of the climate system during the Holocene. - 5.3 Atmospheric circulation. - 5.4 Temperature. - 5.5 The ocean circulation. - 5.6 Sea ice and sea surface temperatures. - 5.7 Atmospheric gases and aerosols. - 5.8 The cryosphere, precipitation and sea level. - 5.9 Concluding remarks. - 6. The instrumental period. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 The main meteorological elements. - 6.3 Changes in the atmospheric circulation. - 6.4 The ocean environment. - 6.5 Sea ice. - 6.6. Snow cover. - 6.7 Permafrost. - 6.8 Atmospheric gases and aerosols. - 6.9 Terrestrial ice and sea level. - 6.10 Attribution of recent changes. - 6.11 Concluding remarks. - 7. Predictions for the next 100 years. - 7.1 Introduction. - 7.2 Possible future greenhouse gas emission scenarios and the IPCC models. - 7.3 Changes in the atmospheric circulation and the modes of climate variability. - 7.4 The main meteorological elements. - 7.5 The ocean circulation and water masses. - 7.6 Sea ice. - 7.7 Seasonal snow cover and the terrestrial environment. - 7.8 Permafrost. - 7.9 Atmospheric gases and aerosols. - 7.10 Terrestrial ice, the ice shelves and sea level. - 7.11 Concluding remarks. - 8. Summary and future research needs. - 8.1 Introduction. - 8.2 Gaining improved understanding of past climate change. - 8.3 Modelling the high latitude climate system. - 8.4 Data required. - 8.5 Concluding remarks. - References. - Index.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 60
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Signatur: AWI G3-11-0064
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This is the first textbook to address all the components of the Earth's cryosphere - all forms of snow and ice, both terrestrial and marine. It provides a concise but comprehensive summary of snow cover, glaciers, ice sheets, lake and river ice, permafrost, sea ice and icebergs - their past history and projected future state. It is designed for courses at upper undergraduate and graduate level in environmental science, geography, geology, glaciology, hydrology, water resource engineering and ocean sciences. It also provides a superb up-to-date summary for researchers of the cryosphere. The book includes an extensive bibliography, numerous figures and color plates, thematic boxes on selected topics and a glossary. The book builds on courses taught by the authors for many decades at the University of Colorado and the University of Alberta. Whilst there are many existing texts on individual components of the cryosphere, no other textbook covers the whole cryosphere.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XV, 472 Seiten , Illustrationen , 25x19x2 cm
    Ausgabe: First published
    ISBN: 9780521156851
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Preface Ackowledgements 1 Introduction 1.1 Definition and extent 1.2 The role of the cryosphere in the climate system 1.3 The organization of cryospheric observations and research 1.4 Remote sensing of the cryosphere Part I The terrestrial cryosphere 2A Snowfall and snow cover 2.1 History 2.2 Snow formation 2.3 Snow cover 2.4 Snow cover modeling in land surface schemes of GCMs 2.5 Snow interception by the canopy 2.6 Sublimation 2.7 Snow metamorphism 2.8 In situ measurements of snow 2.9 Remote sensing of snowpack properties and snow-cover area 2.10 Snowmelt modeling 2.11 Recent observed snow cover changes 2B Avalanches 2.12 History 2.13 Avalanche characteristics 2.14 Avalanche models 2.15 Trends' in avalanchf:' conditions 3 Glaciers and ice caps 3.1 History 3.2 Definitions 3.3 Glacier characteristics 3.4 Mass balance 3.5 Remote sensing 3.6 Glacier flow and flowlines 3.7 Scaling 3.8 Glacier modeling 3.9 Ice caps 3.10 Glacier hydrology 3.11 Changes in glaciers and ice caps 4 Ice sheets 4.1 History of exploration 4.2 Mass balance 4.3 Remote sensing 4.4 Mechanisms of ice sheet changes 4.5 The Greenland Ice Sheet 4.6 Antarctica 4.7 Overall ice sheet changes 4.8 Ice sheet models 4.9 Ice sheet and ice shelf interaction 4.10 Ice sheet contributions to sea level change 5 Frozen ground and permafrost 5.1 History 5.2 Frozen ground definitions and extent 5.3 Thermal relationships 5.4 Vertical characteristics of permafrost 5.5 Remote sensing 5.6 Ground ice 5.7 Permafrost models 5.8 Geomorphological features associated with permafrost 5.9 Changes in permafrost and soil freezing 6 Freshwater ice 6.1 History 6.2 Lake ice 6.3 Changes in lake ice cover 6.4 River ice 6.5 Trends in river ice cover 6.6 Icings Part II The marine cryosphere 7 Sea ice 7.1 History 7.2 Sea ice characteristics 7.3 Ice drift and ocean circulation 7.4 Sea ice models 7.5 Leads, polynyas, and pressure ridges 7.6 Ice thickness 7.7 Trends in sea ice extent and thickness 8 Ice shelves and icebergs 8.1 History 8.2 Ice shelves 8.3 Ice streams 8.4 Conditions beneath ice shelves 8.5 Ice shelf buttressing 8.6 Icebergs 8.7 Ice islands Part Ill The cryosphere past and future 9 The cryosphere in the past 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Snowball Earth and ice-free Cretaceous 9.3 Phanerozoic glaciations 9.4 Late Cenozoic polar glaciations 9.5 The Quaternary 9.6 The Holocene 10 The future cryosphere: impacts of global warming 10.1 Introduction 10.2 General observations 10.3 Recent cryospheric changes 10.4 Climate projections 10.5 Projected changes to Northern Hemisphere snow cover 10.6 Projected changes in land ice 10.7 Projected permafrost changes 10.8 Projected changes in freshwater ice 10.9 Projected sea ice changes Part IV Applications 11 Applications of snow and ice research 11.1 Snowfall 11.2 Freezing precipitation 11.3 Avalanches 11.4 Ice avalanches 11.5 Winter sports industry 11.6 Water resources 11.7 Hydropower 11.8 Snow melt floods 11.9 Freshwater ice 11.10 Ice roads 11.11 Sea ice 11.12 Glaciers and ice sheets 11.13 Icebergs 11.14 Permafrost and ground ice I 1.15 Seasonal ground freezing Glossary References Index
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 61
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Signatur: AWI G1-14-0041
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: xiii, 442 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Ausgabe: first published
    ISBN: 9780521696715 , 978-0-521-69671-5
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Preface. - Acknowledgements. - PART 1 INTRODUCTION. - 1 Introduction. - 1.1 Humans and the coastal zone. - 1.2 Approaches to the study of coasts. - 1.3 Information sources. - 1.4 Approach and organisation. - References. - 2. Coastal geomorphology. - 2.1 Definition and scope of coastal geomorphology. - 2.2 The coastal zone: definition and nomenclature. - 2.3 Factors influencing coastal morphology and processes. - References. - PART 2 COASTAL PROCESSES. - 3. Sea level fluctuations and changes. - 3.1 Synopsis. - 3.2 Mean sea level, the geoid, and changes in mean sea level. - 3.3 Changes in mean sea level. - 3.4 Astronomical tides. - 3.5 Short-term dynamic changes in sea level. - 3.6 Climate change and sea level rise. - References. - 4. Wind-generated waves. - 4.1 Synopsis. - 4.2 Definition and characteristics of waves. - 4.3 Measurement and description of waves. - 4.4 Wave generation. - 4.5 Wave prediction. - 4.6 Wave climate. - Further reading. - Preferences. - 5. Waves - wave theory and wave dynamics. - 5.1 Synopsis. - 5.2 Wave theories. - 5.3 Wave shoaling and refraction. - 5.4 Wave breaking. - 5.5 Wave groups and low-frequency energy in the surf and swash zones. - Further reading. - References. - 6. Surf zone circulation. - 6.1 Synopsis. - 6.2 Undertow. - 6.3 Rip cells. - 6.4 Longshore currents. - 6.5 Wind and tidal currents. - Further reading. - References. - 7. Coastal sediment transport. - 7.1 Synopsis. - 7.2 Sediment transport mechanisms, boundary layers and bedforms. - 7.3 On-offshore sand transport. - 7.4 Longshore sand transport. - 7.5 Littoral sediment budget and littoral drift cells. - Further reading. - References. - PART 3 COASTAL SYSTEMS. - 8. Beach and nearshore systems. - 8.1 Synopsis. - 8.2 Beach and nearshore sediments and morphology. - 8.3 Nearshore morphodynamics. - 8.4 Beach morphodynamics. - References. - 9. Coastal sand dunes. - 9.1 Synopsis. - 9.2 Morphological components of coastal dunes and dune fields. - 9.3 Plant communities of coastal dunes. - 9.4 Aeolian processes in coastal dunes. - 9.5 Sand deposition. - 9.6 Beach / dune interaction and foredune evolution. - 9.7 Management of coastal dunes. - References. - 10. Barrier systems. - 10.1 Synopsis. - 10.2 Barrier types and morphology. - 10.3 Barrier dynamics: overwash and inlets. - 10.4 Barrier spit morphodynamics. - 10.5 Barrier islands. - 10.6 Management of barrier systems. - References. - 11. Salt marshes and mangroves. - 11.1 Synopsis. - 11.2 Saltmarsh and mangrove ecosystems. - 11.3 Salt marshes. - 11.4 Mangroves. - 11.5 Conservation and management of saltmarshes and mangroves. - Further reading. - References. - 12. Coral reefs and atolls. - 12.1 Synopsis. - 12.2 Corals and reef formation. - 12.3 Geomorphology and sedimentology of coral reefs. - 12.4 Impacts of disturbance on coral reefs. - Further reading. - References. - 13. Cliffed and rocky coasts. - 13.1 Synopsis. - 13.2 Cliffed coast morphology. - 13.3 Cliffed coast erosion system. - 13.4 Cohesive bluff coasts. - 13.5 Rock coasts. - 13.6 Shore platforms. - 13.7 Management of coastal cliff shorelines. - Further reading. - References. - Index
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 62
    Signatur: AWI NBM-15-0018
    Materialart: Non-Book-Medium
    Seiten: 1 Film (54 min) : Stereo, HDTV , 12 cm
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 63
    Signatur: AWI P5-20-94099
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 384 Seiten , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 9783830517504 (kart.)
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Content The Arctic: A Strategic Challenge for the 21st Century / Gunter Gloser Opportunities and Responsibilities in the Arctic Region: The European Union's Perspective / Joe Borg The First Responsibility / Aqqaluk Lynge An Explorer's Perspective / Arved Fuchs New Chances and New Responsibilities in the Arctic Region: An Introduction / Georg Witschel The Arctic in the Context of International Law / Rüdiger Wolfrum Arctic in Change: New Prospects for Resource Exploitation and Maritime Traffic / Kirsten Ullbæk Selvig UArctic - A Most Welcome Tool / Erling Olsen Sustainable Development in the Arctic: New Social Challenges and Responsibilities / Rasmus Ole Rasmussen Managing Towards Sustainability in the Arctic: Some Practical Considerations / Brooks B. Yeager The Environmental and Research Challenges in the Arctic / Reinhard Priebe Towards a Canadian Arctic Strategy / Franklyn Griffiths The Changing Arctic: New Perspectives for the Use of Resources and Transport Routes / Baron Rüdiger von Fritsch An International Governance Framework for the Arctic: Challenges for International Public Law / Peter Taksøe-Jensen The Legal Regime of the Arctic Ocean / Thomas H. Heidar An International Governance Framework for the Arctic: Challenges for International Public Law - A Danish Perspective / Thomas Winkler Strategie and Environmental Impact Assessment in Promoting Sustainable Development in the Changing Arctic / Paula Kankaanpää Research for the Future of the Arctic / Karin Lochte Integrated Arctic Ocean Governance for the Lasting Benefit of All Humanity / Paul Arthur Berkman Resource Exploitation and Navigation in a Changing Arctic / Louwrens Hacquebord Developing International Law Teachings for Preventing Inter-State Disaccords in the Arctic Ocean / Alexander L. Vylegzhanin The Call for Good Governance in the Arctic Ocean - the Legal Framework and the Development of Policies to Meet Rising Challenges and Emerging Opportunities / Rolf Einar Fife International Law and Scientific Research in the Arctic - the Role of Science in Law and the Role of Law in Science / Marie Jacobsson The Challenge of Climate Security in the Arctic Region / Dennis Tänzler Chairman's Conclusions / Georg Witschel Current Endeavors with Respect to the Arctic Ocean: New Challenges for International Law and Politics / Georg Witschel/Ingo Winkelmann Annex Conference Programme List of Participants List of Abbreviations
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 64
    Signatur: AWI G3-11-0007
    In: Advances in global change research, 40
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This book covers a round-up of environmental changes in Siberia with a focus on the terrestrial biosphere but also discussing climate and atmosphere and the hydrolofical cycle. It concludes with a discussion of information system approaches that are being developed to safeguard and make accessible spatial and temporal data for environmental studies.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: xv, 282 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789048186402
    Serie: Advances in global change research 40
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: PART I: BIOSPHERE - 1. Forest disturbance assessment using satellite data of moderate and low resolution / M. A. Korets, V. A. Ryzhkova, A. I. Sukhinin, S. A. Bartalev and I. V. Danilova 2. Fire / climate interactions in Siberia / Heiko Balzter, Kevin Tansey, Jorg Kaduk, Charles George, France Gerard, Maria Cuevas Gonzalez, Anatoly Sukhinin and Evgeni Ponomarev 3. Long-term dynamics of mixed fir-aspen forests in West Sayan (Altai-Sayan Ecoregion) / D. M. Ismailova and D. I. Nazimova 4. Evidence of evergreen conifers invasion into larch dominated forests during recent decades / V. I. Kharuk, K. J. Ranson and M. L. Dvinskaya 5. Potential climate-induced vegetation change in Siberia in the 21st century / N. M. Tchebakova , E. I. Parfenova, and A. J. Soja 6. Wildfire dynamics in mid-Siberian larch dominated forests / V. I. Kharuk, K. J. Ranson and M. L. Dvinskaya 7. Dendroclimatological evidence of climate changes across Siberia / Vladimir V. Shishov, Eugene A. Vaganov 8. Siberian pine and larch response to climate warming in the southern Siberian mountain forest: tundra ecotone / V. I. Kharuk, K. J. Ranson, M. L. Dvinskaya and S. T. Im PART II: HYDROSPHERE 9. Remote sensing of spring snowmelt in Siberia / A. Bartsch, W. Wagner and R. Kidd 10. Response of river runoff in the cryolithic zone of Eastern Siberia (Lena River Basin) to future climate warming / A. G. Georgiadi, I. P. Milyukova and E. A. Kashutina PART III: ATMOSPHERE 11. Investigating regional scale processes using remotely sensed atmospheric CO2 column concentrations from SCIAMACHY / M. P. Barkley, A. J. Hewitt and P. S. Monks 12. Climatic and geographic patterns of spatial distribution of precipitation in Siberia / A. Onuchin and T. Burenina PART IV: INFORMATION SYSTEMS 13. Interoperability, data discovery and access: the e-Infrastructures for Earth Sciences resources / Stefano Nativi, Christiana Schmullius, Lorenzo Bigagli and Roman Gerlach 14. Development of a web based information-computational infrastructure for the Siberia Integrated Regional Study / E. P. Gordov, A. Z. Fazliev, V. N. Lykosov, I. G. Okladnikov and A. G. Titov 15. Conclusions / Heiko Balzter. - Appendix. - Index.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 65
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Washington, DC : United States Government Printing Office
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: S 90.0002(1386-F) ; AWI G7-11-0050
    In: Satellite image atlas of glaciers of the world, 1386-F
    In: Professional paper, 1386-F
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This chapter is the ninth to be released in U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1386, Satellite Image Atlas of Glaciers of the World, a series of 11 chapters. In each of the geographic area chapters, remotely sensed images, primarily from the Landsat 1, 2, and 3 series of spacecraft, are used to analyze the specific glacierized region of our planet under consideration and to monitor glacier changes. Landsat images, acquired primarily during the middle to late 1970s and early 1980s, were used by an international team of glaciologists and other scientists to study various geographic regions and (or) to discuss related glaciological topics. In each glacierized geographic region, the present areal distribution of glaciers is compared, wherever possible, with historical information about their past extent. The atlas provides an accurate regional inventory of the areal extent of glacier ice on our planet during the 1970s as part of a growing international scientific effort to measure global environmental change on the Earth's surface.The chapter is divided into seven geographic parts and one topical part: Glaciers of the Former Soviet Union (F-1), Glaciers of China (F-2), Glaciers of Afghanistan (F-3), Glaciers of Pakistan (F-4), Glaciers of India (F-5), Glaciers of Nepal (F-6), Glaciers of Bhutan (F-7), and the Paleoenvironmental Record Preserved in Middle-Latitude, High-Mountain Glaciers (F-8). Each geographic section describes the glacier extent during the 1970s and 1980s, the benchmark time period (1972-1981) of this volume, but has been updated to include more recent information.
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: VIII, F349 S. , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781411326095
    Serie: Satellite image atlas of glaciers of the world / ed. by Richard S. Williams ... F
    Klassifikation:
    Regionale Geologie
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: F–1. GLACIERS OF THE FORMER SOVIET UNION / VLADIMIR M. KOTLYAKOV, with contributions from A.M. DYAKOVA (Siberia), V.S. KORYAKIN (Russian Arctic Islands), V.I. KRAVTSOVA (Caucasus, Altay), G.B. OSIPOVA (Tien Shan), G.M. VARNAKOVA (Pamirs and Alai Range), V.N. VINOGRADOV (Kamchatka), O.N. VINOGRADOV (Caucasus), and N.M. ZVERKOVA (Ural Mountains and Taymyr Peninsula) Sections on FLUCTUATIONS OF GLACIERS OF THE CENTRAL CAUCASUS AND GORA EL’BRUS (With a subsection on THE GLACIOLOGICAL DISASTER IN NORTH OSETIYA / VLADIMIR M. KOTLYAKOV, O.V. ROTOTAEVA, and G.A. NOSENKO INVESTIGATIONS OF THE FLUCTUATIONS OF SURGE-TYPE GLACIERS IN THE PAMIRS BASED ON OBSERVATIONS FROM SPACE / VLADIMIR M. KOTLYAKOV, G.B. OSIPOVA, and D.G. TSVETKOV THE GLACIOLOGY OF THE RUSSIAN HIGH ARCTIC FROM LANDSAT IMAGERY / J.A. DOWDESWELL, E.K. DOWDESWELL, M. WILLIAMS, and A.F. GLAZOVSKII F–2. GLACIERS OF CHINA / SHI YAFENG, MI DESHENG, YAO TANDONG, ZENG QUNZHU, and LIU CHAOHAI F–3 GLACIERS OF AFGHANISTAN / JOHN E. SHRODER , JR ., and MICHAEL P. BISHOP F–4 GLACIERS OF PAKISTAN / JOHN E. SHRODER , JR ., and MICHAEL P. BISHOP F–5 GLACIERS OF INDIA / CHANDER P. VOHRA Updated supplement on A STUDY OF SELECTED GLACIERS UNDER THE CHANGING CLIMATE REGIME / SYED IQBAL HASNAIN, RAJESH KUMAR , SAFARAZ AHMAD, and SHRESTH TAYAL F–6 GLACIERS OF NEPAL — GLACIER DISTRIBUTION IN THE NEPAL HIMALAYA WITH COMPARISON TO THE KARAKORAM RANGE / KEIJI HIGUCHI, OKITSUGU WATANABE, HIROJI FUSHIMI, SHUHEI TAKENAKA, and AKIO NAGOSHI, Supplement by YUTAKA AGETA F–7 GLACIERS OF BHUTAN / SHUJI IWATA F–8 THE PALEOENVIRONMENTAL RECORD PRESERVED IN MIDDLE-LATITUDE, HIGH-MOUNTAIN GLACIERS: AN OVERVIEW OF U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY RESEARCH IN CENTRAL ASIA AND THE UNITED STATES / L. DeWAYNE CECIL, DAVID L. NAFTZ, PAUL F. SCHUSTER , DAVID D. SUSONG, and JAROMY R . GREEN
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 66
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    London : Hodder Education
    Signatur: AWI G7-11-0061
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Glaciers & Glaciation is the classic textbook for all students of glaciation. Stimulating and accessible, it has established a reputation as a comprehensive and essential resource. In this new edition, the text, references and illustrations have been thoroughly updated to provide a state-of-the-art overview of the nature, origin and behaviour of glaciers and the geological and geomorphological evidence for their past history on earth. The first part of the book investigates the processes involved in forming glacier ice, the natureof glacier-climate relationships, the mechanisms of glacier flow and the interactions of glaciers with other natural systems such as rivers, lakes and oceans. In the second part, the emphasis moves to landforms and sediment, the interpretation of the earth's glacial legacy and the reconstruction of glacial depositional environments and palaeoglaciology.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XIV, 802 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: Second edition
    ISBN: 9780340905791
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: CONTENTS PREFACE PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS PART ONE GLACIERS 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Glacier systems 1.1.1 Mass balance 1.1.2 Meltwater 1.1.3 Glacier motion 1.1.4 Glaciers and sea-level change 1.1.5 Erosion and debris transport 1.1.6 Glacial sediments, landforms and landscapes 1.2 Glacier morphology 1.2.1 Ice sheets and ice caps 1.2.2 Glaciers constrained by topography 1.2.3 Ice shelves 1.3 Present distribution of glaciers 1.3.1 Influence of latitude and altitude 1.3.2 Influence of aspect, relief and distance from a moisture source 1.4 Past distribution of glaciers 1.4.1 'Icehouse' and 'greenhouse' worlds 1.4.2 Cenozoic glaciation 2 SNOW, ICE AND CLIMATE 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Surface energy balance 2.2.1 Changes of state and temperature 2.2.2 Shortwave radiation 2.2.3 Longwave radiation 2.2.4 Sensible and latent heat: turbulent fluxes 2.2.5 Energy supplied by rain 2.2.6 Why is glacier ice blue? 2.3 Ice temperature 2.3.1 The melting point of ice 2.3.2 Controls on ice temperature 2.3.3 Thermal structure of glaciers and ice sheets 2.4 Processes of accumulation and ablation 2.4.1 Snow and ice accumulation 2.4.2 Transformation of snow to ice 2.4.3 Melting of snow and ice 2.4.4 Sublimation and evaporation 2.4.5 The influence of debris cover 2.5 Mass balance 2.5.1 Definitions 2.5.2 Measurement of mass balance 2.5.3 Annual mass balance cycles 2.5.4 Mass balance gradients 2.5.5 The equilibrium line 2.5.6 Glaciation levels or glaciation thresholds 2.5.7 Glacier sensitivity to climate change 2.6 Glacier-climate interactions 2.6.1 Effects of glaciers and ice sheets on the atmosphere 2.7 Ice cores 2.7.1 Ice coring programmes 2.7.2 Stable isotopes 2.7.3 Ancient atmospheres: the gas content of glacier ice 2.7.4 Solutes and particulates 3 GLACIER HYDROLOGY 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Basic concepts 3.2.1 Water sources and routing 3.2.2 Hydraulic potential 3.2.3 Resistance to flow 3.2.4 Channel wall processes: melting, freezing and ice deformation 3.3 Supraglacial and englacial drainage 3.3.1 Supraglacial water storage and drainage 3.3.2 Englacial drainage 3.4 Subglacial drainage 3.4.1 Subglacial channels 3.4.2 Water films 3.4.3 Linked cavity systems 3.4.4 Groundwater flow 3.4.5 Water at the ice-sediment interface 3.5 Glacial hydrological systems 3.5.1 Temperate glaciers 3.5.2 Polythermal glaciers 3.5.3 Modelling glacial hydrological systems 3.6 Proglacial runoff 3.6.1 Seasonal and shorter-term cycles 3.6.2 Runoff and climate change 3.7 Glacial lakes and outburst floods 3.7.1 Introduction 3.7.2 Moraine-dammed lakes 3.7.3 Ice-dammed lakes 3.7.4 Icelandic subglacial lakes 3.7.5 Estimating GLOF magnitudes 3.8 Life in glaciers 3.8.1 Supraglacial ecosystems 3.8.2 Subglacial ecosystems 3.9 Glacier hydrochemistry 3.9.1 Overview 3.9.2 Snow chemistry 3.9.3 Chemical weathering processes 3.9.4 Subglacial chemical weathering 3.9.5 Proglacial environments 3.9.6 Rates of chemical erosion 4 PROCESSES OF GLACIER MOTION 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Stress and strain 4.2.1 Stress 4.2.2 Strain 4.2.3 Rheology: stress-strain relationships 4.2.4 Force balance in glaciers 4.3 Deformation of ice 4.3.1 Glen's Flow Law 4.3.2 Crystal fabric, impurities and water content 4.3.3 Ice creep velocities 4.4 Sliding 4.4.1 Frozen beds 4.4.2 Sliding of wet-based ice 4.4.3 Glacier-bed friction 4.4.4 The role of water 4.5 Deformable beds 4.5.1 The Boulton-Hindmarsh model 4.5.2 Laboratory testing of subglacial tills 4.5.3 Direct observations of deformable glacier beds 4.5.4 Rheology of subglacial till 4.6 Rates of basal motion 4.6.1 'Sliding laws' 4.6.2 Local and non-local controls on ice velocity 4.7 Crevasses and other structures: strain made visible 4.7.1 Crevasses 4.7.2 Crevasse patterns 4.7.3 Layering, foliation and related structures 5 GLACIER DYNAMICS 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Understanding glacier dynamics 5.2.1 Balance velocities 5.2.2 Deviations from the balance velocity 5.2.3 Changes in ice thickness: continuity 5.2.4 Thermodynamics 5.3 Glacier models 5.3.1 Overview 5.3.2 Equilibrium glacier profiles 5.3.3 Time-evolving glacier models 5.4 Dynamics of valley glaciers 5.4.1 Intra-annual velocity variations 5.4.2 Multi-annual variations 5.5 Calving glaciers 5.5.1 Flow of calving glaciers 5.5.2 Calving processes 5.5.3 'Calving laws' 5.5.4 Advance and retreat of calving glaciers 5.6 Ice shelves 5.6.1 Mass balance of k e shelves 5.6.2 Flow of ice shelves 5.6.3 Ice shelf break-up 5.7 Glacier surges 5.7.1 Overview 5.7.2 Distribution of surging glaciers 5.7.3 Temperate glacier surges 5.7.4 Polythermal surging glaciers 5.7.5 Surge mechanisms 6 THE GREENLAND AND ANTARCTIC ICE SHEETS 6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Greenland Ice Sheet 6.2.1 Overview 6.2.2 Climate and surface mass balance 6.2.3 Ice sheet flow 6.2.4 Ice streams and outlet glaciers 6.3 The Antarctic Ice Sheet 6.3.1 Overview 6.3.2 Climate and mass balance 6.3.3 Flow of inland ice 6.3.4 Ice streams 6.3.5 Hydrology and subglacial lakes 6.3.6 Ice stream stagnation and reactivation 6.3.7 Stability of the West Antarctic Ice Sheet 7 GLACIERS AND SEA LEVEL CHANGE 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Causes of sea-level change 7.2.1 Overview 7.2.2 Glacio-eustasy and global ice volume 7.2.3 Glacio-isostasy and ice sheet loading 7.3 Sea-level change over glacial-interglacial cycles 7.3.1 Ice sheet fluctuations and eustatic sea-level change 7.3.2 Sea-level histories in glaciated regions 7.4 Glaciers and recent sea-level change 7.4.1 Recorded sea-level change 7.4.2 Global glacier mass balance 7.5 Future sea-level change 7.5.1 IPCC climate and sea-level projections 7.5.2 Predicting the glacial contribution to sea-level change PART TWO GLACIATION 8 EROSIONAL PROCESSES, FORMS AND LANDSCAPES 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Subglacial erosion 8.2.1 Rock fracture: general principles 8.2.2 Abrasion 8.2,3 Quarrying 8.2.4 Erosion beneath cold ice 8.2.5 Erosion of soft beds 8.3 Small-scale erosional forms 8.3.1 Striae and polished surfaces 8.3.2 Rat tails 8.3.3 Chattermarks, gouges and fractures 8.3.4 P-forms 8.4 Intermediate-scale erosional forms 8.4.1 Roches moutonnees 8.4.2 Whalebacks and rock drumlins 8.4.3 Crag and tails 8.4.4 Channels 8.5 Large-scale erosional landforms 8.5.1 Rock basins and overdeepenings 8.5.2 Basins and overdeepenings in soft sediments 8.5.3 Troughs and fjords 8.5.4 Cirques 8.5.5 Strandflats 8.6 Landscapes of glacial erosion 8.6.1 Areal scouring 8.6.2 Selective linear erosion 8.6.3 Landscapes of little or no glacial erosion 8.6.4 Alpine landscapes 8.6.5 Cirque landscapes 8.6.6 Continent-scale patterns of erosion 9 DEBRIS ENTRAPMENT AND TRANSPORT 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Approaches to the study of glacial sediments 9.2.1 The glacial debris cascade 9.2.2 Spatial hierarchies of sediments and landforms 9.3 Glacial debris entrainment 9.3.1 Supraglacial debris entrainment 9.3.2 Incorporation of debris into basal ice 9.4 Debris transport and release 9.4.1 Subglacial transport 9.4.2 High-level debris transport 9.4.3 Glacifluvial transport 9.5 Effects of transport on debris 9.5.1 Granulometry 9.5.2 Clast morphology 9.5.3 Particle micromorphology 10 GLACIGENIC SEDIMENTS AND DEPOSITIONAL PROCESSES 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Sediment description and classification 10.2.1 Sediment description 10.2.2 Deformation structures 10.2.3 Primary and secondary deposits 10.3 Primary glacigenic deposits (till) 10.3.1 Overview 10.3.2 Processes of subglacial till formation 10.3.3 Glacitectonite 10.3.4 Subglacial traction till 10.4 Glacifluvial deposits 10.4.1 Terminology and classification of glacifluvial sediments 10.4.2 Plane bed deposits 10.4.3 Ripple cross-laminated facies 10.4.4 Dunes 10.4.5 Antidunes 10.4.6 Scour and minor channel fills 10.4.7 Gravel sheets 10.4.8 Silt and mud drapes 10.4.9 Hyperconcentrated flow deposits 10.5 Gravitational mass movement deposits and syn-sedimentary deformation structures 10.5.1 Overview 10.5.2 Fall deposits 10.5.3 Slide and slump deposits 10.5.4 Debris (sediment-gravity) flow deposits 10.5.5
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 67
    Monographie Präsenzbestand
    Monographie Präsenzbestand
    Beijing [u.a.] : O'Reilly
    Signatur: AWI S2-11-0015
    Materialart: Monographie Präsenzbestand
    Seiten: XVI, 750 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Ausgabe: Dt. Ausg.
    ISBN: 9783897216495
    Serie: In a nutshell
    Originaltitel: R in a nutshell
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Cotents: Teil I: R-Grundlagen: 1 Beschaffung und Installation von R. - 2 Die R-Benutzerschnittstelle. - 3 Kurzeinführung in R. - 4 R-Pakete. - Teil II: Die Programmiersprache R: 5 Überblick über die Programmiersprache R. - 6 R-Syntax. - 7 R-Objekte. - 8 Symbole und Umgebungen. - 9 Funktionen. - 10 Objektorientierte Programmierung. - 11 Hochperformantes R. - Teil II: Daten aufbereiten und darstellen: 12 Daten speichern, laden und bearbeiten. - 13 Datenaufbereitung. - 14 Grafik. - 15 Trellis-Grafik mit Lattice. - Teil IV: Statistik mit R: 16 Datenexploration. - 17 Wahrscheinlichkeitsverteilungen. - 18 Statistische Testverfahren. - 19 Poweranalyse. - 20 Regressionsmodelle. - 21 Klassifikationsmodelle. - 22 Maschinelles Lernen. - 23 Zeitreihenanalyse. - 24 Bioconductor. - Anhang A: Funktionsreferenz. - Anhang B: Datensatzreferenz. - Literatur. - Index
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 68
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge Univ. Pr.
    Signatur: AWI G6-10-0141
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The first comprehensive, state-of-the-art introduction to the fast-evolving topic of in-situ produced cosmogenic nuclides, for graduate students and practitioners.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: IX, 187 S. : Ill.
    Ausgabe: 1 ed.
    ISBN: 9780521873802 , 0-521-87380-0
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Preface. - 1 Cosmic rays. - 1.1 Origin and nature of cosmic rays. - 1.2 Interaction with magnetic fields. - 1.3 Interactions with the Earth's atmosphere. - 1.4 Interactions with the Earth's surface. - 1.5 Production of cosmogenic nuclides. - 1.6 Detection of cosmic rays. - 2 Cosmogenic nuclides. - 2.1 'Useful' cosmogenic nuclides. - 2.2 Stable cosmogenic nuclides. - 2.3 Cosmogenic radionuclides. - 2.4 Sample preparation. - 2.5 Analytical methods. - 3 Production rates and scaling factors. - 3.1 Deriving production rates. - 3.2 Scaling factors. - 3.3 Building scaling factors. - 4 Application of cosmogenic nuclldes to Earth surface sciences. - 4.1 Exposure dating. - 4.2 Burial dating. - 4.3 Erosion/denudation rates. - 4.4 Uplift rates. - 4.5 Soil dynamics. - 4.6 Dealing with uncertainty. - Appendix A: Sampling checklist. - Appendix B: Reporting of cosrnogenic-nudide data for exposure age and erosion rate determinations. - References. - Index.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 69
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Princeton, NJ : Princeton University Press
    Signatur: AWI G6-12-0047
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Global Carbon Cycle is a short introduction to this essential geochemical driver of the earth's climate system, written by one of the world's leading climate-science experts. In this one-of-a-kind primer, David Archer engages readers in clear and simple terms about the many ways the global carbon cycle is woven into our climate system. He begins with a concise overview of the subject, and then looks at the carbon cycle on three different time scales, describing how the cycle interacts with climate in very distinct ways in each. On million-year time scales, feedbacks in the carbon cycle stabilize earth's climate and oxygen concentrations. Archer explains how on hundred-thousand-year glacial / interglacial time scales, the carbon cycle in the ocean amplifies climate change, and how, on the human time scale of decades, the carbon cycle has been dampening climate change by absorbing fossil-fuel carbon dioxide into the oceans and land biosphere. A central question of the book is whether the carbon cycle could once again act to amplify climate change in centuries to come, for example through melting permafrost peatlands and methane hydrates. The Global Carbon Cycle features a glossary of terms, suggestions for further reading, and explanations of equations, as well as a forward-looking discussion of open questions about the global carbon cycle.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 205 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780691144146
    Serie: Princeton Primers in climate
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: 1 Carbon on earth. - 2 The stable geologic carbon cycle. - 3 The unstable ice age carbon cycle. - 4 The present and future carboncycle - stable or unstable?. - 5 Methane.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 70
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Signatur: AWI Bio-11-0010
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: This much revised and expanded edition provides a valuable and detailed summary of the many uses of diatoms in a wide range of applications in the environmental and earth sciences. Particular emphasis is placed on the use of diatoms in analyzing ecological problems related to climate change, acidification, eutrophication, and other pollution issues. The chapters are divided into sections for easy reference, with separate sections covering indicators in different aquatic environments. A final section explores diatom use in other fields of study such as forensics, oil and gas exploration, nanotechnology, and archeology. Sixteen new chapters have been added since the first edition including introductory chapters on diatom biology and the numerical approaches used by diatomists. The extensive glossary has also been expanded and now includes over 1000 detailed entries, which will help non-specialists to use the book effectively
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XVIII, 667 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: Second edition
    ISBN: 9780521509961 , 0-521-50996-3
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: List of Contributors. - Preface. - Part I. Introduction: 1. Applications and uses of diatoms: prologue ; 2. The diatoms: a primer ; 3. Numerical methods for the analysis of diatom assemblage data ; Part II. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in flowing waters and lakes: 4. Assessing environmental conditions in rivers and streams with diatoms ; 5. Diatoms as indicators of long-term environmental change in rivers, fluvial lakes and impoundments ; 6. Diatoms as indicators of surface-water acidity ; 7. Diatoms as indicators of lake eutrophication ; 8. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in shallow lakes ; 9. Diatoms as indicators of water-level change in freshwater lakes ; 10. Diatoms as indicators of hydrologic and climatic change in saline lakes ; 11. Diatoms in ancient lakes ; Part III. Diatoms as Indicators in Arctic, Antarctic and alpine lacustrine environments: 12. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in subarctic and alpine regions ; 13. Freshwater diatoms as indicators of environmental change in the High Arctic ; 14. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in Antarctic and subantarctic freshwaters ; Part IV. Diatoms as indicators in marine and estuarine environments: 15. Diatoms and environmental change in large brackish-water ecosystems ; 16. Applied diatom studies in estuaries and shallow coastal environments ; 17. Estuarine paleoenvironmental reconstructions using diatoms ; 18. Diatoms on coral reefs and in tropical marine lakes ; 19. Diatoms as indicators of former sea levels, earthquakes, tsunamis and hurricanes ; 20. Marine diatoms as indicators of modern changes in oceanographic conditions ; 21. Holocene marine diatom records of environmental change ; 22. Diatoms as indicators of paleoceanographic events ; 23. Reconsidering the meaning of biogenic silica accumulation rates in the glacial Southern Ocean ; Part V. Other applications: 24. Diatoms of aerial habitats ; 25. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in wetlands and peatlands ; 26. Tracking fish, seabirds, and wildlife population dynamics with diatoms and other limnological indicators ; 27. Diatoms and archaeology ; 28. Diatoms in oil and gas exploration ; 29. Forensic science and diatoms ; 30. Toxic marine diatoms ; 31. Diatoms as markers of atmospheric transport ; 32. Diatoms as nonnative species ; 33. Diatomite ; 34. Stable isotopes from diatom silica ; 35. Diatoms and nanotechnology: early history and imagined future as seen through patents ; Part IV. Conclusions: 36. Epilogue: a view to the future ; Glossary, acronyms, and abbreviations ; Index.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 71
    Signatur: AWI A14-10-0012
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Demonstrating the breadth and depth of growth in the field since the publication of the popular first edition, Image Analysis, Classification and Change Detection in Remote Sensing, with Algorithms for ENVI/IDL, Second Edition has been updated and expanded to keep pace with the latest versions of the ENVI software environment. Effectively interweaving theory, algorithms, and computer codes, the text supplies an accessible introduction to the techniques used in the processing of remotely sensed imagery.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XIV, 441Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: Second edition
    ISBN: 978-1-4200-8713-0
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Preface to the Second Edition Preface to the First Edition 1. Images, Arrays, and Matrices 1.1 Multispectral Satellite Images 1.2 Algebra of Vectors and Matrices 1.2.1 Elementary Properties 1.2.2 Square Matrices 1.2.3 Singular Matrices 1.2.4 Symmetric, Positive Definite Matrices 1.2.5 Linear Dependence and Vector Spaces 1.3 Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors 1.4 Singular Value Decomposition 1.5 Vector Derivatives 1.6 Finding Minima and Maxima 1.7 Exercises 2. Image Statistics 2.1 Random Variables 2.1.1 Discrete Random Variables 2.1.2 Continuous Random Variables 2.1.3 Normal Distribution 2.2 Random Vectors 2.3 Parameter Estimation 2.3.1 Sampling a Distribution 2.3.2 Interval Estimation 2.3.3 Provisional Means 2.4 Hypothesis Testing and Sample Distribution Functions 2.4.1 Chi-Square Distribution 2.4.2 Student-t Distribution 2.4.3 F-Distribution 2.5 Conditional Probabilities, Bayes' Theorem, and Classification 2.6 Ordinary Linear Regression 2.6.1 One Independent Variable 2.6.2 More Than One Independent Variable 2.6.3 Regularization, Duality, and the Gram Matrix 2.7 Entropy and Information 2.7.1 Kullback-Leibler Divergence 2.7.2 Mutual Information 2.8 Exercises 3. Transformations 3.1 Discrete Fourier Transform 3.2 Discrete Wavelet Transform 3.2.1 Haar Wavelets 3.2.2 Image Compression 3.2.3 Multiresolution Analysis 3.2.3.1 Dilation Equation and Refinement Coefficients 3.2.3.2 Cascade Algorithm 3.2.3.3 Mother Wavelet 3.2.3.4 Daubechies D4 Scaling Function 3.3 Principal Components 3.3.1 Primal Solution 3.3.2 Dual Solution 3.4 Minimum Noise Fraction 3.4.1 Additive Noise 3.4.2 Minimum Noise Fraction Transformation in ENVI 3.5 Spatial Correlation 3.5.1 Maximum Autocorrelation Factor 3.5.2 Noise Estimation 3.6 Exercises 4. Filters, Kernels, and Fields 4.1 Convolution Theorem 4.2 Linear Filters 4.3 Wavelets and Filter Banks 4.3.1 One-Dimensional Arrays 4.3.2 Two-Dimensional Arrays 4.4 Kernel Methods 4.4.1 Valid Kernels 4.4.2 Kernel PCA 4.5 Gibbs-Markov Random Fields 4.6 Exercises 5. Image Enhancement and Correction 5.1 Lookup Tables and Histogram Functions 5.2 Filtering and Feature Extraction 5.2.1 Edge Detection 5.2.2 Invariant Moments 5.3 Panchromatic Sharpening 5.3.1 HSV Fusion 5.3.2 Brovey Fusion 5.3.3 PCA Fusion 5.3.4 DWT Fusion 5.3.5 A Trous Fusion 5.3.6 Quality Index 5.4 Topographic Correction 5.4.1 Rotation, Scaling, and Translation 5.4.2 Imaging Transformations 5.4.3 Camera Models and RFM Approximations 5.4.4 Stereo Imaging and Digital Elevation Models 5.4.5 Slope and Aspect 5.4.6 Illumination Correction 5.5 Image-Image Registration 5.5.1 Frequency-Domain Registration 5.5.2 Feature Matching 5.5.2.1 High-Pass Filtering 5.5.2.2 Closed Contours 5.5.2.3 Chain Codes and Moments 5.5.2.4 Contour Matching 5.5.2.5 Consistency Check 5.5.2.6 Implementation in IDL 5.5.3 Resampling and Warping 5.6 Exercises 6. Supervised Classification: Part 1 6.1 Maximum a Posteriori Probability 6.2 Training Data and Separability 6.3 Maximum Likelihood Classification 6.3.1 ENVI's Maximum Likelihood Classifier 6.3.2 Modified Maximum Likelihood Classifier 6.4 Gaussian Kernel Classification 6.5 Neural Networks 6.5.1 Neural Network Classifier 6.5.2 Cost Functions 6.5.3 Backpropagation 6.5.4 Overfitting and Generalization 6.6 Support Vector Machines 6.6.1 Linearly Separable Classes 6.6.1.1 Primal Formulation 6.6.1.2 Dual Formulation 6.6.1.3 Quadratic Programming and Support Vectors 6.6.2 Overlapping Classes 6.6.3 Solution with Sequential Minimal Optimization 6.6.4 Multiclass SVMs 6.6.5 Kernel Substitution 6.6.6 Modified SVM Classifier 6.7 Exercises 7. Supervised Classification: Part 2 7.1 Postprocessing 7.1.1 Majority Filtering 7.1.2 Probabilistic Label Relaxation 7.2 Evaluation and Comparison of Classification Accuracy 7.2.1 Accuracy Assessment 7.2.2 Model Comparison 7.3 Adaptive Boosting 7.4 Hyperspectral Analysis 7.4.1 Spectral Mixture Modeling 7.4.2 Unconstrained Linear Unmixing 7.4.3 Intrinsic End-Members and Pixel Purity 7.5 Exercises 8. Unsupervised Classification 8.1 Simple Cost Functions 8.2 Algorithms That Minimize the Simple Cost Functions 8.2.1 K-Means Clustering 8.2.2 Kernel K-Means Clustering 8.2.3 Extended K-Means Clustering 8.2.4 Agglomerative Hierarchical Clustering 8.2.5 Fuzzy K-Means Clustering 8.3 Gaussian Mixture Clustering 8.3.1 Expectation Maximization 8.3.2 Simulated Annealing 8.3.3 Partition Density 8.3.4 Implementation Notes 8.4 Including Spatial Information 8.4.1 Multiresolution Clustering 8.4.2 Spatial Clustering 8.5 Benchmark 8.6 Kohonen Self-Organizing Map 8.7 Image Segmentation 8.7.1 Segmenting a Classified Image 8.7.2 Object-Based Classification 8.7.3 Mean Shift 8.8 Exercises 9. Change Detection 9.1 Algebraic Methods 9.2 Postclassification Comparison 9.3 Principal Components Analysis 9.3.1 Iterated PCA 9.3.2 Kernel PCA 9.4 Multivariate Alteration Detection 9.4.1 Canonical Correlation Analysis 9.4.2 Orthogonality Properties 9.4.3 Scale Invariance 9.4.4 Iteratively Reweighted MAD 9.4.5 Correlation with the Original Observations 9.4.6 Regularization 9.4.7 Postprocessing 9.5 Decision Thresholds and Unsupervised Classification of Changes 9.6 Radiometrie Normalization 9.7 Exercises Appendix A: Mathematical Tools A.l Cholesky Decomposition A.2 Vector and Inner Product Spaces A.3 Least Squares Procedures A.3.1 Recursive Linear Regression A.3.2 Orthogonal Linear Regression Appendix B: Efficient Neural Network Training Algorithms B.1 Hessian Matrix B.1.1 R-Operator B.1.1.1 Determination of Rv{n} B.1.1.2 Determination of Rv{δo} B.1.1.3 Determination of Rv{δh} B.1.2 Calculating the Hessian B.2 Scaled Conjugate Gradient Training B.2.1 Conjugate Directions B.2.2 Minimizing a Quadratic Function B.2.3 Algorithm B.3 Kaiman Filter Training B.3.1 Linearization B.3.2 Algorithm B.4 A Neural Network Classifier with Hybrid Training Appendix C: ENVI Extensions in IDL C.1 Installation C.2 Extensions C.2.1 Kernel Principal Components Analysis C.2.2 Discrete Wavelet Transform Fusion C.2.3 A Trous Wavelet Transform Fusion C.2.4 Quality Index C.2.5 Calculating Heights of Man-Made Structures in High-Resolution Imagery C.2.6 Illumination Correction C.2.7 Image Registration C.2.8 Maximum Likelihood Classification C.2.9 Gaussian Kernel Classification C.2.10 Neural Network Classification C.2.11 Support Vector Machine Classification C.2.12 Probabilistic Label Relaxation C.2.13 Classifier Evaluation and Comparison C.2.14 Adaptive Boosting a Neural Network Classifier C.2.15 Kernel K-Means Clustering C.2.16 Agglomerative Hierarchical Clustering C.2.17 Fuzzy K-Means Clustering C.2.18 Gaussian Mixture Clustering C.2.19 Kohonen Self-Organizing Map C.2.20 Classified Image Segmentation C.2.21 Mean Shift Segmentation C.2.22 Multivariate Alteration Detection C.2.23 Viewing Changes C.2.24 Radiometric Normalization Appendix D: Mathematical Notation References Index
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 72
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZSP-125-2009
    In: Antarctic Automatic Weather Station Data for the Calender Year ...
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 44 S. : graph. Darst.
    Sprache: Englisch
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 73
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung in der Helmholtz-Gemeinschaft
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZSP-994(2008/2007)
    In: Zweijahresbericht / AWI, Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung, 2008/2009
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 256 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 1618-3703
    Serie: Zweijahresbericht / AWI, Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung 2008/2009
    Sprache: Deutsch , Englisch
    Anmerkung: Inhalt = Content 1. Vorwort = Introduction 2. Ausgewählte Forschungsthemen = Selected research topics Methanemission aus dem Permafrost im Lena-Delta = Methane emission from permafrost in the Lena River Delta / Torsten Sachs, Julia Boike Neue Biomarker belegen Schwankungen der arktischen Meereisbedeckung während der letzten 30.000 Jahre = New biomarkers reveal fluctuations in Arctic sea ice cover during the past 30,000 years / Juliane Müller, Rüdiger Stein Die Stabilität des Westantarktischen Eisschildes – Ergebnisse der ANDRILL Tiefbohrungen = The stability of the West Antarctic ice sheet – results of ANDRILL deep drilling operations / Gerhard Kuhn, Frank Niessen Meeresalgen global - detaillierter Blick aus dem All = Detailed view from space – marine algae globally observed / Astrid Bracher, Tilman Dinter, Ilka Peeken, Bettina Schmitt Was verrät der Jahreszyklus über die Klimaentwicklung der letzten Millionen Jahre? = What does the annual cycle tell us about climate change in the last millions of years? / Thomas Laepple, Gerrit Lohmann Der Puls der Atmosphäre: Dekadisches Auf und Ab / The pulse of the tmosphere: The decadal Ups and Downs / Dörthe Handorf, Klaus Dethloff, Sascha Brand, Matthias Läuter Das Eisendüngungsexperiment LOHAFEX = The Iron Fertilization Experiment LOHAFEX / Philipp Assmy, Christine Klaas, Victor Smetacek, Dieter Wolf-Gladrow Ein nützliches genetisches Erbe - Wie alte Gene das Überleben in neuen Lebensräumen ermöglichen = A convenient genetic heritage - How ancestral genes help to survive in new habitats / Doris Abele, Ellen Weihe, Magnus Lucassen, Christoph Held, Kevin Pöhlmann Verursacher von Muschelvergiftungen identifiziert = Cause of Shellfish Poisoning Identified / Urban Tillmann, Malte Elbrächter, Bernd Krock, Uwe John, Allan Cembella Mikrobielle Stoffumsätze im Klimawandel = Climate change and the microbial cycling of organic matter / Anja Engel, Judith Piontek, Mascha Wurst, Nicole Händel, Mirko Lunau, Corinna Borchard 3. Forschung = Research PACES 3.1 TOPIC 1: The changing Arctic and Antarctic 3.2 TOPIC 2: Coastal change 3.3 TOPIC 3: Lehrstunden aus der Erdgeschichte = Lessons from the past 3.4 TOPIC 4: Das Erdsystem aus polarer Perspektive = The Earth System from a Polar Perspective 4. Helmholtz-Nachwuchsgruppen = Helmholtz Young Investigator Groups 5. Entwicklungen in den Fachbereichen = Progresses in the scientific divisions 6. Tiefseeökologie und -technologie (HGF-MPG) = Deep-sea ecology and technology (HGF-MPG) 7. Logistik und Forschungsplattformen = Logistics and research platforms 8. Nationale und internationale Zusammenarbeit = National and international cooperation 9. Wissenschaftliches Rechenzentrum = Scientific data processing centre 10. Bibliothek = Library 11. Technologietransfer = Technology transfer 12. Kommunikation und Medien = Communications and Media 13. Schulprojekt = School project 14. Personeller Aufbau und Haushaltsentwicklung = Personnel structure and budget trends 15. Veröffentlichungen, Patente = Publications, patents Anhang = Annex , In deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 74
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Stuttgart : Borntraeger
    Signatur: AWI A14-10-0064
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Measurement Methods in Atmospheric Sciences provides a comprehensive overview of in-situ and remote sensing measurement techniques for probing the Earth's atmosphere. The methods presented in this book span the entire range from classical meteorology via atmospheric chemistry and micrometeorological flux determination to Earth observation from space. Standard instruments for meteorological and air quality monitoring methods, as well as specialized instrumentation predominantly used in scientific experiments, are covered. The presented techniques run from simple mechanical sensors to highly sophisticated electronic devices. Special emphasis is placed on the rapidly evolving field of remote sensing techniques. Here, active ground-based remote sending techniques such as SODAR and LIDAR find a detailed coverage. The book conveys the basic principles of the various observational and monitoring methods, enabling the user to identify the most appropriate method. An introductory chapter covers general principles (e.g. inversion of measured data, available platforms, statistical properties of data, data acquisition). Later chapters each treat methods for measuring a specific property (e.g. humidity, wind speed, wind direction). Long chapters provide an introductory tabular list of the methods treated. More than 100 figures and 400 references, mostly to the recent scientific literature, aid the reader in reading up on the details of the various methods at hand. Recommendations at the end of each major chapter provide additional hints on the use of some instruments in order to facilitate the selection of the proper instrument for a successful measurement. A large number of national and international standards, providing precise guidelines for measuring and acquiring reliable, reproducible and comparable data sets are listed in the appendix. A dedicated index allows easy access to this valuable information. The book is of interest to undergraduate and graduate students in meteorology, physical geography, ecology, environmental sciences and related disciplines as well as to scientists in the process of planning atmospheric measurements in field campaigns or working with data already acquired. Practitioners in environmental agencies and similar institutions will benefit from instrument descriptions and the extended lists in the appendix.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XIV, 257 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783443010669 , 3-443-01066-0
    Serie: Quantifying the environment
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Preface 1 Introduction 1.1 The necessity for measurements 1.2 Definition of a measurement 1.3 Historical aspects 2 Measurement basics 2.1 Overview of methods 2.1.1 Direct and indirect methods 2.1.2 In-situ and remote sensing methods 2.1.3 Instantaneous and integrating methods 2.1.4 On-line and off-line methods, post-processing 2.1.5 Flux measurements 2.2 Main measurement principles 2.3 Measurements by inversion 2.3.1 Inversion with one variable 2.3.2 Inversion with more than one variable 2.3.3 Well-posed and ill-posed problems 2.4 Measurement instruments 2.4.1 Active and passive instruments 2.4.2 Analogue and digital instruments 2.5 Measurement platforms 2.6 Measurement variables 2.7 General characteristics of measured data 2.8 Data logging 2.9 Quality assurance/quality control 3 In-situ measurements of state variables 3.1 Thermometers 3.1.1 Liquid-in-glass thermometers 3.1.2 Bimetal thermometers 3.1.3 Resistance thermometers, thermistors 3.1.4 Thermocouples, thermopiles 3.1.5 Sonic thermometry 3.1.6 Measurement of infrared radiation 3.1.7 Soil thermometer 3.1.8 Recommendations for temperature measurements 3.2 Measuring moisture 3.2.1 Hygrometer 3.2.2 Psychrometers 3.2.3 Dewpoint determination 3.2.4 Capacitive methods 3.2.5 Recommendations for humidity measurements 3.3 Pressure sensors 3.3.1 Barometers 3.3.2 Hypsometers 3.3.3 Electronic barometers 3.3.4 Microbarometer 3.3.5 Pressure balance 3.3.6 Recommendations for pressure measurements 3.4 Wind measurements 3.4.1 Estimation from visual observations 3.4.2 Wind direction 3.4.3 Cup anemometer 3.4.4 Pressure tube 3.4.5 Hot wire anemometer 3.4.6 Ultrasonic anemometer 3.4.7 Propeller anemometer 3.4.8 Recommendations for wind measurements 4 In-situ methods for observing liquid water and ice 4.1 Precipitation 4.1.1 Rain sensors (Present Weather Sensors) 4.1.2 Rain gauges (totalisators) 4.1.3 Pluviographs 4.1.4 Disdrometer 4.1.5 Special instruments for snow 4.1.6 Recommendations for precipitation measurements 4.2 Soil moisture 4.2.1 Gravimetric methods 4.2.2 Neutron probes 4.2.3 Time domain reflectrometry (TDR) 4.2.4 Tensiometers 4.2.5 Resistance block tensiometer 4.2.6 Recommendations for soil moisture measurements 5 In-situ measurement of trace substances 5.1 Measurement of trace gases 5.1.1 Physical methods 5.1.2 Chemical methods 5.1.3 Recommendations for the measurement of trace gases 5.2 Particle measurements 5.2.1 Determination of the particle mass 5.2.2 Measuring particle size distributions 5.2.3 Measurement of the chemical composition of particles 5.2.4 Measuring the particle structure 5.2.5 Saltiphon 5.2.6 Recommendations for particle measurements 5.3 Olfactometry 5.4 Radioactivity 5.4.1 Counter tubes 5.4.2 Scintillation counters 5.4.3 Recommendations for radioactivity monitoring 6 In-situ flux measurements 6.1 Measuring radiation 6.1.1 Measuring direct solar radiation 6.1.2 Measuring shortwave irradiance 6.1.3 Measuring longwave irradiance 6.1.4 Measuring the total irradiance 6.1.5 Measuring chill 6.1.6 Sunshine recorder 6.1.7 Recommendations for radiation measurements 6.2 Visual range 6.3 Micrometeorological flux measurements 6.3.1 Cuvettes 6.3.2 Surface chambers 6.3.3 Mass balance method 6.3.4 Inferential method 6.3.5 Gradient method 6.3.6 Bowen-ratio method 6.3.7 Flux variance method 6.3.8 Dissipation method 6.3.9 Eddy covariance method 6.3.10 Eddy accumulation methods 6.3.11 Disjunct eddy covariance method 6.3.12 Recommendations for the measurement of turbulent fluxes 6.4 Evaporation Atmometers 6.4.2 Lysimeters 6.4.3 Evaporation pans and tanks 6.4.4 Recommendations for evaporation measurements 6.5 Soil heat flux 6.6 Inverse emission flux modelling 7 Remote sensing methods 7.1 Basics of remote sensing 7.2 Active sounding methods 7.2.1 RADAR 7.2.2 Windprofilers 7.2.3 SODAR 7.2.4 RASS 7.2.5 LIDAR 7.2.6 Further LIDAR techniques 7.3 Active path-averaging methods 7.3.1 Scintillometers 7.3.2 FTIR 7.3.3 DOAS 7.3.4 Quantum cascade laser 7.4 Passive methods 7.4.1 Radiometers 7.4.2 Photometers 7.4.3 Infrared-Interferometer 7.5 Tomography 7.5.1 Simultaneous Iterative Reconstruction Technique 7.5.2 Algebraic Reconstruction Technique (ART) 7.5.3 Smooth Basis Function Minimization (SBFM) 8 Remote sensing of atmospheric state variables 8.1 Temperature 8.1.1 Near-surface temperatures 8.1.2 Temperature profiles 8.2 Gaseous humidity 8.2.1 Integral water vapour content 8.2.2 Vertical profiles 8.2.3 Large-scale humidity distribution 8.3 Wind and turbulence 8.3.1 Small-scale near-surface turbulence 8.3.2 Horizontal wind fields 8.3.3 Vertical wind profiles 8.3.4 Turbulence profiles 8.3.5 Cloud winds 8.3.6 Ionospheric winds 8.4 Mixing-layer heights 8.4.1 LIDAR 8.4.2 SODAR 8.5 Turbulent fluxes 8.6 Ionospheric electron densities 8.7 Recommendations for remote sensing of state variables 9 Remote sensing of water and ice 9.1 Precipitation 9.1.1 RADAR 9.1.2 Precipitation measurements from satellites 9.2 Clouds 9.2.1 Cloud base 9.2.2 Cloud cover 9.2.3 Cloud movement 9.2.4 Water content 9.3 Recommendations for remote sensing of liquid water and ice 10 Remote sensing of trace substances 10.1 Trace gases 10.1.1 Horizontal path-averaging methods 10.1.2 Vertical column densities 10.1.3 Sounding methods 10.2 Aerosols 10.2.1 Aerosol optical depths (AOD) 10.2.2 Sounding methods 10.3 Recommendations for remote sensing of trace substances 11 Remote sensing of surface properties 11.1 Properties of the solid surface 11.1.1 Surface roughness 11.1.2 Land surface temperature 11.1.3 Soil moisture 11.1.4 Vegetation 11.1.5 Snow and ice 11.1.6 Fires 11.2 Properties of the ocean surface 11.2.1 Altitudes of the sea surface 11.2.2 Wave heights 11.2.3 Sea surface temperature 11.2.4 Salinity 11.2.5 Ocean currents 11.2.6 Ice cover, size of ice floes 11.2.7 Algae and suspended sediment concentrations 12 Remote sensing of electrical phenomena 12.1 Spherics 12.1.1 Directional analyses 12.1.2 Distance analyses 12.2 Optical lightning detection 13 Outlook on new developments Literature Subject index Appendix: Technical guidelines and standards Index to the Appendix
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 75
    Signatur: AWI G3-19-92469
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 68 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Sprache: Englisch , Französisch
    Anmerkung: Content Foreword Preface 1 – The PERMAFrance network 1.1 – Objectives 1.2 – Structure and partners 1.3 – Monitoring sites 2 – Permafrost in the French mountains 2.1 – Distribution of permafrost in France 2.2 – Monitoring sites 3 – Weather and climate 3.1 – Climatic trends of the last 4 decades 3.2 – Annual weather summary 2002-2009 3.3 – Summary of nivo-meteorological conditions 4 – Surface temperature on surficial deposits 4.1 – BTS datasets 4.2 – GST datasets 5 – Geodetic measurements and surface dynamics of rock glaciers 5.1 – GPS & total station 5.2 – LIDAR 6 – Rockfalls and evolution of rockfaces 6.1 – LiDAR datasets for rockwalls in the Mont Blanc massif 6.2 – Rockfall inventories in the Mont Blanc massif 7 – References / Bibliographie , In englischer und französischer Sprache
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 76
    Signatur: AWI A4-19-20532
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 36 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhalt Vorwort Einleitung: Unser Klima aus der Polarperspektive Verbessertes Verständnis arktischer Klimaänderungen durch Messungen und Modellierung Physikalische Prozesse in der polaren Atmosphäre Langzeit-Messreihen zeigen: Ozonschicht über der Antarktis konnte sich noch nicht erholen Arktischer Meereisrückgang verursacht Anomalien in Ozean und Atmosphäre HAFOS erfasst längerfristige Veränderungen im Ozean Meereisspiegel im Nordatlantik in nur 15 Jahren um 6 cm gestiegen Eis im Klimawandel Erderwärmung gefährdet die Permafrost-regionen und damit das globale Klimasystem Marine Klimaarchive – Aus der Vergangenheit lernen, um den Blick in die Zukunft zu schärfen Paläoklimamodelle: Zurück in die Zukunft Marines Plankton beeinflusst das globale Klima Die regionalen Auswirkungen des Klimawandels rücken in den Blickpunkt Das World Radiation Monitoring Center am AWI: weltweite Datenzentrale der Erdsystemforschung Klimaberatung: regionalspezifisch, verständlich, solide – das Helmholtz-Klimabüro am AWI Die stationären und mobilen Infrastrukturen des Alfred-Wegener-Instituts in Arktis und Antarktis Ansprechpartner im AWI, Impressum
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 77
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Bielefeld : Delius
    Signatur: AWI E1-08-0006
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Am 9. Dezember 1982 wurde das Eis brechende Forschungs- und Versorgungsschiff POLARSTERN nach nur 15 Monaten Bauzeit – bei Howaldtswerke-Deutsche Werft in Kiel und Werft Nobiskrug in Rendsburg – in Dienst gestellt. Inzwischen – 25 Jahre ununterbrochen für die Wissenschaft im harten Einsatz in den schwierigen Fahrtgebieten der Arktis und Antarktis – ist POLARSTERN eine Erfolgsgeschichte für die deutsche Meeres- und Polarforschung. Eigens als multidisziplinäres Forschungsschiff für den Einsatz speziell im Packeis der Arktis und Antarktis gebaut und eingerichtet als schwimmendes Forschungsinstitut, hat die POLARSTERN gehalten, was man sich von ihr versprochen hat: Sie ist immer noch das weltweit leistungsfähigste Polarforschungsschiff und damit auch das wichtigste Großgerät der deutschen Polarforschung, die auf dieser Basis weltweit beachtete Ergebnisse erzielt hat. Betrieben wird die POLARSTERN von der Stiftung Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung (AWI) in der Helmholtz-Gemeinschaft Deutscher Forschungszentren (HGF) in enger Abstimmung und Zusammenarbeit mit Forschergruppen aus Universitäten und anderen Forschungsinstituten. POLARSTERN hat für die Meeres- und Polarforschung eine Vielzahl von Beiträgen geliefert, um die Polargebiete als sehr empfindliche Schlüsselgebiete der globalen Klimaentwicklung zu erkennen. Es wird erwartet, dass sich Effekte des globalen Klimawandels hier frühzeitiger als in anderen Regionen und besonders intensiv auswirken. Das Buch gibt in zahlreichen Beiträgen einen Überblick über das Schiff und seine technischen Besonderheiten sowie die wissenschaftlichen Labors. Es vermittelt einen Einblick in das Leben und Arbeiten an Bord und in den Verlauf der komplexen, multidisziplinären Forschungsarbeiten. In einer thematisch breiten Auswahl berichten Expeditionsteilnehmer von ihren Forschungsergebnissen aus den atlantischen Sektoren von Arktis und Antarktis.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 293 S. , zahlr. Ill., graph. Darst., Kt. , 25 cm
    Ausgabe: 1. Aufl.
    ISBN: 9783768824330 , 3-7688-2433-0
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhalt: Grußwort / Annette Schavan. - Zu diesem Buch / Dieter K. Fütterer, Eberhard Fahrbach. - 25 Jahre POLARSTERN - Durchbruch für die deutsche Polarforschung / Jörn Thiede, Dieter K. Fütterer. - Marmeladeneimer oder Eisbrecher? - eine Entscheidung / Klaus Fleischmann. - Das Eis brechende Forschungsschiff POLARSTERN - technische Aspekte / Volker Schulz. - POLARSTERN - multidisziplinäres Forschungsschiff der besonderen Art / Klaus von Bröckel. - POLARSTERN - Versorger für die Neumayer-Station / Hartwig Gernandt. - Wissenschaftliche Sonarsysteme zur Ortung und Meeresbodenerkundung / Hans Werner Schenke. - Von der elektronischen Steinzeit zur Neuzeit - der Bordrechner auf POLARSTERN / Wolfgang Hiller, Peter Gerchow, Hans Krause, Jens Michael Schlüter, Chresten Wübber. - Kapitän auf einem Forschungsschiff - die Sicht des Nautikers / Uwe Pahl. - Wir bleiben in Verbindung - die Funkstation auf POLARSTERN / Andreas Hecht. - Schiffsarzt und Bordkrankenhaus auf POLARSTERN / Eberhard Kohlberg. - Wen interessiert das Wetter am Ende der Welt? / Gert König-Langlo, Ralf Brauner. - Sonar & Co: POLARSTERN und der Unterwasserschall / Olaf Boebel. - Leben und Arbeiten auf POLARSTERN - ein Expeditionstagebuch / Hannes Grobe, Hans-Wolfgang Hubberten. - EISTAGE - Expeditionsmalerei in der Antarktis / Gerhard Rießbeck. - Graphisch wie eine Zeichnung, malerisch wie ein Bild, hauchdünn wie blaues Glas / Britta Lauer. - Nähe - Weite - Ferne - Raum / Lutz Fritsch. - Die Bathymetrie der Framstraße / Hans Werner Schenke. - Das Eisrandexperiment im internationalen Rahmen - MIZEX / Ernst Augstein Ein Ozean im Wandel - arktische Meeresströmungen um die Jahrtausendwende / Ursula Schauer. - Das Europäische Nordmeer - Entwicklung langfristiger Beobachtungsprogramme / Jens Meincke. - Die Grönlandsee - alles anders als gedacht / Gereon Budeus. - Das Weddellmeer im Winter / Ernst Augstein. - Die Zirkulation im Weddellmeer - ein Fenster in die Tiefsee / Eberhard Fahrbach, Gerd Rohardt. - Atom-Uhren im Südlichen Ozean / Claudia Hanfland, Walter Geibert, Ingrid Vöge, Michiel M. Rutgers van der Loeff. - Dünn und dünner? - Eisdickenmessungen in den Polarmeeren / Christian Haas. - Der Lebensraum Meereis in Arktis und Antarktis / Gerhard Dieckmann, Michael Spindler. - Kleinstlebewesen ganz groß - Planktonforschung in internationalen Programmen / Sigrid Schiel. - Die Eisendüngungsexperimente EisenEx und EIFEX im Antarktischen Zirkumpolarstrom / Volker Strass, Victor Smetacek. - Benthos- und Fischökologie auf dem antarktischen Kontinentalschelf / Wolf Arntz, Julian Gutt. - Leben unter einem antarktischen Schelfeis - ein biologisch »weißer Fleck« und seine Reaktion auf den Klimawandel / Julian Gutt. - Wie werden Fische mit der Kälte fertig? - Evolution und Überlebensstrategien antarktischer Eisfische / Karl-Hermann Kock. - Leben im ewigen Dunkel - Expeditionen in die Tiefsee des Südlichen Ozeans / Angelika Brandt. - Der HAUSGARTEN - das erste und bislang einzige multidisziplinäre Langzeit-Tiefsee-Observatorium in der Arktis / Michael Klages, Thomas Soltwedel. - Glasnost im Nordmeer - die zweite europäische POLARSTERN-Studie (EPOS II) / Eike Rachor. - Mit der POLARSTERN auf der Suche nach den Eiszeiten im Arktischen Ozean / Jens Matthiessen, Rüdiger Stein. - Der Untergrund des Arktischen Ozeans / Wilfried Jokat. - Auf der Suche nach der kosmischen Bombe im Bellingshausenmeer / Rainer Gersonde. - Auf den Spuren Gondwanas / Wilfried Jokat. - POLARSTERN und AKADEMIK A. KARPINSKY im Internationalen Polarjahr (IPY) 2007-2008 - der antarktische Kontinentalrand in der Prydz-Bucht / Karsten Gohl. - Klimabotschaft aus dem Tiefseeschlamm / Bernhard Diekmann, Dieter K. Fütterer, Hannes Grobe. - Ozeanische Fronten und Meereis im Wechsel von Warm- und Kaltzeiten - Klimageschichte des Südlichen Ozeans / Rainer Gersonde. - POLARSTERN - Quo vadis? Und was kommt nach dir? / Jörn Thiede, Nicole Biebow. - ANHANG. - POLARSTERN-Expeditionen. - Verzeichnis der im Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung in der Helmholtz-Gemeinschaft in der Reihe »Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung« publizierten Expeditionsberichte. - Generalplan der POLARSTERN. - FS POLARSTERN / Technische Daten. - Im Text verwendete wichtige Abkürzungen. - Im Text erwähnte - meist internationale - Forschungsprojekte.
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 78
    Signatur: ZSP-403-302
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 59 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Serie: Jare Data Reports 302 : Upper Atmosphere Physics 25
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 79
    Signatur: PIK N 453-08-0117 ; AWI P7-22-6890
    In: Les rapports du Sénat, 230
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 214 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Serie: Les rapports du Sénat 230
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: CONTENTS COMPOSITION OF THE OFFICE CONTENTS INTRODUCTION I. THE POLAR REGIONS: AN URGENT NEED FOR PROTECTION A. EXTREME BUT FRAGILE REGIONS 1. The Arctic Ocean 2. Antarctica B. FRANCE'S RESPONSIBILITY IN THE ANTARCTICA TREATY 1. The origins of the treaty and the Antarctic system 2. Mining a suspended issue 3. Tourism: a new peaceful threat? II. THE POLES: THEIR KEY ROLE IN UNDERSTANDING CLIMATE CHANGE A. UNDERSTANDING PAST CLIMATES TO UNDERSTAND THE FUTURE CLIMATE 1. Recent ice cores from Greenland 2. lce cores from Antarctica 3. Ocean core samples: the transpolar link 4. The future of glacial core sampling B. THERMOHALINE CIRCULATION 1. The general circulation system 2. The importance of the creation of cold, deep waters 3. The Antarctic Ocean, a carbon sink C. THE POLAR REGIONS AT THE HEART OF GLOBAL CLIMATE CHANGE 1. Will the Arctic ice shelf disappear in the summer? 2. Will Greenland melt completely? 3. Can a diagnosis be made concerning the assessment of Antarctica's mass? III. FRANCE'S FIRST-CLASS BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH A. AN EXCEPTIONAL HERITAGE 1. A unique geographic situation 2. 40 to 50 years of continuous observations B. ADAPTING TO GLOBAL CLIMATE CHANGE AND EXTREME ENVIRONMENTS 1. Adapting to climate change 2. Understanding the adaptation to extreme environments C. INNOVATIVE RESEARCH 1. The equipment of animals 2. Hormonal, molecular and genetic research 3. The implications for the organization of research IV. OBSERVING THE EARTH, OBSERVING THE UNIVERSE A. OBSERVATORIES FOR THE EARTH AND THE UPPER ATMOSPHERE 1. Seismology 2. Measuring gravity and terrestrial magnetism 3. Studying the stratosphere and monitoring the ozone layer '1. Observing the ionosphere B. ANTARCTIC ASTRONOMY: A NEW FIELD 1. Recognizing this fast-growing discipline 2. Concordia: the best site in the world/or astronomic observations? 3. Searching for meteorites in Antarctica 4. Measuring cosmic radiation V. PREPARING THE SPACE MISSIONS IN ANTARCTICA A. PREPARING AND VALIDATING THE SATELLITE MISSIONS 1. Space and the polar regions: preparation complementarity 2. Validating on the ground observations made from space B. PREPARING MANNED SPACE FLIGHTS AND MOON OR MARS-BASED STATIONS 1. Concordia - a unique research site 2. Studying behaviour in an extreme environment 3. Physiological studies C. TESTING EXPLORATION MATERIAL 1. American examples and projects 2. European perspectives VI. FRANCE'S PRESENCE IN THE POLAR REGIONS A. DEVELOPING FRANCE'S PRESENCE IN THE ARCTIC, STRENGTHENING ITS PRESENCE IN ANTARCTICA 1. Developing France's Arctic presence 2. Strengthening our presence in the southern regions B. IPEV (THE FRENCH PAUL-EMILE VICTOR INSTITUTE), AN AGENCY OF MEANS VII. INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION: A NECESSITY AND A GOAL A. HOW TO ENCOURAGE A EUROPEAN PROCESS? 1. The European Union: a sufficient framework? 2. The practical and political limitations of cooperation 3. Towards an Italian-German-French engine? B. WHAT INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION FOR FRANCE ON THE EVE OF THE IPY? 1. Excellence, proximity and longevity: three key criteria for cooperation 2. Developing a network for the stations VIII. THE RAPPORTEUR'S CONCLUSIONS AND PROPOSALS 1. Strategic regions 2. Regions to protect 3. Essential regions for understanding climate change 4. Life in the polar regions: of great value to humanity 5. The polar regions: an observatory for the Earth 6. Strongly support the development of astronomy at Concordia 7. Take advantage of the polar regions' complementarity with the space missions 8. Strengthen France's presence in the polar regions 9. Reorganize France's presence in the polar regions 10. Better coordinate polar research 11. Solve the problem of insufficient funding for polar-research logistics 12. Define a French strategy for European and international cooperation APPENDICES SPEAKERS PROCEEDINGS OF THE 1 MARCH 2007 SEMINAR: "OPENING OF THE INTERNATIONAL POLAR YEAR IN FRANCE" PART ONE: LUNCH-DEBATE I. MR. HENRI REVOL, PRESIDENT OF THE OPECST II. MR. JEAN-LOUIS ETIENNE PART TWO: OFFICIAL OPENING SESSION I. INTRODUCTION A. MR. CHRISTIAN GAUDIN, SENATOR, RAPPORTEUR FOR THE OPECST B. MS. CATHERINE BRECHIGNAC, PRESIDENT OF THE CENTRE NATIONAL DE LA RECHERCHE SCIENTIFIQUE (CNRS) C. MR. MICHEL JARRAUD, SECRETARY-GENERAL OF THE WORLD METEOROLOGICAL ORGANIZATION D. MR. CHRISTIAN COINTAT, SENATOR, PRESIDENT OF THE ANTARCTIC AND ARTIC STUDY GROUP II. OFFICIAL OPENING OF THE INTERNATIONAL POLAR YEAR IN FRANCE BY MR. CHRISTIAN PONCELET, PRESIDENT OF THE SENATE III. THEMATIC DEBATE-THE POLES: INDICATORS AND EVIDENCE FOR MANKIND A. MS. NELLY OLIN, MINISTER OF ECOLOGY AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT B. MS. VALERIE MASSON-DELMOTTE, CLIMATOLOGIST, CEA C. MR. YVON LE MAHO, BIOLOGIST, CNRS D. MS. JOELLE ROBERT-LAMBLIN, ANTHROPOLOGIST, CNRS E. DEBATE IV. CLOSING SPEECHES A. MR. FRAN〈;:OIS GOULARD, MINISTER FOR HIGHER EDUCATION AND RESEARCH B. HIS SERENE HIGHNESS PRINCE ALBERT II OF MONACO APPENDICES APPENDIX 1: DOCUMENTS PRESENTED BY MS. VALERIE MASSONDELMOTTE, CLIMATOLOGIST - CEA APPENDIX 2: DOCUMENTS PRESENTED BY MS. JOELLE ROBERTLAMBLIN, ANTHROPOLOGIST - CNRS APPENDIX 3: DOCUMENTS PRESENTED BY MR. YVON LE MAHO, BIOLOGIST- CNRS
    Standort: A 18 - Bitte bestellen
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: PIK Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 80
    Signatur: ZSP-403-306
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 26 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Serie: Jare Data Reports 306 : Marine Biology 38
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 81
    Signatur: ZSP-403-307
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 16 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Serie: Jare Data Reports 307 : Glaciology 33
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 82
    Signatur: ZSP-589-7
    In: NIPR Arctic Data Reports
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 79 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    ISSN: 1342-4033
    Serie: NIPR Arctic Data Reports 7
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 83
    Signatur: ZSP-166-263
    In: Berichte aus dem MARUM und dem Fachbereich Geowissenschaften der Universität Bremen
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 119 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISSN: 0931-0800
    Serie: Berichte aus dem Fachbereich Geowissenschaften der Universität Bremen 263
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin unten
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 84
    Signatur: ZSP-168-571
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 411 S. : graph. Darst.
    Serie: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 571
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 85
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge Univ. Press
    Signatur: AWI A3-09-0026 ; M 14.0117
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: X, 270, [4] S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 9780521847995
    Klassifikation:
    Meteorologie und Klimatologie
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: Preface. - Acknowledgements. - 1 The meteorology of monsoons. - 1.1 Introduction. - 1.2 Meteorology of the tropics. - 1.3 The Indian Ocean monsoon system. - 1.4 Theory of monsoons. - 2 Controls on the Asian monsoon over tectonic timescales. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 The influence of Tibet. - 2.3 Oceanic controls on monsoon intensity. - 2.4 Summary. - 3 Monsoon evolution on tectonic timescales. - 3.1 Proxies for monsoon intensity. - 3.2 Monsoon reconstruction by oceanic upwelling. - 3.3 Continental climate records. - 3.4 Eolian dust records. - 3.5 Evolving flora of East Asia. - 3.6 History of Western Pacific Warm Pool and the Monsoon. - 3.7 Summary. - 4 Monsoon evolution on orbital timescales. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Orbital controls on monsoon strength. - 4.3 Eolian records in North-east Asia. - 4.4 Monsoon records from cave deposits. - 4.5 Monsoon variability recorded in ice caps. - 4.6 Monsoon variability recorded in lacustrine sediments. - 4.7 Salinity records in marine sediments. - 4.8 Pollen records in marine sediments. - 4.9 Paleoproductivity as an indicator of monsoon strength. - 4.10 The Early Holocene monsoon. - 4.11 Mid–Late Holocene monsoon. - 4.12 Summary. - 5 Erosional impact of the Asian monsoon. - 5.1 Monsoon and oceanic strontium. - 5.2 Reconstructing erosion records. - 5.3 Reconstructing exhumation. - 5.4 Estimating marine sediment budgets. - 5.5 Erosion in Indochina. - 5.6 Erosion in other regions. - 5.7 Monsoon rains in Oman. - 5.8 Changes in monsoon-driven erosion on orbital timescales. - 5.9 Tectonic impact of monsoon strengthening. - 5.10 Climatic control over Himalaya exhumation. - 5.11 Summary. - 6 The Late Holocene monsoon and human society. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Holocene climate change and the Fertile Crescent. - 6.3 Holocene climate change and the Indus Valley. - 6.4 Holocene climate change and early Chinese cultures. - 6.5 Monsoon developments since 1000 AD. - 6.6 Monsoon and religion. - 6.7 Impacts of future monsoon evolution. - 6.8 Summary. - References. - Further reading. - Index.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Standort: Kompaktmagazin oben
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: GFZ Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 86
    Signatur: AWI A5-09-0035
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Den untersten Teil der Erdatmosphäre, der von der Erdoberfläche direkt beeinflusst wird, nennt man die Atmosphärische Grenzschicht. Sie gehört zur unmittelbaren Umwelt der meisten Lebewesen (Mensch, Tier, Pflanzenwelt) und erhält dadurch und durch viele ihr eigene Prozesse und Eigenschaften eine besondere Bedeutung. Deshalb hat sich auch ein eigenes Teilgebiet der Meteorologie, die Grenzschicht-Meteorologie, entwickelt. Dieses Buch stellt die wesentlichen Grundlagen dieser Disziplin zusammen und erläutert sie. Dabei stehen einerseits physikalische Gesetze der Hydrodynamik (z. B. der Turbulenz) und der Thermodynamik, andererseits die stark interdisziplinär ausgerichtete Mikrometeorologie bzw. Mikroklimatologie im Vordergrund des Interesses. Dieses Buch möchte Leser ansprechen, die an der Meteorologie und vor allem an der bodennahen Atmosphäre interessiert sind. Darüber hinaus wendet es sich an alle, die sich mit der Wechselwirkung zwischen Erdoberfläche und Atmosphäre auseinandersetzen, z. B. an Geographen, Bodenkundler und Pflanzenökologen.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: IX, 211 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 978-3-540-75980-5
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Anmerkung: Inhaltsverzeichnis: TEIL I - PHYSIK DER ATMOSPHÄRISCHEN GRENZSCHICHT. - 1 Der Grenzschicht-Begriff. - 1.1 Die Atmosphärische Grenzschicht, der unterste Teil der Troposphäre. - 1.2 Der Grenzschicht-Begriff in der allgemeinen Strömungslehre. - 1.3 Anwendung der Bewegungsgleichung. - 1.4 Gedanklicher Übergang zur Atmosphärischen Grenzschicht. - 1.5 Skalenanalyse. - 1.5.1 Beispiel 1: Thermische Diffusion bei vorgegebener charakteristischer Länge. - 1.5.2 Beispiel 2: Höhe einer stationären Laborgrenzschicht. - 1.5.3 Beispiel 3: Höhe einer stationären Atmosphärischen Grenzschicht. - 1.6 Dimensionsanalyse. - 1.7 Unterschiedliche Definitionen der Grenzschichthöhe aus dem Profilverlauf. - 1.8 Typen der Atmosphärischen Grenzschicht. - 2 Flussdichten. - 2.1 Turbulenz. - 2.2 Formulierung von Flussdichten. - 2.2.1 Die transportierte Eigenschaft ist ein Skalar. - 2.2.2 Die transportierte Eigenschaft ist die Komponente eines Vektors. - 2.2.3 Der molekulare Impulstransport. - 3 Die hydrodynamischen Grundgleichungen. - 3.1 Die Komponentenschreibweise. - 3.2 Die Kontinuitätsgleichung. - 3.3 Die Gasgleichung. - 3.4 Skalenanalyse von mit Fluktuationsgrößen gebildeten Termen. - 3.5 Die Bewegungsgleichung. - 3.6 Die Haushaltsgleichungen für die fühlbare Wärme und den Wasserdampf. - 3.7 Die Randbedingungen. - 4 Haushaltsgleichungen von Größen, die dieTurbulenz beschreiben. - 4.1 Die Haushaltsgleichung für die turbulente kinetische Energie. - 4.2 Weitere Gleichungen fur kinetische Energien. - 4.3 Allgemeines über Haushaltsgleichungen für Momente zweiter Ordnung. - 4.4 Spektraler Transfer. - 4.5 Quantitative Beispiele. - 5 Die Parametrisierung. - 5.1 Das Problem. - 5.2 Die Schließung erster Ordnung. - 5.2.1 Der K-Ansatz und die Theorie des Mischungsweges. - 5.2.2 Der Differenzen-Ansatz. - 5.3 Schließungen höherer Ordnung. - 6 Dynamik der Ekman-Schicht. - 6.1 Die Ekman-Spirale in der Atmosphäre. - 6.1.1 Die Ekman-Gleichungen. - 6.1.2 Lösung der Ekman-Gleichungen mit KM = const. - 6.1.3 Lösung der Ekman-Gleichungen mit höhenabhängigem KM. - 6.1.4 Darstellung und Interpretation der Lösungen. - 6.2 Die vertikale Struktur der Atmosphärischen Grenzschicht. - 6.2.1 Die Höhe der Prandtl-Schicht. - 6.2.2 Die Höhe der dynamischen Grenzschicht. - 6.2.3 Das Gesamtbild der Struktur der horizontal homogenen dynamischen Grenzschicht. - 6.3 Die Ekman-Spirale im Ozean. - 7 Die Prandtl-Schicht. - 7.1 Das logarithmische Windprofil bei neutraler Schichtung. - 7.2 Überlegungen zum diabatischen Windprofil. - 7.3 Stabilitätsbetrachtungen. - 7.4 Das Turbulenzkriterium von L.F. Richardson. - 7.5 Die Ähnlichkeitstheorie von Monin und Obukhov. - 7.6 Das aus der Ähnlichkeitstheorie folgende Windprofil. - 7.7 Allgemeine Formulierung der Profilbeziehungen. - 7.8 Die Bestimmung der Funktionen φ (ζ) und j (ζ). - 7.9 Die Bulk-Transportkoeffizienten oder -widerstände. - 7.10 Weitere Gesetzmäßigkeiten der Prandtl-Schicht. - 8 Die Rossby-Zahl-Ähnlichkeitstheorie. - 8.1 Grundlagen. - 8.2 Die Widerstandsgesetze der AGS. - 8.3 Einfache Modelle für die gesamte AGS. - 9 Die konvektive Grenzschicht. - 9.1 Einordnung in die Grundtypen der AGS. - 9.2 Ähnlichkeitsbetrachtungen. - 9.3 Die beobachtete Struktur der konvektiven Grenzschicht. - 9.4 Konzeptionelle Modelle. - 9.4.1 Die Grundstruktur der konvektiven Grenzschicht. - 9.4.2 Die trockene konvektive Grenzschicht. - 9.4.3 Die konvektive Grenzschicht mit Wolken (feuchte CBL). - 10 Die stabile Grenzschicht. - 10.1 Das Phänomen. - 10.2 Der nächtliche Grenzschicht-Strahlstrom. - TEIL II - MIKROMETEOROLOGIE. - 11 Die Energiebilanz an der Erdoberfläche. - 11.1 Die Strahlungsbilanz. - 11.2 Der Bodenwärmestrom. - 11.3 Die Energiebilanzterme über wirklichen Oberflächen. - 11.4 Zusammenhänge zwischen den Energiebilanztermen. - 11.5 Messung der Energiebilanzterme. - 11.6 Beispiele. - 12 Mikroklimate. - 12.1 Definition. - 12.2 Beispiele. - 12.3 Interne Grenzschichten. - 13 Das Bestandsklima. - 13.1 Eigenschaften einer Vegetationsdecke. - 13.2 Die Verdunstung. - 13.2.1 Photosynthese und Respiration. - 13.2.2 Die potentielle Verdunstung. - 13.2.3 Die aktuelle Verdunstung. - 13.3 Boden-Vegetation-Atmosphäre-Wechselwirkung (SVAT). - 14 Mikrometeorologie über Schnee- und Eisoberflächen. - 14.1 Problematik und einige Phänomene. - 14.2 Freie und bedeckte Ablation. - 14.2.1 Grundlagen für ein einfaches Modell. - 14.2.2 Freie Ablation. - 14.2.3 Bedeckte Ablation. - 14.2.4 Ablationsdiagramme. - Anhang - Zur Geschichte der Grenzschicht-Meteorologie. - Literaturverzeichnis. - Sachverzeichnis.
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 87
    Signatur: AWI S1-09-0042
    In: Texts in applied mathematics
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XIV, 500 S. : zahlr. graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9780387720654
    Serie: Texts in applied mathematics 54
    Sprache: Englisch
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 88
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Utrecht : Univ.
    Signatur: AWI A2-08-0041
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents: 1 Introduction. - 1.1 Key aspects of the climate of Antarctica. - 1.1.1 Temperature. - 1.1.2 Atmospheric circulation. - 1.1.3 Precipitation. - 1.1.4 The ice sheet as an climate archive. - 1.1.5 Regional climate models. - 1.2 Antarctica in a changing global climate. - 1.3 Ice sheet mass balance. - 1.3.1 Mass balance estimates from satellite altimetry. - 1.3.2 Mass balance estimates from gravity. - 1.3.3 Mass budget using inSAR. - 1.3.4 Current level of understanding. - 1.4 Surface mass balance. - 1.5 Contents of this thesis. - 2 Characteristics of the Antarctic surface mass balance. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Model description. - 2.2.1 Snow albedo. - 2.2.2 Surface roughness lengths. - 2.2.3 Snow model. - 2.2.4 Correction of the liquid and solid precipitation. - 2.3 Results. - 2.3.1 Solid precipitation. - 2.3.2 Sublimation. - 2.3.3 Melt. - 2.3.4 Surface mass balance (SMB). - 2.3.5 Seasonality of the mass balance. - 2.3.6 Interannual variability and trends. - 2.4 Discussion. - 2.4.1 Spatial distribution of measured and modeled SMB. - 2.4.2 The integrated SMB. - 2.4.3 Interannual variability and trends. - 2.5 Conclusions. - 3 Reassessment of the Antarctic surface mass balance. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 Model description. - 3.3 Observations and data handling. - 3.3.1 Excluded areas. - 3.3.2 Model interpolation. - 3.3.3 Observationally dense areas. - 3.4 Results. - 3.4.1 RACMO2/ANT compared to V99. - 3.4.2 RACMO2/ANT compared to observations. - 3.4.3 Impact of temporal mismatch. - 3.4.4 Elevation and SMB. - 3.5 Discussion. - 3.5.1 Statistical robustness of the results. - 3.5.2 An evaluation of model performance. - 3.5.3 Towards a better understanding of Antarctic SMB. - 3.6 Conclusions. - 4 Error evaluation of a surface mass balance estimate. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Method. - 4.2.1 Definition of error margins. - 4.2.2 Verifying error margins. - 4.2.3 Spatial error autocorrelation. - 4.2.4 Error for basin mean SMB. - 4.3 Application. - 4.4 Discussion. - 5 Heat budget of the lower East Antarctic atmosphere. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Model description. - 5.3 The heat budget. - 5.3.1 Derivation of temperature tendency equation. - 5.3.2 Calculation of individual terms. - 5.4 Model evaluation. - 5.4.1 Temperature and wind. - 5.4.2 Surface energy budget. - 5.5 Results. - 5.5.1 Binning procedure. - 5.5.2 Climatological setting. - 5.5.3 Winter heat budgets. - 5.5.4 Summer heat budgets. - 5.6 Conclusions. - 6 Factors Controlling the Near Surface Temperature in Antarctica. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Model description and evaluation. - 6.3 Methods. - 6.3.1 Definition of the heat budget. - 6.3.2 Definition of free atmosphere parameters. - 6.3.3 Definition of ABL depth. - 6.3.4 Example of vertical profiles. - 6.4 Results: Winter. - 6.4.1 External heating and surface interactions. - 6.4.2 Heat advection in East Antarctica. - 6.4.3 Spatial distribution of AdvH and AdvV. - 6.4.4 Synoptic and persistent large-scale and ABL contributions to AdvH. - 6.5 Results: Summer. - 6.5.1 External heating and surface interactions. - 6.5.2 Heat advection. - 6.6 Summary and conclusions. - 7 Suggestions for future work. - 7.1 Applications for heat budget analyses. - 7.2 SMB of the Antarctic ice sheet. - 7.3 A pilot study with decreased ice crystal fall speed. - Bibliography. - Samenvatting. - Dankwoord. - Curriculum Vitae. - Publications.
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: VII, 138 S. : graph. Darst.
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Utrecht, Univ., Diss., 2008
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 89
    Signatur: ZSP-403-305
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 183 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Serie: Jare Data Reports 305 : Ionosphere 77
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 90
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZSP-125-2002
    In: Antarctic Automatic Weather Station Data for the Calender Year ...
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 48 S. ; graph. Darst.
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 91
    Signatur: ZSP-403-308
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 22 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Serie: Jare Data Reports 308 : Glaciology 34
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 92
    Signatur: AWI G8-09-0017 ; AWI G8-09-0017(2. Ex.)
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XII, [36], 756 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: Sixth edition
    ISBN: 9780470052457
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents: 1 Concepts and Foundations of Remote Sensing. - 1.1 Introduction. - 1.2 Energy Sources and Radiation Principles. - 1.3 Energy Interactions in the Atmosphere. - 1.4 Energy Interactions with Earth Surface Features. - 1.5 Data Acquisition and Interpretation. - 1.6 Reference Data. - 1.7 The Global Positioning System. - 1.8 Characteristics of Remote Sensing System. - 1.9 Successful Application of Remote Sensing. - 1.10 Geographic Information Systems. - 1.11 Organization of the Book. - Works Cited. - 2 Elements of Photographic Systems. - 2.1 Introduction. - 2.2 Early History of Aerial Photography. - 2.3 Photographic Basics. - 2.4 Film Photography. - 2.5 Digital Photography. - 2.6 Aerial Cameras. - 2.7 Spatial Resolution of Camera Systems. - 2.8 Aerial Videography. - 2.9 Multiband Imaging. - 2.10 Conclusion. - Works Cited. - 3 Basic Principles of Photogrammetry. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 Basic Geometric Characteristics of Aerial Photographs. - 3.3 Photographic Scale. - 3.4 Ground Coverage of Aerial Photographs. - 3.5 Area Measurement. - 3.6 Relief Displacement of Vertical Features. - 3.7 Image Parallax. - 3.8 Ground Control for Aerial Photography. - 3.9 Production of Maps and Orthophotos. - 3.10 Flight Planning. - 3.11 Conclusion. - Works Cited. - 4 Introduction to Visual Image Interpretation. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Fundamentals of Visual Image Interpretation. - 4.3 Basic Visual Image Interpretation Equipment. - 4.4 Land Use/Land Cover Mapping. - 4.5 Geologic and Soil Mapping. - 4.6 Agricultural Applications. - 4.7 Forestry Applications. - 4.8 Rangeland Applications. - 4.9 Water Resource Applications. - 4.10 Urban and Regional Planning Applications. - 4.11 Wetland Mapping. - 4.12 Wildlife Ecology Applications. - 4.13 Archaeological Applications. - 4.14 Environmental Assessment. - 4.15 Natural Disaster Assessment. - 4.16 Principles of Landform Identification and Evaluation. - Works Cited. - 5 Multispectral, Thermal, and Hyperspectral Sensing. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Across-Track Scanning. - 5.3 Along-Track Scanning. - 5.4 Example Across-Track Multispectral Scanner and Imagery. - 5.5 Example Along-Track Multispectral Scanner and Imagery. - 5.6 Geometric Characteristics of Across-Track Scanner Imagery. - 5.7 Geometric Characteristics of Along-Track Scanner Imagery. - 5.8 Thermal Scanning. - 5.9 Thermal Radiation Principles. - 5.10 Interpreting Thermal Scanner Imagery. - 5.11 Radiometric Calibration of Thermal Scanners. - 5.12 Temperature Mapping with Thermal Scanner Data. - 5.13 FLIR Systems. - 5.14 Hyperspectral Sensing. - 5.15 Conclusion . - Works Cited. - 6 Earth Resource Satellites Operating in the Optical Spectrum. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Early History of Space Imaging. - 6.3 Landsat Satellite Program Overview. - 6.4 Landsat-1,-2, and-3. - 6.5 Landsat-4 and -5. - 6.6 Landsat-6 Planned Mission. - 6.7 Landsat-7. - 6.8 Landsat Image Examples. - 6.9 Landsat Data Continuity Mission. - 6.10 Long-Term Future of the Landsat Program and the Global Earth Observation System of Systems. - 6.11 SPOT Satellite Program. - 6.12 SPOT-1,-2, and-3. - 6.13 SPOT-4. - 6.14 SPOT-5. - 6.15 SPOT Image Examples. - 6.16 Other Earth Resource Satellites. - 6.17 Meteorological Satellites Frequently Applied to Earth Surface Feature Observation. - 6.18 Ocean Monitoring Satellites. - 6.19 Earth Observing System. - 6.20 Space Station Remote Sensing . - Works Cited. - 7 Digital Image Interpretation and Analysis. - 7.1 Introduction. - 7.2 Image Rectification and Restoration. - 7.3 Image Enhancement. - 7.4 Contrast Manipulation. - 7.5 Spatial Feature Manipulation. - 7.6 Multi-Image Manipulation. - 7.7 Image Classification. - 7.8 Supervised Classification. - 7.9 The Classification Stage. - 7.10 The Training Stage. - 7.11 Unsupervised Classification. - 7.12 Hybrid Classification. - 7.13 Classification of Mixed Pixels. - 7.14 The Output Stage. - 7.15 Postclassification Smoothing. - 7.16 Object-Oriented Classification. - 7.17 Classification Accuracy Assessment. - 7.18 Data Merging and GIS Integration. - 7.19 Hyperspectral Image Analysis. - 7.20 Biophysical Modeling. - 7.21 Scale Effects. - 7.22 Image Transmission and Compression. - 7.23 Conclusion. - Works Cited. - 8 Microwave and Lidar Sensing. - 8.1 Introduction. - 8.2 Radar Development. - 8.3 Side-Looking Radar System Operation. - 8.4 Synthetic Aperture Radar. - 8.5 Geometric Characteristics of Radar Imagery. - 8.6 Transmission Characteristics of Radar Signals. - 8.7 Other Radar Image Characteristics. - 8.8 Radar Image Interpretation. - 8.9 Interferometric Radar. - 8.10 Radar Remote Sensing from Space. - 8.11 Seasat-1. - 8.12 Shuttle Imaging Radar. - 8.13 Almaz-1. - 8.14 ERS-1 and ERS-2. - 8.15 Envisat. - 8.16 JERS-1. - 8.17 ALOS. - 8.18 Radarsat. - 8.19 High Resolution Spaceborne Radar Systems. - 8.20 Shuttle Radar Topography Mission. - 8.21 Spaceborne Radar System Summary. - 8.22 Passive Microwave Sensing. - 8.23 Lidar. - Works Cited. - Appendix A Radiometric Concepts,Terminology, and Units. - Geometric Characteristics of Radiation Measurement. - Radiometric Terminology and Units. - Appendix B Remote Sensing Data and Information Resources. - Sources of Remote Sensing Data and Information. - Remote Sensing Periodicals. - Remote Sensing Glossaries. - Online Remote Sensing Courses and Tutorials. - Appendix C Sample Coordinate Transformation and Resampling Procedures. - Two-Dimensional Affine Coordinate Transformation. - Resampling Procedures . - Appendix D Radar Signal Concepts, Terminology,and Units. - Signal Power and Radar Cross Section. - Complex Amplitude of Radar Signals. - Index
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 93
    Signatur: ZSP-168-584
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 265 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISSN: 1866-3192
    Serie: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 584
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 94
    Signatur: AWI A14-09-0018
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 137 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISSN: 1434-8454
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 95
    facet.materialart.12
    facet.materialart.12
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZSP-168-575
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (37 S.).
    Serie: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 575
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 96
    Signatur: ZSP-168-578
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Materialart: 12
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (158 S.).
    Serie: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 578
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 97
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    New York : Freeman
    Signatur: AWI A3-08-0023 ; PIK N 456-08-0279 ; PIK N 456-12-0032
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: XX, 388 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Ausgabe: Second edition
    ISBN: 0716784904 , 9780716784906
    Sprache: Englisch
    Anmerkung: Contents Preface PART I Framework of Climate Science CHAPTER 1 Overview of Climate Science Climate and Climate Change 1-1 Geologic Time Tools of Climate Science: Temperature Scales 1-2 How This Book Is Organized Development of Climate Science 1-3 How Scientists Study Climate Change Overview of the Climate System 1-4 Components of the Climate System 1-5 Climate Forcing 1-6 Climate System Responses 1-7 Time Scales of Forcing Versus Response 1-8 Differing Response Rates and Climate-System Interactions 1-9 Feedbacks in the Climate System Climate Interactions and Feedbacks: Positive and Negative Feedbacks CHAPTER 2 Climate Archives, Data, and Models Climate Archives, Dating, and Resolution 2-1 Types of Archives 2-2 Dating Climate Records 2-3 Climatic Resolution Climatic Data 2-4 Biotic Data 2-5 Geological and Geochemical Data Climate Models 2-6 Physical Climate Models 2-7 Geochemical Models PART II Tectonic-Scale Climate Change CHAPTER 3 CO2and Long-Term Climate Greenhouse Worlds Faint Young Sun Paradox Carbon Exchanges Between Rocks and the Atmosphere 3-1 Volcanic Input of Carbon from Rocks to the Atmosphere 3-2 Removal of CO2 from the Atmosphere by Chemical Weathering Climatic Factors That Control Chemical Weathering Is Chemical Weathering Earth’s Thermostat? 3-3 Greenhouse Role of Water Vapor Is Life the Ultimate Control on Earth’s Thermostat? 3-4 Gaia Hypothesis Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Organic Carbon Subcycle Was There a “Thermostat Malfunction”? A Snowball Earth? CHAPTER Plate Tectonics and Long-Term Climate Plate Tectonics 4-1 Structure and Composition of Tectonic Plates 4-2 Evidence of Past Plate Motions Polar Position Hypothesis 4-3 Glaciations and Continental Positions Since 500 Myr Ago Modeling Climate on the Supercontinent Pangaea 4-4 Input to the Model Simulation of Climate on Pangaea Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Brief Glaciation 440 Myr Ago 4-5 Output from the Model Simulation of Climate on Pangaea Tectonic Control of CO2 Input: BLAG Spreading-Rate Hypothesis 4-6 Control of CO2 Input by Seafloor Spreading 4-7 Initial Evaluation of the BLAG Spreading Rate Hypothesis Tectonic Control of CO2Removal: Uplift-Weathering Hypothesis 4-8 Rock Exposure and Chemical Weathering 4-9 Case Study: The Wind River Basin of Wyoming 4-10 Uplift and Chemical Weathering 4-11 Case Study: Weathering in the Amazon Basin 4-12 Weathering: Both a Climate Forcing and a Feedback? CHAPTER 5 Greenhouse Climate What Explains the Warmth 100 Myr Ago? 5-1 Model Simulations of the Cretaceous Greenhouse 5-2 What Explains the Data-Model Mismatch? 5-3 Relevance of Past Greenhouse Climate to the Future Sea Level Changes and Climate 5-4 Causes of Tectonic-Scale Changes in Sea Level 5-5 Effect of Changes in Sea Level on Climate Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Calculating Changes in Sea Level Asteroid Impact Large and Abrupt Greenhouse Episode near 50 Myr Ago CHAPTER 6 From Greenhouse to Icehouse: The Last 50 Million Years Global Climate Change Since 50 Myr Ago 6-1 Evidence from Ice and Vegetation 6-2 Evidence from Oxygen Isotope Measurements 6-3 Evidence from Mg/Ca Measurements Do Changes in Geography Explain the Cooling? 6-4 Gateway Hypothesis 6-5 Assessment of Gateway Changes Hypotheses Linked to Changes in CO2 6-6 Evaluation of the BLAG Spreading Rate Hypothesis 6-7 Evaluation of the Uplift Weathering Hypothesis Climate DebateTiming of the Uplift in Western North America Future Climate Change at Tectonic Scales Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Organic Carbon: Monterrey Hypothesis PART III Orbital-Scale Climate Change CHAPTER 7 Astronomical Control of Solar Radiation Earth’s Orbit Today 7-1 Earth’s Tilted Axis of Rotation and the Seasons 7-2 Earth’s Eccentric Orbit: Distance Between Earth and Sun Long-Term Changes in Earth’s Orbit 7-3 Changes in Earth’s Axial Tilt Through Time Tools of Climate Science: Cycles and Modulation 7-4 Changes in Earth’s Eccentric Orbit Through Time 7-5 Precession of the Solstices and Equinoxes Around Earth’s Orbit Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Earth’s Precession as a Sine Wave Changes in Insolation Received on Earth 7-6 Insolation Changes by Month and Season 7-7 Insolation Changes by Caloric Seasons Searching for Orbital-Scale Changes in Climatic Records 7-8 Time Series Analysis 7-9 Effects of Undersampling Climate Records 7-10 Tectonic-Scale Changes in Earth’s Orbit CHAPTER 8 Insolation Control of Monsoons Monsoon Circulations 8-1 Orbital-Scale Control of Summer Monsoons Orbital-Scale Changes in North African Summer Monsoons 8-2 “Stinky Muds” in the Mediteranean 8-3 Freshwater Diatoms in the Tropical Atlantic 8-4 Upwelling in the Equatorial Atlantic Orbital Monsoon Hypothesis: Regional Assessment 8-5 Cave Speleothems in China and Brazil 8-6 Phasing of Summer Monsoons Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Insolation-Driven Monsoon Responses: Chronometer for Tuning Monsoon Forcing Earlier in Earth’s History 8-7 Monsoons on Pangaea 200 Myr Ago 8-8 Joint Tectonic and Orbital Control of Monsoons CHAPTER 9 Insolation Control of Ice Sheets Milankovitch Theory: Orbital Control of Ice Sheets Modeling the Behavior of Ice Sheets 9-1 Insolation Control of Ice Sheet Size 9-2 Ice Sheets Lag Behind Summer Insolation Forcing 9-3 Delayed Bedrock Response Beneath Ice Sheets Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Ice Volume Response to Insolation 9-4 Full Cycle of Ice Growth and Decay 9-5 Ice Slipping and Calving Northern Hemisphere Ice Sheet History 9-6 Ice Sheet History: δ18O Evidence 9-7 Confirming Ice Volume Changes: Coral Reefs and Sea Level Is Milankovich’s Theory the Full Answer? Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Sea Level on Uplifting Islands CHAPTER 10 Orbital-Scale Changes in Carbon Dioxide and Methane Ice Cores 10-1 Drilling and Dating Ice Cores 10-2 Verifying Ice-Core Measurements of Ancient Air 10-3 Orbital-Scale Carbon Transfers: Carbon Isotopes Orbital-Scale Changes in CO2 10-4 Where Did the Missing Carbon Go? 10-5 δ13C Evidence of Carbon Transfer How Did the Carbon Get into the Deep Ocean? 10-6 Increased CO2 Solubility in Seawater 10-7 Biological Transfer from Surface Waters A Closer Look at Climate Science: Using δ13C to Measure Carbon Pumping 10-8 Changes in Deep-Water Circulation Orbital-Scale Changes in CH4 Orbital-Scale Climatic Roles: CO2and CH4 CHAPTER 11 Orbital-Scale Interactions, Feedbacks, and Unsolved Problems Climatic Responses Driven by the Ice Sheets Mystery of the 41,000-Year Glacial World 11-1 Did Insolation Really Vary Mainly at 41,000 Years? 11-2 Interhemispheric Cancellation of 23,000-Year Ice Volume Responses? 11-3 CO2 Feedback at 41,000 Years? Mystery of the ~100,000-Year Glacial World 11-4 How Is the Northern Ice Signal Transferred South? Why did the Northern Ice Sheets Vary at ~100,000 Years? Looking Deeper into Climate Science: Link Between Forcing and the Time Constants of Ice Response 11-5 Ice Interactions with Bedrock 11-6 Ice Interactions with the Local Environment 11-7 Ice Interactions with Greenhouse Gases PART IV Deglacial Climate Change CHAPTER 12 Last Glacial Maximum Glacial World: More Ice, Less Gas 12-1 Project CLIMAP: Reconstructing the Last Glacial Maximum 12-2 How Large Were the Ice Sheets? 12-3 Glacial Dirt and Winds Testing Model Simulations Against Biotic Data 12-4 COHMAP: Data-Model Comparisons 12-5 Pollen: Indicator of Climate on the Continents 12-6 Using Pollen for Data-Model Comparisons Data-Model Comparisons of Glacial Maximum Climates 12-7 Model Simulations of Glacial Maximum Climates 12-8 Climate Changes near the Northern Ice Sheets 12-9 Climate Changes far from the Northern Ice Sheets How Cold Were the Glacial Tropics? 12-10 Evidence for a Small Tropical Cooling 12-11 Evidence for a Large Tropical Cooling 12-12 Actual Cooling Was Medium-Small CHAPTER 13 Climate During and Since the Last Deglaciation Fire and Ice: Shift in the Balance of Power 13-1 When Did the Ice Sheets Melt? 13-2 Coral Reefs and Rising Sea Level 13-3 Glitches in the Deglaciation: Deglacial Two-Step To
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Standort: A 18 - Bitte bestellen
    Standort: A 18 - Bitte bestellen
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: PIK Bibliothek
    Zweigbibliothek: PIK Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 98
    Signatur: ZSP-403-303
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 59 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Serie: Jare Data Reports 303 : Upper Atmosphere Physics 26
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 99
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Monographie ausleihbar
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut
    Dazugehörige Bände
    Signatur: ZSP-994(2006/2007)
    In: Zweijahresbericht / AWI, Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung, 2006/2007
    Materialart: Monographie ausleihbar
    Seiten: 344 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 1618-3703
    Serie: Zweijahresbericht / AWI, Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung 2006/2007
    Sprache: Deutsch , Englisch
    Anmerkung: Inhalt = Content 1. Vorwort = Introduction 2. Ausgewählte Forschungsthemen = Selected research topics Rinnen im Meereis: Heizung für die Atmosphäre? = Leads in Sea Ice: Heating the Atmosphere? / Christof Lüpkes, Vladimir Gryanik, Anna Barbara Herold, Gerit Birnbaum, Ulrike Wacker, Jörg Hartmann Die polaren Ozeane vor dem Hintergrund der Klimaänderung – Ein Vergleich = The Polar Oceans in the context of climate change – commons and contrasts / Eberhard Fahrbach, Christian Haas und Ursula Schauer Wissenschaftliches Rechnen und Ozeanographie für das Krisenmanagement: Der Beitrag des Alfred-Wegener-Instituts zum Deutsch-Indonesischen Tsunami-Frühwarnsystem = Scientific computing and oceanography for hazard management: The contribution of the Alfred Wegener Institute to the German-Indonesian Tsunami Early Warning System / Jörn Behrens, Wolfgang Hiller, Jens Schröter Klimaarchiv Eis – Das European Project for Ice Coring in Antarctica (EPICA) = Climate archive in ice - the European Project for Ice Coring in Antarctica (EPICA) / Hubertus Fischer, Frank Wilhelms, Sepp Kipfstuhl, Hans Oerter, Hanno Meyer, Peter Köhler, Rainer Gersonde & Heinz Miller Schwarzschiefer vom Nordpol entschlüsseln Klimageschichte: Der Arktische Ozean war vor 45 Millionen Jahren so warm wie die Ostsee heute = Black shales near the North Pole decipher climate history: The Arctic Ocean at 45 Ma was as warm as the modern Baltic Sea / Ruediger Stein, Petra Weller, Bettina Boucsein und Jens Matthiessen Leben auf dem Mars? Methan-bildende Mikroorganismen aus sibirischen Permafrost-böden als Studienobjekte = Life on Mars? Methane-forming micro-organisms from Siberian permafrost soils as study objects / Dirk Wagner und Daria Morozova Seeelefanten helfen Südozeanmodellierern = Elephant Seals help validate Finite Element Ice-Ocean Model / Ralph Timmermann Neuigkeiten in der Krillforschung: Licht kontrolliert Lebensfunktionen des Krills = News in Krill research: Light controls life functions of krill / Mathias Teschke, Bettina Meyer, Carsten Pape, Susanne Spahic Wie wird man 400 Jahre alt? Altersvorsorge der Islandmuschel (Arctica islandica) = Living 400 years – what is the secret of the ocean quahog (Arctica islandica)? / Doris Abele, Eva Philipp, Julia Strahl, Thomas Brey Langzeitforschung auf Helgoland und Sylt: Ein Finger am Puls der Nordsee = Long-Term Ecological Research at Helgoland and Sylt: Keeping a Finger at the Pulse of the North Sea / Justus E.E. van Beusekom, Maarten Boersma, Karsten Reise and Karen H. Wiltshire 3. Forschung = Research MARCOPOLI 3.1 MARINE 3.2 COAST 3.3 POLAR 3.4 Neue Themen = Additional funding 4. Helmholtz-Nachwuchsgruppen = Helmholtz Young Investigator Groups 5. Entwicklungen in den Fachbereichen = Progresses in the Scientific Divisions 6. Neue Technologien = New technologies 7. Logistik und Forschungsplattformen = Logistics and research platforms 8. Nationale und internationale Zusammenarbeit = National and international cooperation 9. Mariner Umweltschutz = Marine environmental protection 10. Wissenschaftliches Rechenzentrum = Scientific data processing centre 11. Bibliothek = Library 12. Technologietransfer = Technology transfer 13. Presse- und Öffentlichkeitsarbeit = Public relations department 14. Schulprojekt = School project 15. Personeller Aufbau und Haushaltsentwicklung = Personnel structure and budget trends 16. Veröffentlichungen, Patente = Publications, patents Anhang = Annex , Text in deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 100
    Signatur: ZSP-405a-08-0048
    In: JAXA Research and Development Report
    Materialart: Schriftenreihen ausleihbar
    Seiten: 13 S. : graph. Darst.
    Serie: JAXA Research and development report RR-07-014E
    Sprache: Englisch
    Standort: AWI Lesesaal
    Zweigbibliothek: AWI Bibliothek
    Standort Signatur Erwartet Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
Schließen ⊗
Diese Webseite nutzt Cookies und das Analyse-Tool Matomo. Weitere Informationen finden Sie hier...